IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 
 25 
 
 2.2 
 
 2.0 
 
 1.8 
 
 1.4 111.6 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Corporation 
 
 
 ^\ 
 
 23 WKT MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 ;7t6) 872-4503 
 
 ^<?) 
 
 .V 
 
 6^ 
 
 # 
 
 ^^. 
 
i:<s> 
 
 'ij M^ ^ ///// 
 
 CIHM/ICMH 
 
 Microfiche 
 
 Series. 
 
 CIHM/ICIVIH 
 Collection de 
 microfiches. 
 
 Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques 
 
Technical and Bibliographic Notas/Notes techniques et bibliographiques 
 
 The Institute has attempted to obtain the best 
 original copy available for filming. Features of this 
 copy which may be bibliographically unique, 
 which may alter any of the images in the 
 reproduction, or which may significantly change 
 the usual method of filming, are checked below. 
 
 D 
 
 Coloured covers/ 
 Couverture de couieur 
 
 I I Covers damaged/ 
 
 Couverture endommagde 
 
 □ Covers restored and/or laminated/ 
 Couverture restaurde et/ou pelliculde 
 
 □ Cover title missing/ 
 Le titre de couverture manque 
 
 □ Coloured maps/ 
 Cartes gdographiques en couieur 
 
 □ Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ 
 Encre de couieur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) 
 
 □ Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ 
 Planches et/ou illustrations en couieur 
 
 □ Bound with other material/ 
 Relid avec d'autres documents 
 
 D 
 
 D 
 
 □ 
 
 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion 
 along interior margin/ 
 
 La re liure serr^e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la 
 distorsion le long de la marge intdrieure 
 
 Blank leaves added during restoration may 
 appear within the text. Whenever possible, these 
 have been omitted from filming/ 
 II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutdes 
 lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, 
 mais, lorsque cela dtait possible, ces pages n'ont 
 pas 6td filmies. 
 
 Additional comments:/ 
 Commentaires suppl^mentaires; 
 
 L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire 
 qu'il lui a iti possible de se procurer. Les details 
 de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du 
 point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier 
 une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une 
 modification dans la mithode normale de fiimage 
 sont indiquis ci-dessous. 
 
 n 
 □ 
 
 n 
 
 D 
 
 y 
 
 n 
 
 Coloured pages/ 
 Pages de couieur 
 
 Pages damaged/ 
 Pages endommagies 
 
 Pages restored and/or laminated/ 
 Pages restaur^es et/ou pelliculdes 
 
 Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ 
 Pages d^color^es, tacheties ou piqudes 
 
 Pages detached/ 
 Pages ddtach6es 
 
 Showthrough/ 
 Transparence 
 
 Quality of print varies/ 
 Quality indgale de {'impression 
 
 Includes supplementary material/ 
 Comprend du materiel supplementaire 
 
 Only edition available/ 
 Seule Edition disponible 
 
 Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata 
 slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to 
 ensure the best possible image/ 
 Les pages totalement ou partiellement 
 obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, 
 etc., ont 6t6 filmdes A nouveau de facon d 
 obtenir la meilleure image possible. 
 
 This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ 
 Ce document est film* au taux de reduction indiqu6 ci-dessous. 
 10X ^ 14X 18X 22X 
 
 [ 
 
 26X 
 
 SOX 
 
 / 
 
 12X 
 
 16X 
 
 aox 
 
 24X 
 
 28X 
 
 32X 
 
The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks 
 to the generosity of: 
 
 Douglas Library 
 Queen's University 
 
 The images appearing here are the best quality 
 possible considering the condition and legibility 
 of the original copy and in keeping with the 
 filming contract specifications. 
 
 Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed 
 beginning with the front cover and ending on 
 the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All 
 other original copies are filmed beginning on the 
 first page with a printed or illustrated impres- 
 sion, end ending on the last page with a printed 
 or illustrated impression. 
 
 The last recorded frame on each microfiche 
 shall contain the symbol -^(meaning "CON- 
 TINUED "), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), 
 whichever applies. 
 
 Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at 
 different reduction ratios. Those too large to be 
 entirely included in one exposure are filmed 
 beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to 
 right and top to bottom, as many frames as 
 required. The following diagrams illustrate the 
 method: 
 
 L'exemplaire film* fut reproduit grAce A la 
 g^nirositA de: 
 
 Douglas Library 
 Queen's University 
 
 Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le 
 plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et 
 de la netteti de l'exemplaire f ilm6, et en 
 conformit6 avec les conditions du contrat de 
 filmage. 
 
 Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en 
 papier est imprim«e sont filmte en commenpant 
 par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la 
 dernlAre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second 
 plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires 
 originaux sont filmds en commenpant par la 
 premidre page qui comporte une empreinte 
 d'impression ou d'illustration at en terminant par 
 la dernidre page qui comporte une telle 
 empreinte. 
 
 Un des symboles suivants apparaTtra sur la 
 dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le 
 cas: le symbols — ^ signifie "A SUIVRE", le 
 symbole V signifie "FIN". 
 
 Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre 
 filmfo d des taux de reduction diff6rents. 
 Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre 
 reproduit en un seul cliche, il est film6 d partir 
 de I'angle supdrieur gauche, de gauche d droite, 
 et de heut en bas, en prenant le nombre 
 d'images n6cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants 
 illustrent la m^thode. 
 
 32X 
 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
I 
 
 I 
 
1/ 
 
 o^ 
 
 A.~,>s^ 
 
 LxO>. i»io:^«JL«-S , s_tiL- 
 
 THE 
 
 EDUCATIONAL MANUAL 
 
 roH 
 
 UPPER CA.N^DA.: 
 
 CONTAINING TUB 
 
 LAWS, REGULATIONS, &c. 
 
 RELATING TO COMMON AND GRAMMAR SCHOOLS, 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO, 
 
 &o. Aa. &o. 
 
 WITH EXPLANATORY NOTES, 
 SANCTIONED BY THE CHIEF 6UPERINTENDENT OF BCHOOIA 
 
 T K N T : 
 
 THOMPSON <fc CO., PRINTERS, 52 KING-STREET EAST. 
 
 1856. 
 
V.P 
 
 XJ^'^^'b'^, Cs^^ Vb^G 
 
 c-e!cs 
 
 < t 
 
 . ! 
 
 T 
 
 the pul 
 parties 
 School 
 might ( 
 
 In 
 of the i 
 Bomein 
 Provin< 
 as such 
 apperta 
 devoted 
 
 n 
 
 acknow! 
 Office, i 
 for the '. 
 devotioi 
 
 To 
 their ki 
 Upper ( 
 
 Th 
 professes 
 Educati 
 
 Toi 
 
^t^^J 
 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 The Educational Manual, owes its origin to the same cause that first prompted 
 the publication of the Municipal Manual, viz., the necessity of supplying the various 
 parties employed in carrying into successful operation the Municipal and Common 
 School organization of Canada, with such a manual of reference on these subjects as 
 might enable them creditably to discharge the duties devolving upon them. 
 
 In preparing for the press the fifth edition of the Municipal Manual, the attention 
 of the editor was drawn to the fact, that although the Common Schools were in 
 Bome measure connected with the Municipalities, still the ilducational System of the 
 Province might justly be considered as an entirely independent structure, and entitled 
 as such to separate notice, he therefore excluded from the Municipal Manual all matter 
 .appertaining to Schools, determining to supplement that work with one exclusively 
 davoted to the subject of Education, the Educational Manual is the result. 
 
 The Editor cannot submit the work to the public, without (as in justice bound) 
 acknowledging his great obligations to Mr. Thomas Hodoins of the Educational 
 Office, to whom he is indebted for the Explanatory Notes to the School Acts, &c., 
 for the Digest of the Decisions in the Courts of Law, and generally for a liberal 
 devotion of his time and attention to the work in every part. 
 
 ^ To the Rev'd. Dr. McCaul and Rev'd. Dr. Scadding, his thanks are also due for 
 their kindness in furnishing him with information relative to the University and 
 Upper Canada College. 
 
 The Editor trusts that the Educational Manual will now be found all that it 
 professes to be, and instrumental in promoting still further the univeraal spread of 
 Education in the Province. 
 
 J. B. 
 
 ToBONTO,. January, 1866. 
 
 •r'> 
 
 
 ■|0 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 "" PAOB 
 
 Common School Act 1850, (13th and 14lh Vic. cap. 48), 3 
 
 Separate School Act 1851, (14th and 15th Vic. cap. Ill), 38 
 
 Supplementary School Act 185.3, (IGth Vic. cap. 185), 39 
 
 Roman Catholic Separate School Act 1855,..-- 51 
 
 Common School Fund Act, (12 Vic. cap. 200), 55 
 
 Grammar and Common School Act, 1855, (18 Vic. cap. 132) 57 
 
 Grammar School Act 1853, (16th Vic. cap. \86),. 59 
 
 «♦ Sites Act, (9th Vic. cap. IT). - 67 
 
 SchoolSites Act, (18th Vic. cap. 121), 6S 
 
 King's College Charter, (7th Will. 4 cap. 16), ^ 70 
 
 Toronto University Act, (1 6th Vic. cap. 89), ^8 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Common School Regulations ^' 
 
 Grammar School Regulations.. 1"2 
 
 Normal School Regulations ^05 
 
 Upper Canada College Terras ^06 
 
 University College Terms ^"' 
 
 Studies in Provincial Model School 108 
 
 Books used in Common Schools 109 
 
 Studies in Grammar Schools 110 
 
 Text Books for Grammar Schools HO 
 
 Studies in Upper Canada College 112 
 
 Univei-sity of Toronto, Degrees &c. conferred by 113 
 
 Decisions of Chief Superintendent of Schools ISO 
 
 Forms for Common School Purposes 142 
 
 Regulations for Examination of Teachers 149 
 
 Decisions of Law Courts 151 
 
 Regulations for School Libraries 155 
 
 Superannuated Teachers' Fund - 159 
 
 Educational Department, U. C 162 
 
 University of Toronto, (fee 162 
 
 Educational Officers in Upper Canada 163 
 
 Council of Public Instruction 163 
 
 Upper Canada College. -- 16* 
 
 Bursar's Department. University of Toronto 164 
 
 Analytical Index 1^^ 
 
 I 
 
 
 i i 
 
COMMON SCHOOLS. 
 
 ACT 13 & 14 VIC, CAP. 48. 
 
 An Act for the Letter establishment and maintenance of Common, 
 Schools in Upper Canada. 
 
 [Royal Aiitnt, Uth July, 1850.] 
 
 Whereas it is expedient to make provision for the better establish- preamble, 
 ment and maintenance of Common Schools in the several Villages, 
 Towns, Cities, Townships and Counties of Upper Canada: Be it there- 
 fore enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, '»y and with the 
 advice and consent of the Legislative Council and of the Legislative 
 Assembly of the Province of Canada, constituted and assembled by 
 virtue of, and under the authority of, an Act passed in the Parliament 
 I of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and inti',uled, 
 \An Act to re-unite the Provinces of Upper and Lower Canada, and 
 tfor the Government of Canada, and it is hereby enacted by the autho- 
 ^ rity of the same. That the Act of the Parliament of this Province, 
 passed in the seventh year of Her Majesty's Reign, and intituled. An 
 Act for the better establishment and maintenance of Common Schools '^'^° Acu 
 I in Upper Canada, and also the Act passed in the twelfth year of ''*^'"®'' 
 I Her Majesty's )eign, chapter eighty-three, and intituled, An Act for 
 I the better Establishment and maintenance of Public Schools in Upper 
 Canada, and for repealing the present School Act, shall be, and the 
 same are hereby repealed: Provided always, nevertheless, fii-stly, thatProviio, 
 I no Act, or part of an Act, repealed by either of the Acts hereby repeal- 
 I ed, shaU be levived by the passing of this Act: And provided also, 
 ' secondly, that the repeal of the said Acts shall not extend, or be con- 
 I strued to extend, to any act done, any penalty incurred, or any proceed- 
 ' ing had under the said Acts, or either of them: And provided also, 
 thirdly, that all School Sections or other School divisions, together with a1onreTee& 
 all elections and appointments to office, all agreements, contracts, assess- SactsT&c!, 
 ments, and rate-bills, made under the authority of the said Acts, or of '"°"'^"""* 
 any preceding Act, and not annulled by the said Acts, or by this Act, 
 or by any of them, shall be valid and in full force and binding upon 
 all parties concerned, as if made under tlie authority of this Act, and 
 shall so continue until altered, modified, or suspended, according to the 
 provisions of this Act: And provided also, fourthly, that nothnig herein Lim.iiityof 
 contained shaU attect the liabihty of any District, County, City° Town Slmtendenw. 
 
COMMON fiCaOOi ACT. 
 
 l^glilnllve 
 Bcliool (irant 
 continued. 
 
 Annual school 
 luet'liiiga. 
 
 or Townshfp Biiperintendcnt of Common ScIiooIh, to tho MimWpal 
 Corporation to which ho would otherwise bo rt-spousiblu for tho same, 
 for any moneys rocoived hy him under either of tho said Acts; but the 
 liabilities of every such Superintendent for such moneys shall be and 
 remain as if this Act had not been passed : And provided also, fifthly, 
 that nothing in the said Act secondly above recited, contained, shall 
 extend, or bo construed to extend, to have repealed any Act of the Par- 
 liament of this Province, whereby provision was m.-ido for the appro- 
 priation of money from the Consolidated Revenue Fund of this Pro- 
 vince, for or towards tho establishment and maintenance of Common 
 Schools in this Province, or in any part thereof. 
 
 FIRST — ELECTION AND DUTIES OF SCHOOL TRUSTEES. 
 
 II. And be it enacted. That the annual meetings for tho elections of 
 School Trustees, as hereinafter provided by this Act, shall bo held in 
 all the Villages, Towns, Cities, and Townships of Upper Canada, oa 
 tho second Wednesday in January, in each year, commencing at the 
 hour of Ten of the clock in the forenoon.* 
 
 e?chl?h,^f.^". ^"- ^"'^ ^<^ '^ ^"'^'^t^^^' That in all School divisions (except in 
 tion 10 be elected. Cities, Towns and Incorporated Villages) which have been established 
 according to law, and which have been called « School Sections," and 
 in which there shall be three Trustees in office at the time this Act 
 shall come into force, one Trustee shall be elected to office at each 
 ensuing annual school meeting, in place of the one who shall have been 
 three years in office: Provided always, that the same individual, if wil. 
 hng, may be re-elected: And provided also, that no School Trustee 
 shall be re-elected, except by his own consent, during the four years 
 next after his going out of office. 
 
 JJe tefffl rV- ^^'^ ^« '^ enacted. That whenever any school section shall be 
 rncetingmanew formed in any Township, as provided in the eighteenth section of this 
 Act, the Clerk of the Township shall communicate to the person 
 appointed to call the first school meeting for the election of Trustees, 
 the description and number of such school section ; and such person 
 shall, within twenty days thereafter, prepare a notice in writing, des- 
 cribing such section, and appointing a time and place for the first 
 school section meeting, and shall cause copies of such notice to be post- 
 ed in at least three public places in such school section, at least six 
 days before the time of holding such meeting, f 
 
 * The buBiness of an annual meeting in a school section is specified in the sixth section of 
 this Act i but iti a city, town, or village, the twenty- third section limits it to the Election of 
 Trustees. 
 
 t Tn dofanU. of hnlilinR thn nipotin!:! as aliovp> t!ie ninth section n!ithnn7P<:.niiy two frpf>hokie« 
 or householders in tho new secUon, to call a meetiug, after the ei^iation of the tiinu hera 
 •pecifled. 
 
 Froviio: asto 
 rejection. 
 
COMMON SCIIOOi ACT. 
 
 V. And bo it enacted, That at every such first school section meet- Modoof proc«M- 
 
 '' Ini? «' 'If* llM*t- 
 
 ing, the majority of the froelioldors or housolioidcrs of such school sec- '"(!• 
 tion present, shall elect one of their own number to preside over the 
 proceedings of such meeting, and shall also appoint a Secretary, whose Kimion of 
 duty it shall bo to record all the proceedings of such meeting: and the Hi'm-iar"/ "uieir 
 Chairman of such meeting shall decide all questions of order, subject " '**" 
 to an appeal to the meeting, and shall give the casting vote in case of 
 an equality of votes, and shall have no vote except as Chairman, and 
 shall take the votes in such manner as shall be desired by the majority 
 of the electors present, and shall, at the re([uest of any two electors, ^ poii when to 
 grant a poll for recording the names of the voters by the Secretaiy : ^ «'»"'«'• 
 And it shall be the duty of the electors present at such meeting, or a xhree Triatec* 
 mjyority of them, to elect from the freeholders or householdera in such '° ^ eiecied. 
 section, three Trustees who shall respectively continue in office as fol- 
 lows: the last poi-son elected shall continue in office until the next en- order of retiring 
 suing annual school meeting in such section, and until his successor is """ ° *** 
 elected ; the second pereon elected, one year, and the fii-st person elect- 
 ed, two years, from such next ensvung annual school meeting, and 
 until their successora are elected respectively : Provided always, that a proviw. 
 correct copy of the proceedings of such first school section meeting, * 
 
 and of every annual school section meeting, signed by the Chairman 
 and Secretary, shall be forthwith transmitted by the Secretary to the 
 Local Superintendent of Schools.* 
 
 VI. And be it enacted, That at every annual school section meeting Proceedingn nt 
 in any Township, as authorized and required to be held by the second """""' n"*""!!^ 
 section of this Act,f it shall be the duty of tke freeholders or household- 
 ers of such section, present at such meeting, or a majority of them — 
 
 Firstly. — To elect a Chairman and Secretaiy, who shall perform the chairman and 
 duties required of the Chairaian and Secretary, by the fifth section of ^'^'"y- 
 this Act. 
 
 Secondhj.—To receive and decide upon the report of the Trustees, as Annual financial 
 authorized and provided for by the eighteenth clause of the twelfth ''*'*'*• 
 section of this Act.J 
 
 Thirdly.— To elect one or more persons as Trustee or Trustees, to fill Election of Tru». 
 up the vacancy or vacancies in the Trustee Corporation, according to *^' 
 
 * At a first school mcetii.g, the Trustees elected must be freeholders or householderB in the 
 Bcction. 
 
 1 
 
 as 
 at 
 their 
 
 .K^ ''^ll" ^P"""' """eting audih the accounts of the Trustees- whether the money received by 
 tocm has twen properly nccounted for.-C. S. 1). No. 32. I!ut should the nieeiinc teriiiinnte 
 ^=11^ L .?''">?■ of liicurrcct nccuUiufl, no ucliou can lie taken (except at a s|)ecial meeting 
 2e next an u l"^^' "' P^'P"^®' "'"'"''* '*>^ ^sree to do bo» or in a court of law,; until 
 
EipentM of Um 
 Hctiuol. 
 
 Chnllenging 
 voten. 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL ACT, 
 
 law: Provided alwnjB, that no Toaclier in such Bootion Bhall ],old the 
 ofHco of Schwl TruBteo.* 
 
 Fourthli/.— To docido upon tlio mnnnor in wlilcli tlio snkry of tlio 
 Teacher or Teachers, and all tlio cxporiHOH CDiiiiei-tod with tlio operation 
 of the School or Schools, shall bo j)rovidcd for.f 
 
 VII. And be it enacted. That if any person olfering to vote at an 
 annual or other school section meeting, shall bo challenged as unquali- 
 fied by any legal voter in such section, the Chairman presiding at such 
 meeting shall require the person so oftering, to make tlio following de. 
 claratioQ : 
 
 neclsratlon 
 required. 
 
 Froviio: fhlse 
 declarntlon for 
 voting illugally 
 
 "I do declare and afBrm that I am a freeholder (or householder) in 
 "this school section, and that I am legally qualified to vote at this 
 " meeting.''^ 
 
 And every pei-son making such declai-ation, shall bo permitted to 
 vote on all questions proposed at such meeting; but if any person shall 
 refuse to make such declaration, his vote shall be rejected: Provided 
 always, that eveiy person who shall wilfully make a false declaration 
 of his right to vote, shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor, and 
 punishable by fine or imprisonment, at the disci-ction of any Court of 
 Quarter Sessions ; or by a penalty of not less than One Pound Five Shil- 
 
 Mode of r o' ^*"^' °'* ^^^^ *^^^" '''^^ Pounds Ten •Shillings, to be sued for and re- 
 ing penalty. "" Covered, with costs, by the Trustees of the school section, for its use, 
 
 before any Justice of the Peace, having jurisdiction within such school 
 
 section. 
 
 Refusing to lerre ^^^^' -^^^ ^® ^' enacted. That if any poi-son chosen as Trustee shall 
 MTruBiee. jefuse to serve, he shall forfeit the sum of One Pound Five Shillings; 
 and eveiy person so chosen and not having refused to accept, who shall 
 at any time refuse or neglect to peiform the duties of his office, shall 
 forfeit the sum of Five Pounds; which sum or sums may be sued for 
 and recovered by the Trustees of the school section, for its use, before 
 
 * By the fourteenih section of the Supplemenlnry Act, no T-ocnl SuwrliKcndPni .-nn i«. » 
 I''n;:i«J"\'""'°' ""'"'i"' ,""'' I'ythe'slAth proviso In the fort . So oHlm .am" Act 
 ^=ri^?^" °f '!-■"."■?'* schools ore ineligible a, Tn.Btccs of pul.llc connnon sc tolS In thS 
 denl ' "^ "''"'°" '" ''*'=''°"' ««'^"°''. "" "I'l*"' can I'e nmdo to Uie LocKiK-rint^n- 
 
 „„t.I,^„T "^'^"°f iupportinf! the school nre open to nn nnnunl mccllntt to de-ide iinon- en 
 vountnrysubsrription; (2) rae-bill of one shlllinR nnd thrru p.Mice (or Iohh) i er nS nn 
 mllZT^'^H^ the school, and (3) rate on proprny. Dm ns 'he 1>. mLis alinf /l°S 'and 
 17th clauses, 12th section,) dt-termine the nnifHint roqiilrerl for Ihu Hiinpi rt of iho school •i.wln. 
 J^^.r'"' *''^''T °' "'5 '^."•'I''«n'«''''^fy Act. in co,M,mlon will/ he t^^^^^^^^^ 
 fn, «f M,'?" ' •='""'^« of 'L'e 'Inrty-first section .,f thU Act, r«i..ir,.« ili,., . lo n ain tnin n S 
 i?„hnri,^'" SIX nionths, the laller part of the seven.!, chmrn-, of the tW(Hni «,' • o . foMowlnL' 
 «hi^,?, ,h' '"?*' VT'^'' '° 'V°^'''" ^°' 't'-firi'nck,, l,y n rate upon tlin pr.ip, riy o " ll e sm on 
 should the vote of the annual ineetma not cover all pxp..n«os or for «////,« .rllw,/?' 
 
COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 n nhnll hold the 
 
 i 
 
 : 
 
 IHioriersofBeiiQiate 
 
 any such .Tiwtico of the Pence :* Provided nl wnyB, that nny person chosen fl^yi'/^i'.fuJJ^*"* 
 as Tiimfc'o may rcHirrn witli tho coiiwnt of his colleagucH in oHico mid 
 of tho Loful Supeiiiiteudcnt, exproiaod in writing. 
 
 IX. And he it enacted, Tlint in cam no annual or other scliool section Not Rivinu due 
 mcetnij( bo liold tor want ot tiio i'ro|H'r notico, the iniHtiTsor otlu'riHgg. 
 
 pt son wIkwo duty it was to give such notice, nliail, respectively or indi- 
 vidually, forfoit tho sum of One Pound l"'ivo Hliillinpfs, to bo sued for Moif of recover- 
 and recovered for tho purposes of such scliool section, on tho complaint '"« i^n^^y- 
 of nny resident in such section, before any such Justice of tho Peace : 
 Provided alwnys, that in the default of tho holdinij of nny school sec- ,^|^,^ ^^ cniiinB 
 tion njeeting, n« hereinbefore authorized by this Act, for want of tho S',[',''or",nnuai 
 proper notice, then any two freeholders or houseliolders in such section, "'««f "8. *c. 
 are lioreby authorized, within twenty days after tho time at which such 
 meeting should have been held, to call such meeting by giving six days' 
 notice, to bo posted in r.t least three public places in sucli school sec- 
 tion : and tho mooting thi's called shall possess all the power, and per- 
 form all tho duties of the meeting in tho place of wjjich it shall havo 
 boon called. 
 
 X. And bo it enacted, That the Trustees in each school section shall Trimtrcs to be o 
 be a Corporation, under the name of " The Trustees of School Section 
 
 Number , in tho Township of , in the County 
 
 of f\ Provided always, that no such Corporation of any Provi«o. 
 
 school section shall cease by reason of the want of Trustees, but in case 
 
 of svich want, any two freeholdei-s or householders of such section shall 
 
 have authority, by giving six days' notice to be posted in at least three 
 
 public places in such Mction, to call a meeting of the freeholders or 
 
 houseliolders, who shall proceed to elect three Trustees, in the manner new XrusteM'.'"' 
 
 prescribed in the fifth section of this Act; and the Trustees thus elected 
 
 shall liold and retire from office in the manner prescribed for Trustees 
 
 elected under the authority of tho said fifth section of this Act. 
 
 XI. And he it enacted, That in any case of difTerenco as to the site Mode of deciding 
 of a school-house between the majority of tlio Trustees of a school section school home, 
 and, a majority of the freeholdere or householders, at a special meeting 
 
 called for that purpose, each party shall choose one person as aibitiator, 
 and tho two arbitrator thus chosen, and the Local Superintendent, or 
 any person appointed by him to act on his behalf, in case of his inability 
 to attend, or a majority of thera, shall finally decide on the raatter.t 
 
 ♦ Persons not freeholders or householders in the Bection, If elected Trustees, are not subject 
 to fine, on ruluging to serve. 
 
 t The TruHtees, lining n roriioration, must use n r.nrpnrnfe. seaf in nil llirir nets, otlierwisc 
 they mny lieconie persoiinlly linhlcfor contracts or rntcs. — t U. tJ. C. I'. R.;i7a. Tliencis of the 
 innjority lire biniiiiiiruiion the Corpnrnt.ion.— C. S. I). Nob. (1, Ifl. 
 
 t Tlic sixth section of the Supiilementary Act requires a special meeting to consider tho 
 (lucsiion of a new school site. 
 
8 
 
 COMMOW SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 \ \ 
 
 Duties of 
 
 'i'laeieea. 
 
 Secrctiiry- 
 'I'.'e.'i surer: hla 
 duties. 
 
 Collector: bia 
 duties. 
 
 His remunera- 
 tiou. 
 
 To give security 
 Powers. 
 
 Trustees to have 
 
 tile keeping of 
 the school pro- 
 perty. 
 
 I*rovi(ling school 
 prcaiistM. 
 
 Apparatus and 
 
 books. 
 
 XTI. And be it enacted, That it shall be the duty of the Trustees of 
 each school section : 
 
 Firstly. — To appoint one of themselves, or some other person, to be 
 Secretary-Treasurer to the Corporation; and it shall be the duty of such 
 Secretary -Treasurer to give such security for the correct and safe keeping 
 and foilhcoming (when called for) of the papers and moneys belonging 
 to the Corporation, as may be required by a majority of the Tiustees; to 
 keep a record of all their proceedings, in a book procured for that pur- 
 pose; to receive and account foi- all school moneys collected by rate-bill, 
 subscription, or otherwise, from the inhabitants of such school section; 
 to disburse such moneys in such manner as may be directed by the 
 majority of the Trustees.* 
 
 Secondly.— To appoint, if they shall think it expedient, a Collector 
 (who may also be Secretary-?.'reasurer), to collect the rates they have 
 imposed, or shall impose, upon the inhabitants of their school section, 
 or which the said inhabitants may have subscribed ; and to pay such 
 Collector, at the rate of not less than five or more than ten per cent, on 
 the moneys collected by him, for his trouble in collecting; and every 
 Collector shall give tuch security as may be satisfactory to the Trustees, 
 and shall have the same powei-s, by virtue of a warrant, signed by a 
 majority of the Trustees, in collecting the school-rate or subscription, 
 and shall proceed in the same manner, as ordinary Collectors of County 
 and Township rate? or assessments.! 
 
 Thirdly.— To take possession and have the custody and safekeeping 
 of all Common School property, which may have been acquired or 
 given for Common School purposes in such section, and to acquire and 
 hold as a Corporation, by any title whatsoever, any land, moveable 
 propecty, moneys or income for Common School purposes, until the 
 power hereby given shall be taken away or modified, according to law, 
 and to iV)ply the same according to the terms of acquiring or receiving 
 them.|; 
 
 Fourthly.— To do whatever they may judge expedient with legard 
 to the building, repairing, renting, warming, furnishing and keeping in 
 order the section school-house, and its appendages, wood-house, privies, 
 enclosures, lands, and moveable property which shall l)e held by them; 
 and for procuring apparatus and text books for their School ; also to 
 rent, repair, furnish, warm, and keep in order a school-house and its 
 
 sureJs"!"'""^'*'"' iCctlonofUiis Act provide* a remedy against dof.-.alting Secretary-Trea- 
 
 t Tnistcca rany .nppolut one of iiiemselves, or thetr Teacher, or any other person to be col. 
 lector; but shouM they find no one to art for them, they must collect thSSsil ves! 
 t Thi« clausB v^sts ali eclwo! property belonging to Uie aecdon In Uie Tnintee Corporaaon.-, 
 
 ^e^U^.^ ^^^^--^ 
 
COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 ^ 
 
 f the Trustees of 
 
 i.ng Secretary-Trea- 
 
 iutceCorporauon.-. 
 
 i 
 
 appendages, if there be no suitable school-house belonging to such sec- 
 tion, or if a second school-house be required.* 
 
 Fifthly. — To contract with and en^ploy all Teachers for such school 
 section, and determine the amount of their salaries ;f and to establish, 
 if they shall deem it expedient, by and with the consent of the Local 
 Superintendent of Schools, both a female and male school in such sec- 
 tion, each of which shall be subject to the same regulatioa" and obliga- 
 tions as common schools generally. 
 
 Sixthly. — To give the Teacher or Teachers employed by them the 
 necessaiy order or ordere upon the Local Superintendant for the School 
 Fund apportioned and payable to their school section : Provided always, 
 that the Trustees of any school section shall not give such order in be- 
 half of any Teacher who does not, at the time of giving such order, 
 hold a legal certificate of qualification.^ 
 
 Seventhly. — To provide for the salaries of Teachers and all other ex- 
 penses of the School, in such manner as may be desired by a majority 
 ^of the freoholdera or householders of such section, at the annual school 
 leeting, or a special meeting called for that purpose ; and to employ all 
 lawful mean£, as provided for by this Act, to collect the sum or sums 
 [required for such salaries and other expenses : And should the sums, 
 ■ thus provided, be insufficient to defray all the expenses of such school, 
 : the Trustees shall have authority to assess and cause to be collected any 
 additional rate, in order to pay the balance of the Teacher's salary, and 
 other expenses of such scbool.§ 
 
 Eighihly. — To make out a lis^ of the name of all persons rated by 
 them for the school purposes of such section, and the amount payable 
 by each, and to annex to such list a Warrant directed to the Collector 
 of the school section, for the collection of the several sums mentioned in 
 such list : Provided always, that any school-rate imposed by Trustees, 
 according to this Act, may be made payable monthly, quai'terly, half- 
 yearly, or yearly, as they may think expedient.[| 
 
 * On appeal of the Chief Superii.tendent from the judgment of a County Judge, the Court of 
 Queen's Bench decide<l that Trustees hnve authority lo levy a rate lor the ereciion of a 
 school housc.the same as for the Bupport of the school.— 1'2 U.C Q.B.R. In changiag lue site of 
 a school house, Trustees must first obtain the sanction of a public meeting. 
 
 t Agreements between Trustees and a Teacher must be signed by at least two of the Trus- 
 tees and the Teacher, and must have the corporate seal of the section attached. But no corpo- 
 ration hag iX)werto make an agreement providmgthe Teaci'er with loard and lodging--7 U. C 
 a. B. R. 130, C. S. D. No. 40 fcl.2). Asrreements made after the 1st of October, urc not binding 
 after the annual meeting, unless signed by the two Trustees remaining in office. 
 
 X Trustees refusing to give an order to a Teacher for the school fund, according to their 
 agreement with him, cannot be sued as for money due; but for refusal to give Uie order— 7 U. 
 C O* B. R. 130. 
 
 _ § While Trustees are bound (o carry out the lawful decision of their co.istitiients as explained 
 in note t, paue n, no public meeting can limii, or deprive them of, tlie auilioniy coulcrred by tlie 
 latter part of this clause— C. S. D. Nos. 12, 40, (c:. 3.) 
 
 II Property rates uiustte levied equally on all tiuabte property ^.■ithin the section, whether 
 Of resldenta^ or nou-residentsj but iu doing so it ia uot necessary for Trusteea to pass a by-law- 
 
 Teachers. 
 
 Female school. 
 
 Orders to 
 Teachers for 
 money. 
 
 Providing for 
 salaries of 
 Teachers and 
 expenses of the 
 school. 
 
 And for 
 
 deficiencies. 
 
 To make out a 
 rate-bill list and 
 Warrant. 
 
 ProTiso: such 
 rate-bill how 
 payabl'i. 
 
10 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 M 
 
 i , 
 
 To apply to the 
 Township Coun- 
 cil for rai^iitig 
 Bctiool moiicya. 
 
 Duty of Town- 
 ship Clerl{. 
 
 To exempt indi- 
 gent persons. 
 
 Teacher's talary 
 iiottol)ele:-8uned. 
 
 To sue 
 
 non-resident 
 
 defaulters. 
 
 To fix the place 
 of the school 
 meeting. 
 
 To call special 
 meetings. 
 
 Mode of conduct- 
 ing special meet- 
 ings. 
 
 Proviso: 
 
 To admit persons 
 to attend the 
 
 Ninthly. — To apply to the Municipality of the Township, or employ 
 their own lawful authority, as they may judge expedient, for the raising 
 and collecting of all sums authorized in the manner hereinbefore pro- 
 vided, to be collected from the freeholders and householders of such 
 section, by rate, according to the valuation of taxable property, as 
 expi-essed in the Assessor's or Colloctoi's Roll ; and the Township Clerk 
 or other officer having possession of such roll is hereby required to allow 
 any one of the Trustees, or their authorized Collector, to make a copy of 
 such roll, as far as it shall relate to their school section.* 
 
 Tenthhj. — To exempt, wholly or in part, from the payment of school- 
 rates, such indigent pei'sons as they shall think proper; and the amount 
 of the same shall be a charge upon the other rateable inhabitants of 
 the school section, and shall not bo deducted from the salary of a 
 Teacher. 
 
 Eleventhly. — To sue for and recover by their name of office, the 
 amounts ofschool-nites or subscriptions due from persons i-esiding with- 
 out the limits of their school section, and making default of paymertf 
 
 Twelfthly. — To appoint the place of each annual school meeting, and 
 to cause notices to be posted in at least three public places of such 
 section, at leact six days before the time of holding such meeting ; to 
 call and give like notices of any special meeting of the freeholders or 
 householders of such section, for the filling up of any vacancy in the 
 Trustee Corporation, occasioned by death, removal, or any other cause 
 whatever, or for the selection of a new school site, or for any other school 
 purpose, as they may think proper; to specify the object or objects of 
 such meeting; Avhich meeting shall be organized, and its proceedings 
 recorded in the same manner, as those of an annual school meeting; 
 and a copy of them, in like manner, shall be transmitted to the Local 
 Superintendent; Provided always, that in case of a vacancy in the office 
 of any of the Tnistees, during the period for which they shall have been 
 respectively elected, the person or persons chosen to fill such vacancy, 
 shall hold office only for the unexpired term.J 
 
 Thirteenthly. — To permit all residents in such section between the 
 
 2 U. C. C. P. R. 317. 4 U. C. C. P. R. 228. Where rate-bills are levied, every pupil of the 
 age (5 to 31), specified on entering the school, ia liable for the monthly or quarterly rate-bill 
 levied, although such pupil may attend only a few days. 
 
 * The Township Council is bound to comply with the requesi of the Trustees if made before 
 August, ami if it has not previously levied a rate (other than for a school site or house) during 
 tlie year. But the Trustees muy levy according to the periods of the [irecuding, eighth, clause. 
 
 t This clause applys only to non-resident parents or guardians of children attending a rate- 
 bill or subscription school, and to such absentee proprietors as are not provided for in the 
 twenty-second section of the Supplementary Act. 
 
 + Trustees are bfiund to call a ■•pecial meeting to determine the school site, shoidd a change be 
 wccpssnry, fir a!in\i!d a d:!r;!ri-:ii-.r nf opininn Ixi ki!.->-A-!i to exist on the suS.jpct. In care of 
 refirsal, Trustees are sulijcct to tlie fine imposed by the ninth section of this Act. Tlie pro- 
 ctediiigs of an annual or otlier meeting (except the election of a Trustee), may be re-considere I, 
 or amended, at a special meeting coiled by the Truaices lor that purpose— C. S. 1). No. ii. 
 
COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 11 
 
 )wnship, or employ 
 lent, for tlie raising 
 r hereinbefore pro- 
 iseholders of such 
 :ab]e property, as 
 lie Township Clerk 
 >y required to allow 
 to n:ake a copy of 
 >n.* 
 
 payment of school- 
 V ; and the amount 
 jle inhabitants of 
 )m the salary of a 
 
 lame of office, the 
 5ons I'esidinsf with- 
 lult of paymert.!- 
 
 3hool meeting, and 
 lie places of such 
 such meeting; to 
 the freeholdei-s or 
 ny vacancy in the 
 r any other cause 
 r any other school 
 >ject or objects of 
 id its proceedings 
 al school meeting; 
 itted to the Local 
 icancy in the office 
 ey shall have been 
 fill such vacancy, 
 
 ction between the 
 
 vied, every pupil of the 
 ly or quarterly rate-bill 
 
 Trustees if made before 
 cl site or house) during 
 icediiii;, eighth, clause, 
 ildreii attending a rate- 
 lot provided for in the 
 
 site, sliould a change be 
 :he siil'ject. In ertre of 
 3f this Act. The pro- 
 , may he re-considere:!, 
 t-C. S. I>. No. il. 
 
 ages of five and twenty-one years of age, to attend the school, so long fwijoo!, oa condi- 
 las their conduct shall be agreeable to the rules of »uch school, and so 
 [long as the fees or rates required to be paid on their behalf, are duly 
 I discharged:* Provided always, that this requirement shall not extend to Eicepiioni. 
 ' the children of persons in whose behalf a separate school shall have 
 
 been established, according to the nineteenth section of this Act. 
 
 Fourteenihly. — To visit the school from time to time, and see that it To visit the 
 I is conducted according to the regulations authorized by law. ec oo , c. 
 
 Fifteenthly. — To see that no un-authorized books are used in the To see that pro- 
 I school, but that the pupils are duly supplied with an uniform series of Smi. ""'*' 
 [text books, sanctioned and recommended according to law; and to 
 'procure annually, tor the benefit of their school section, some periodical 
 devoted to education. 
 
 Sixteenthly. — To exercise all the corporate powers vested in them by To be personally 
 this Act, for the fulfilment of any contract or agreement made by them ; ^MtoiircMes" 
 and in case any of the Trustees shall wilfully neglect or refuse to exer- 
 ^cise such powers, he or they shall be personally responsible for the ful- 
 filment of such contract or agreemenUf 
 
 Seventeenthly. — To appoint a Librarian, and to take such steps as they To appoint a 
 may judge expedient, and as may be authorized according to law, for vide a ubruryt'™' 
 , the establishment, safe-keeping, and proper management of a school 
 library, whenever provision shall have been made and cai'ried into 
 efiect for the establishment of school libraries. 
 
 Eighteenthly. — To ascertain the number of children between the ages ,^0 agcertain the 
 , of five and sixteen years residing in their section on the thirty-first day dreu'^/^aooi" 
 of December in each year; and to cause to be prepared and read at the "s®* 
 annual meeting of their section, their annual school report for the year to read the school 
 then terminating, which report shall include, among other things pre- ^p**"- 
 scribed by law, a full and detailed account of the receipts and expendi- 
 tures of all school moneys received and expended in behalf of such 
 ' section, for any purpose whatsoever, during such year ; and if such ac- „, ,. . , 
 count shall not be satisfactory to a maioiity of the freeholders or house- account is not 
 
 , ,, ; d J satisfactory 10 tha 
 
 Iiolders present at such meetinf?, then a majority of the said fi-eeholders majority of Uie 
 or householders shall appoint one person, and the Trustees shall appoint 
 
 All persons (whetiier residents or not) who have property within tlie limits of the section 
 nave the right to send iheir children between ttie ages of 5 and ai to the school, on the above 
 conditions, and nootlicrs— that the teacher's attention be not occiipiwl froui those for whom 
 he IS employed. Children boarding in tlie section with persons not tlieir legal guardians, are 
 not residents. o o > 
 
 t Contracts or agreements without ilie corporate seal are binding u|ion the parties as indivi. 
 duals— C.S.D. No. 4(1, Ccl. 2.) Urn. a Corporation is not liable to pay for an unfinished school 
 liouse, although erected for and accepted by the Trustees, if the coi'itract therctijr be wiUiout 
 the corporate ieal-4 U. C. C. 1'. R . 3T3. 
 
 B 
 
12 
 
 ArUtraton; 
 
 Tbelr powen. 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 another; and the two arbitrators thus appointed shall examine the said 
 account, and their decision respecting it shall be final: or, if the two 
 arbitratom thus appointed shall not be able to agree, they shall select a 
 third, and the decision of the majority of the arbitrators so chosen shall 
 be final; and such arbitrators, or a majority of them, shall have autho- 
 rity to collect, or cause to be collected, whatever sum or sums may be 
 awarded against any person or persons by them, in the same manner 
 and under the same regulations as those according to which Trustees 
 are authorized, by the twelfth section of this Act, to collect school-rates; 
 and the sum or sums thus collected shall be expended in the same 
 manner as are other moneys for the common school purposes of such 
 section.* 
 
 mmteenihly.—To prepare and transmit, or cause \jo be prepared and 
 
 To prepare and 
 
 transmit the an- . • i. i ' * ■* ' "" '""""'^ *" "'= I'lopai'tsu ciuu 
 
 nua. «hooi re- transmitted annually, before the fifteenth day of January, a report to the 
 Local Superintendent;! which report shall be signed by the majority of 
 
 Contenuof ,uch wLT? T] ^f^ "''"'"^"^^ '^ ^ ^''"^ ^^^^^^^^ ^^^ '^^ Chief 
 
 report: Superintendent of Schools, and shall specify : 
 
 Time of 
 keeping the 
 school open. 
 
 Number of chil- 
 dren. 
 
 /Vr«%.— The whole time the school in their section shall have been 
 kept by a qualified Teacher during the year ending the thirty-first day 
 ot the previous December. 
 
 ty^'i^^lS- ^.co«%.-The amount of moneys received from the school ftind, 
 expended. from local rates or contributions, and from other sources, distinguishing 
 
 the same ; and the manner in which all such moneys have been expended 
 
 Thirdly.-Th^ whole number of children residing in the school sec- 
 tion, over the age of five years, and under the age of sixteen- the 
 
 Atganceof number of children and young persons taught in the schooU: it 
 and summer, distinguishing the sexes, and those who are over and 
 
 A^v^age attend- under Sixteen years of age; the average attendance of pupils in both 
 winter and summer. ^ 
 
 Branches taught, fourthly -Th^ branches of education taught in the school ; the num- 
 ber of pupils m each branch ; the text books used ; the number of public 
 School examinations, lectures and visits, and by whom, and such other 
 mformation respecting the school premises and Library, as mav be 
 required m the form of a report provided by the Chief Superintendent 
 
 Penalty foi a 
 
 XIIL And be it enacted , That e very Trustee o f a Common School 
 
 the several pre(4ii„g ciauMH-C V. m! n--^ 32 "'^'^^ °^ ^"^ l"=wer conferred upon ihmi by 
 thKo7afterU%'&'^^^^^^^^ 
 
 Ik 
 
 I i 
 
COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 13 
 
 iliall examino the said 
 8 final : or, if ihe two 
 •ee, they shall select a 
 trators so chosen shall | 
 3m, shall have autho- | 
 sum or sums may be 
 in the same manner 
 Dg to which Trustees 
 ;o collect school-rates ; 
 pended in the same 
 'ol purposes of such 
 
 e to be prepared and 
 luary, a report to the 
 id by the majority of 
 )vided by the Chief 
 
 ition shall have been 
 J the thirty-first day 
 
 )m the school fund, 
 irces, distinguishing 
 lave been expended. 
 
 g in the school sec- 
 ige of sixteen ; the 
 he school in winter 
 who are over and 
 Jeofpui^ils in both 
 
 le school ; the num- 
 e number of public 
 'm, and such other 
 ibrary, as may be 
 lief Superintendent 
 
 i Common School 
 
 ig any part of the gchool 
 :onftrre(J upon iliem by 
 
 ct to a fine, for delaying 
 
 rho shall knowingly sign a false repoit, and every Teacher of a Com- false rcpon by a 
 
 o ./ o I -> J Tru8tee ; or false 
 
 ion School who shall keen a false school register, or make a false agister or rrtum 
 
 . , , . » , . . , , , . by a Teacher. 
 
 Bturn, with the view ot obtaining a larger sum than the just proportion 
 
 bf school moneys coming to such Common School, shall, for each oifence, . 
 
 forfeit to the Common School Fund of the Township, the sura of five £s. 
 
 3unds, and may be prosecuted before any such Justice of the Peace, 
 
 L 1 , , • , , , « ,., ,'Tobeguedtor 
 
 t)y any pei-son whatever, and convicted*n the oath of any one crediole before a j. p. 
 
 . , having 
 
 itness other than the prosecutor, and if convicted, tie said penalty jurisdiction in tho 
 iall, if not forthwith paid, be levied with costs, by distress and sale of 
 ie goods and chattels of the oflFender, under Warrant of such Justice, 
 Iknd paid over by him to the said Common School Fund ; or the said 
 offender shall be liable to be tried and punished for the misdemeanor.* 
 
 XIV. And be it enacted. That no foreign books in the English Foreign bookg,— 
 branches of Education shall be used in any Model or Common School, ^" *""' ^'^ 
 without the express permission of the Council of Public Instruction ; 
 
 nor shall any pupil in any such School be required to read or study in Parental and re- 
 pr from any religious book, or join in any exercise of devotion or reli- protwted!'"* 
 gion, which shall be objected Jp by his or her parents or guardians: 
 '?rovided always, that within this limitation, pupils shall be allowed to Provigo.- 
 ceive such religious instruction as their parents and guardians shall Rdigjoug 
 ^esire, according to the general regulations which shall be provided 'nsi^ucaon. 
 ccording to law.f 
 
 8KC0NDLT. — COMMON 8CH00L TEACHERS AND THEIR DUTIES. 
 
 XV. And be it enacted, That no Teacher shall be deemed a quali- 
 led Teacher within the meaning of this Act, who shall not, at the time teacher defined. 
 >f his engaging with the Trustees, and applying for payment from the 
 
 School Fund, hold a certificate of qualification, as hereinafter provided 
 Jby this Act; Provided always, that certificates of qualification given by proviso, 
 local Superintendents, shall be in force until the first of January, one 
 
 Ihousand eight hundred and fifty-one.J 
 
 XVI. And be it enacted. That it shall be the duty of every Teacher ^^^^ ^^ 
 ; of a Common School — Teachera. 
 
 Firstly.— To teach diligently and faithfully all the branches required to ob«erve the 
 
 * Where the above is suHpecied or complained of, .he 1 0".al Superintendent should reauire a 
 ! return showing the particulars in detail. 
 
 t The Lord's Prayer, and such other prayers ns may b , . ■ ' - ,1, with the reading of a nortion 
 of Pcripuire, nre recommended for tlie openiiiir and closit,. j. rcises of eacli school s but each 
 child is required to rcpeiit the Lord's Prayer and the 'I'm Com.nandments at least once a week- 
 subject, in all cases, to tho wish of liis parents or gu.irdians. 
 
 I Trusf^es liavo no power to collect rates for an unqualined Teacher. Certificates granted 
 by the Clucl Superintendent are valid in any part of Upper t.'anada; those granted by a (;ounti 
 Board, witjiin its jurisdiction. Temporary certificates may be granted by Local Superintend- 
 ents, under Uie fourteenth section of UieSupplenienlery Act. t-^mwim 
 

 I 
 
 14 
 
 Inw and agree- 
 ment. 
 
 Regliitcra. 
 DiKipllne. * 
 
 Visitorg'book. 
 
 QimrtnrlyexamI 
 nations. 
 
 Infljrmation to 
 the Superintend 
 ents. 
 
 To dpiiver pa- 
 pers, &,c. 
 
 Proviso. 
 
 Protpction of 
 Teoclierg. 
 
 Differenceg 
 between Trus- 
 tees nnd Teach' 
 erg to be settled 
 by arbitration. 
 
 C0MM05 SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 to be taught in the School, according to the terras of Wr engagement 
 with the Trustees, and according to the provisions of this Act 
 
 ^.conrf/y._To keep the daily, weekly, and monthly or quarterly 
 registers of the School; to maintain proper order and discipline therein, 
 according to the forms and regulations which shall be provided accord- 
 ing to law;* also to keep a Visitors' Book (which the Trustees shall 
 cause to be provided for that pntpose); and he shall enter therein the 
 visits made to his school, and shall present such book to each Visitor, 
 and request him to make such remarks as may have been suggested by 
 such visit. °° ^ 
 
 Thirdly. ^To have, at the end of each quarter, a public examination 
 of his school, of which he shall give due notice, through the pupils, to 
 their parents and guardians, and the Trustees of the school; and of 
 which he shall also give due notice to any School Visitors, who shaU 
 reside in, or adjacent to, such school section. 
 
 Fmrthly.-To furnish to the Local or Chief Superintendent of 
 Schools when desired, any information which it may be in his power 
 to give respecting any thing connected M4th the operations of his school 
 or in any wise affecting its interest or character. ' 
 
 Fifthly.-To keep carefully, and at the time of his leaving a school, 
 to deliver up to the order of the Trustees, the Registers and Vis.W 
 Book, appertaining to the school: Provided always, that he shall, at 
 all times, when desired by them, give Trustees of Visitoi^ access io such 
 Registers and Visitors' Book. 
 
 XVII. And be it enacted, That any Teacher shall be entitled to be 
 paid at the same rate mentioned in his agreement with the Trustees, 
 even after the expiration of the period of his agreement, until the 
 Trustees shall have paid him the whole of his salaiy, as Teacher of 
 the school, according to their engagement with him : Provided always, 
 that m case of any difference between Trustees and a Teacher in regard 
 to his salary, the sum due to him, or any other matter in dispute 
 between them, it shall be lawful to submit each matter in dispute to 
 arbitration, and each party shall choose one Arbitrator; and in case 
 either party in the fii-st instance shall neglect or refuse to name and 
 appoint an Arbitrator on his behalf, it shall be lawful for the party re- 
 quiring such arbitration, by a notice in writing to be served upon the 
 party so neglecting or refusing to make such appointment, to require 
 the opposite party within three days, inclusive of the day of the service 
 of such notice, to name and r.ppoint an Arbitrator on his behalf, which 
 
COMMON SCHOOl ACT. 
 
 15 
 
 notice shall name the Arbitrator of the party serving such notice; and N«'gie«of 
 in case the party upon whom such notice is served shall not, within the nppoint nn 
 three days mentioned in such notice, name and appoint such Arbitra- " '"'"°'' 
 tor, then the party requiring such arbitration, shall and may nominate 
 and appoint the second Arbitrator, and the two Arbitrators in either Power of 
 ■way chosen, and the Local Superintendent, or any person chosen by '^'''""'""•• 
 him to act on his behalf, in case he cannot attend, or any two of them; 
 shall have full authority to make an award between them, and such ' 
 award shall be final. — \Second Proviso repealed by 16 Vic ch. 185, 
 tec. 16.*] 
 
 enforce obedience; 
 
 THIRDLT. — DtJTIEi OP TOTTNSHIP COUNCtLS. ' 
 
 XVIII. And be it enacted, That it shall bo the duty of the Munici- Dutiei of Town- 
 pality of each Township in Upper Canada : *'p council*. 
 
 Firstly, — To levy such sum, by assessment, upon the taxable proper- 
 ty in any school section, for the purchase of a school-site, the erection, 
 repairs, renting and furnishing of a school-house, the purchase of appa- 
 ratus and text-books for the school, books for the library, salary of the 
 Teacher, as shall be desired by the Trustees of such school-section, on 
 behalf of the majority of the freeholders or householders at a public 
 meeting called for such purpose or purposes, as provided for by the 
 twelfth section of this Act if Provided always, that such Municipality 
 may, if it shall judge expe^lient, grant to the Trustees of any school sec- 
 tion, on their application, authority to borrow any sum or sums of 
 money which may be necessary for the pui-poses herein mentioned, in 
 respect to school-sites, school-houses and their appendages, or for the 
 purchase or erection of a Teacher's residence; and cause to be levied 
 upon the taxable property in such section, such sum in each year as 
 shall be necessary for the payment of the interest thereon, and as shall 
 be sufficient to pay off the principal within ten years. J 
 
 Secondly.— To levy, at its discretion, such sum or sums, as it shall 
 judge expedient, for procuring the site, and for the erection and support 
 of a Township Model School ; and for purchasing books for a Township 
 Library, under such regulations as shall be provided according to law: 
 Provided always, that the Members of the Township Municipality shall 
 
 .«j^^J'''*u''"'°"?'^I''^^"''P'^""="''"yActno financial or other dlBpute, between Trusteea 
 ?/in * ^r^u"^^^' "^" ^ brought into any Court of Law or Equity; but must be gettled by arbitra; 
 iJon. the warrant of the arbitrators has the same power as an execution of a Division Court, 
 t If a Township Council refuses to comply, a Mandarnui" from one of the Superior Courts 
 an ,Z.'^"l^"r' ' M ''"-^l!' by Chief Justice Mncaulay.nn.! the Chief Superintendent, th« 
 t iih ■ ^ '""""^'^'^"•-y ""' ««'°« "^"« ^ "-■' property, not iii!iabitant=-2 U. C C. 
 
 cl?nluTuf„''Ll fchool section cannot borrow money without authority from the Township 
 Council ; but the vote of a special mecUng is not necessary to authorize their application. 
 
 LevyiniR assess- 
 ments for school 
 purposes, as de- 
 sired by Trustees. 
 
 
 
 ; *r| 
 
 
 '1 
 
 Authorising 
 loans for school 
 purposes. 
 
 1: 
 
 
 
 And providing 
 for repayment. 
 
 
 
 
 Establishing B 
 Township Model 
 School and 
 Library. 
 
 'ks 
 
 Council to be 
 
 
^ I 
 
 n 
 
 tii 
 
 16 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 TnntPPd of 
 ■iicli ncliool. 
 
 ho the Trustees of sucli Mo.lel School, and shall possess tlio powcm 
 ofComniou School Trustees in respect to all matters affeoting such 
 Provi.o: UMion ^^"''^l School: Provided aLso, th.it the Trustees of any one or more 
 ofou.or.c,.,.,. Common Schools shall havo authority, at their discreiion, and with 
 the consent of such (Jouncil, to merge their school or schools into such 
 Model School; and provided likewise that tuition to student-t^achen. 
 in such Model School shall ho free. 
 
 Thirdly. -1:0 form portions of the Township, where no schools have 
 been established, into school sections; to appoint a person in each new 
 school section to call the first school section meeting ; and to cause 
 such pei^on to be notified in the manner prescribed in the fourth sec- 
 tion of this Act.* 
 
 rorininR new 
 school RL'ctioni. 
 
 Alterinp; and 
 uniting scliool 
 sections. 
 
 Provisos: 
 
 Flint in("etinf» in a 
 united suction. 
 
 Alterntlons 
 'II school sections, 
 when to go into 
 elfect. 
 
 Parties concerned 
 to Lo ajiprixed. 
 
 Eights of 
 aitcred sections 
 secured. 
 
 Disposal of 
 projierty. 
 
 Special Meeting. 
 EfTect of transfer. 
 
 Fourthhj.-To alter any school section already established ; and to 
 unite two or more school sections into one, at the request of the majority 
 ofthofreeholde^-sorhoiiseholdersin each of such sections, expressed 
 at a public meeting called by the Trustees for that purpose: Provided 
 always, that the first election of Trustees in such section, consisting of 
 two or more sections united, shall be appointed and held in the same 
 manner as is provided for in the fourth section of this Act in respect to 
 a new school section: Provided secondly, that any alteration in the 
 boundaries of a school section shall not go into effect before the twenty- 
 fifth day of December next after the time when it shall have been 
 made ; nor shall any step be taken towards the alteration of the bound- 
 daries of any school section, nor any application be entertained for that 
 purpose, unless it shall clearly appear that all parties afiected by such 
 alteration have been duly notified of such intended step or application- 
 Provided thirdly, that the several parts of such united or altered school 
 sections shall have the same claim to a share of the Common School 
 Fund to which they would have been entitled, had tliey not been altered 
 or united; and Provided fourthly, that any school-site, or school-house 
 or other school property which shall not be required, in consequence of 
 such alteration or union of school sections, shall be disposed of by sale 
 or otherwise, in such a manner as a majority of the freeholders or 
 householders in the altered or united school sections shall think proper, 
 at a public meeting called for that purpose;- and the proceeds shall be 
 applied to the erection of a new school-house, or other common school 
 purposes of such united or altered sections; except that the inhabitants 
 transfei-red from one school section to another, shall be entitled, for the 
 common school purposes of the section to which they are attached to 
 such a portion of the proceeds of the dispo sal of such school-house 
 
 * The CouncU cannot deprive territory of school organization. 
 
V 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 or other common Rchool property, as tbo assessed value of their property 
 bears to that of the other iiihabiUuitH of the school section from which 
 they shall have been separated :* Provided fifthly, that union school 
 Bections consisting of parts of two or more TownKhips, may be formed 
 and altered (under the conditions prescribed in this clause in respect to 
 alterations of other school sections,) by the Reeves and Local Superin- 
 tendent or Superintendents of the Townships out of pails of which such 
 sections are proposed to be formed, at a meeting appointed for that pur- 
 pose by any two of such Town Reeves; of which meeUng the other 
 party or parties authorized to act with them shall be duly notified: 
 Provided sixthly, that each union school section composed of portions of 
 adjoining Townships, shall, for all purposes of Trustee elections and 
 control, be deemed one school section, and shall be considered, in 
 respect to superintendence and taxing for the erection of a school- 
 house, as belonging to the Township in which the school-house may be 
 situated.f 
 
 Fifthly/.— To cause the Clerk of such Township, to furnish the Local 
 Superintendent of Schools with a copy of all the proceedings of such 
 Council relating to the formation or alteration of school sections, all 
 school assessments, and other educational matters. 
 
 XIX. And be it enacted, That it shall be the duty of the Municipal 
 Council of any Township, and of the Board of School Trustees of any 
 City, Town or incorporated Village, on the application in writing of 
 twelve or more resident heads of families, to authorize the establishmenfc 
 of one or more separate schools for Protestants, Roman Catholics, or 
 coloured people; and in such case, it shall prescribe the limits of the 
 divisions or sections for such schools, and shall make the same provision 
 for the holding of the first meeting for the election of Trustees of each 
 such separate school or schools, as is provided in the fourth section of 
 this Act for holding the first school meeting in a new school section: 
 Provided always, that each such separate school shall go into operation 
 at the same time w ith alterations in school sections, and shall be under 
 
 * Any alteration in tlie boundaries of n section mnv be eiFiTtpd ufipr rlim .inti,..> .« „ii .x. 
 Hut the union of iwo or more sections into one, l)y whish one new cDrnoriUion (« M,.Swi!; 
 of oaTo .llo^'n?''^ '''''""'«' 'r»""°' ''« eirccledVitho^t the c^ITcS" 'of he inha Hants 
 pnrp(^e-CShNn'"r'5^H'''r '''?'";',?' '"'?*'■" ""•'<^''"g« <=''""^" "v the T ustee. fo ?ha? 
 
 17 
 
 ITnlon school 
 wptlons of 
 diirernnt 'I'own- 
 Bhips, how 
 formed and 
 altered. 
 
 fWee 10 Vic c. 
 Ib5, B. 17 J 
 
 Effect of iuch 
 union. 
 
 Copies of certain 
 proceedings to be 
 furuislicd. 
 
 Separate schools 
 for I'roiestantM, 
 Roman C-itliollcs 
 and I 'oloured 
 people. 
 
 [See 14 & 15 Vic. 
 c. 111.] 
 
 Under same 
 reyulntiuns ns 
 ("ommon 6>cliool8. 
 for e|{!ctiong and 
 conimuncemeut.. 
 
It 
 
 I 
 
 Ml 
 
 ^8 COMMON SCHOOL ACT, 
 
 the same regulations in respect to the persons for whom such school is 
 permitted to be established, as are Common Schools generally : Pro- 
 vided secondly, that none but coloured people shall be allowed to vote 
 for the election of Trustees of the separate school for their children ; and 
 none but the parties petitioning for the establishment of, or sending 
 children to, a separate Protestant or Roman Catholic School, shall vote 
 at the election of Trustees of such school : Provided thirdly, that each 
 such separate Protestant, or Roman Catholic, or coloured, school, shall be 
 entitled to share in the school fund according to the average attendance 
 of pupils attending each such separate school, (the moan attendance of 
 pupils for both summer and winter being taken,) as compared with the 
 whole average attendance of pupils attending the Common Schools in 
 such City, Town, Village or Township : Provided fourthly, that no Pro- 
 testant separate school shall be allowed in any school division except 
 when the Teacher of the Common School is a Roman Catholic ; nor shall 
 any Roman Catholic separate school be allowed, ex'cept when the Teacher 
 of the Common School is a Protestant; Provided fifthly, that the 
 Trustees of the Common School sections, within the limits of which 
 such separate school section or sections shall have been formed, shall 
 not include the children attending such separate school or schools, in 
 their return of children of school age residing in their school sections.* 
 
 AntheKhooi ^^' ^°*^ ^® ^' enacted, That whenever the majority of the resident 
 
 Totn"hip,n.der ^°"^^°^<^^'* °^ *^® ^e^eral school sections of any Township, at pubhc 
 
 llf one iS'of* *™*®*^"S8 called by Trustees for that purpose, shall desire to abolish 
 
 TrMteM.*^ local school section divisions, and have all their schools conducted under 
 
 one system and one management, like the schools in Cities and Towns, 
 
 the Municipality of such Township shall have authority to comply 
 
 with their request, thus expressed, by passing a By-law to that effect; 
 
 and all the Common Schools of such Township shall be managed by one 
 
 Board of Trustees, one of whom shall be chosen in and for each ward 
 
 ftrmS2'&? of the Township, if the Township be divided into wards, and if not, 
 
 then the whole number shall be chosen in and for the whole Township, 
 
 Manner of 
 vli<ctin({ 'I'ruiteg, 
 lor Uiu iiumu. 
 
 Apportioning 
 Bchuol iiioneyi, 
 laine an to 
 Coniuiou^cliools. 
 
 [8cel6Vic.c.l84 
 ..4.J 
 
 Condition of 
 Ettablistiment. 
 
 ProTiio: aito 
 ceriaiii returns. 
 
 cities. 
 
 ' Separate Schools may be eitablished, in school sections, by the Township Council, and in 
 ies. townsor villagen, by tne Board of School Trustees, on the following conditions: (I) 
 
 '}n, orofthecoloreij 
 jaclier of the public 
 
 (3) That the liiniis, iji a Township or Village, be no't'jcss thnn"to' include tlie applicants, "nor 
 more than the whole lowiiship or Village -, and in n ciiy or lowii, not less thnn a ward, or as 
 many uinted wards as the applicants desire. (4) That the separate section go into operation 
 onilie25tJi December foUowing; and that the Councilor Board appoint a person to call the 
 first meeting after that date. At a first election in a coloured section, nil the coloured people 
 within Its limits may vote ; but in a sectarian section, only the parties sicning the appli- 
 cation. V\ hen elected, the tliree Trustees are a corporaiion, and have the powers of Trustees 
 of school sections in respect to their supporters ; and such separate school cor.ioraiion con- 
 Unues thereafter, until volunuirily dissolved. Supporters of the separate scliool are exempt- 
 ed froin pu,vlic scboo! rates by the fuurih section of the Suppleuieutiiry Acl ; but iiiunicii)Bi 
 authority cannot be employed to collect their rates. Separate Schools aie under the same 
 regulatjoiis in regard to the Legislative Gram, visits and reporu, as public common schools. 
 
 ■ 
 
COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 19 
 
 horn Bucb school is 
 jls generally : Pro- 
 be allowed to vote 
 their children ; and 
 nent of, or sending 
 ; School, shall voto 
 1 thirdly, that each 
 red, school, shall be 
 average attendance 
 iioaii attendance of 
 compared with the 
 onimon Schools in 
 irthly, that no Pro- 
 ool division except 
 Catholic ; nor shall 
 t when the Teacher 
 
 I fifthly, that the 
 e limits of which 
 )een formed, shall 
 ool or schools, in 
 ir school sections.* 
 
 rity of the resident 
 ownship, at public 
 
 II desire to abolish 
 Is conducted under 
 Cities and Towns, 
 ihority to comply ,1 
 iw to that effect ; »' 
 e managed by one 
 ind for each ward 
 rards, and if not, 
 I whole Township, 
 
 wnship Council, and in 
 )wing conditions: (1) 
 u.-iiiion, urof tlie colorett 
 e Teaclier of Uie public 
 in ilio fourth proviso), 
 lude tlie applicants, nor 
 \eB* thnn a ward, or a» 
 'Ction go into operation 
 ini a person to cnil the 
 nil the coloured people 
 ties signing the appli- 
 the powers of Trustee* 
 chool coriioraiion con- 
 te school are exeinpt- 
 y Ael ; iiut niuiiicipui 
 Isaie under the same 
 ilic common scboola. 
 
 and invested with the same powers, and subject to the same obligations, 
 as are provided and raj[uired, in resiHict to Trustees in Cities uud 
 Towns, by the twenty-fourth section of this Act.* 
 
 FOURTHLY— COUNCILS AND TRUSTEES IN CITIB8, TOWNS AND IWCORPO- 
 BATKD VILLAGKS, AND THEIR DUTIES. 
 
 XXI. And be it enacted, That the Council or Common Council of power«of 
 each City or incorporated Town in Upper Canada, shall be and is ^o''u"Jc{f,''{nCjtjg, 
 hereby invested, within its limits and liberties as prescribed by law, and ■""''^"W"*' 
 shall bo subject to the same obligations as are the Municipal Council of 
 
 each County, and the Municipality of each Township, by the eighteenth 
 and twenty-seventh sections of this Act:f Provided nevertheless, that the pj^yj^ 
 appointment of the Local Superintendent of Schools for such City or 
 Town, shall be made by the Board of School Trustees for such City or 
 Town.J 
 
 XXII. And be it enacted, That in each ward into which any City or First eieci ion or 
 Town is or shall be divided according to law, two fit and proper persons eucii vvarli.'^* " 
 shall be elected School Trustees by a majority of all the taxable inha- 
 bitants of such waid;§ one of which Trustees (to be determined by lot order of retiring 
 at the first Trustee meeting after their election) shall retire from office '°'" *^"'"''' 
 
 the second Wednesday of January following his election ; and the se- 
 cond of whom shall continue in office one year longer, and until his 
 
 successor is elected ; and the persons thus elected shall form one Board I?,'""''' °^ twiooi 
 
 ^ 1 f ustees. 
 
 of School Trustees for such City or Town.|| 
 
 XXIII. And be it enacted, That oa the second Wednesday in A„nu„j -^^ 
 January of each year, at the time prescribed by the second section of ^'^^^'^J '"^^V'"'' 
 this Act, one fit and proper person shall be elected Trustee in each i'"**"- 
 ward of every City and Town, and shall continue in office two years, 
 
 and until his successor is elected ;^ Provided always, that such election 
 
 ♦This requires such a number of section meetings as will represent a majority of the resident 
 householders ni the Township,— and not a majority in each school section,— to authorize the 
 change. The first election ot five Trustees follows the passing of the by-law (unless its ope- 
 ration is deferred to a fixed date), as ihe change iscquivalent to the union of sections All the 
 Trustees retire at each annual meeting, the same as Township Councillors, but may be re- 
 elected, subject to the provisos of the third seotion of this Act, and the w^ihes of the electon. 
 
 t Cities, towns and villages are Counties for school purposes. 
 
 |The duties of the Clerk and Treasurer are pointed out by the lit, Sfd, 4th and 5th clausei 
 of tho twenty-seventh section. 
 
 f His lifild by Chief Justice Robinson, that "taxable inhabitants" include freeholders and 
 householders, properly rated as such, and not persons rated for statute labor only— 9 U. C. U. 
 B. R. 682. The third section of the Supplementary Act provides for the trial of doubtful voles 
 at the meeting ; and the School Act of 1855 ( 18 Vic.) provides for the trial of '•ontested elec- 
 tions. Supporters of separaie schools are ineligible as voters or trustees for public schools. 
 
 II On a change in the inco'poration of any municipality— as ftom a school section to a village, 
 from a villase to a town, from a town to a city, or the division of a town into wards— ail the 
 old Trusieei retire, and a new board mist be elected. When a new ward is set otf I'rom those 
 weviously existing within tlie municipality, two Trustees must be elected therein, and added to 
 thsi Board 
 
 IT No other business than the election of a Trustee or Tiiuteea can Qome before the (^nnua) 
 meeting, uoleas specially stated in the notice colling iu 
 
 C 
 
20 
 
 [ 'I' 
 
 \ I 
 
 To 1)0 conrtiieled 
 iiK II Miiiilclpal 
 Kkciloil. 
 
 nnnnl to lifl a 
 Cor|ioratlon. 
 
 Dutlci. 
 
 To appoint cer- 
 tain UillciN, Itc 
 
 'i'o hold school 
 propuity. ic. 
 
 To provlilfi com- 
 iiiQii Mcliool prciri- 
 isii's, te*t- books. 
 
 To (Ii'iGrnilne tlie 
 lliiui'or niiil kind 
 of st-hoog; em- 
 ploy Teacl.crs, 
 
 COMMON SCUOOL ACT. 
 
 shall bo held at tho place where the last municipal election waa held 
 for Buoh ward, and under the direction of the name returning officer; or, 
 in his default, of such perron as the electora prewjnt shall chooae; and 
 such election 'shall bo conducted in the sanio manner as an ordinary 
 municipal election in each ward of such City or Town. 
 
 XXIV. And bo it enacted, That the Board of School Trustees for 
 each City and Town, shall bo a corporation under the name of *»Tha 
 Board of School Trustees of the City (or Town) of in tho County 
 
 °^ ;" (^ho flrat meeting thereof may be called in the City 
 
 or Town Council room by any Trustee), and it shall bo tho duty of such 
 Board :* 
 
 Firitly.—To appoint annually or oftener, a Chairman, Secretary, 
 Superintendent of Schools, and one or more Colloctoni of school rates, 
 (if required) ; and to appoint tho times and places of their meetings, and 
 the mode of calling them,— of conducting and recording their proceed- 
 ings,— and of keeping all their School accounts. 
 
 Secondlt/.^To tako possession of all Common School property, and 
 to accept and hold as a Corporation, all property which may have been 
 acquired or given for Common School purposes in such City or Town, 
 by any title whatsoever; to manage or dispose of such property, and all 
 moneys or income for Common School purposes, until the power hereby 
 given shall be taken away or modified by law; and to apply tho same, 
 or tho proceeds, to tho objects for which they have been given or 
 acquired. 
 
 Thirdly.— To do whatever they may judge expedient with regard to 
 purchasing or renting school-sites and premi8e8,-building, repairing, 
 furnishing, warming and keepinjr in order tho school-house or school- 
 houses and its or their appendages, lands, enclosures and moveable 
 property,— for procuring suitable apparatus and text-books,— and for the 
 establishment and maintenance of a school library or school libraries. 
 
 Fourthhj.— To determine the number, sites, kind and description of 
 schools which shall bo established and maintained in such City or 
 Town,f— the Teacher orTeacli-rs who shall be eraploy'.-.l,--tu3 terms 
 of employing them,— the amount of their remunerp'-' . M <; , duties 
 which they are to perform,— the salary of tho Superintendent of Schools 
 appointed by them, and his duties; and to adopt, at their discretion, 
 such measures aa they shall judge expedient, in concurrence with tho 
 
 tow!'"*'''''' "wS " nrovlffl iPitl^hi" 'A"'' Grammar nnu Common School Board in each ct.r, 
 Vi> T!,I unlrf' P'°*'"™ ?" I" 'ho firanimar and (Toinmon School Act* 16 Vic. and IS 
 vjc The bonr j ,nay appoint a Pecrctnry-Treasurer if it ihiiiki proper. 
 tt'i .-1h 'v :\ hool Trustees hnve unllmioxl dlwwiion a- "< 'h- " W - -^^ -h-^i- - s- «- 
 
COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 21 
 
 Act! 18 Vic. and 
 
 to 
 
 Tru«t«oi of the County Grammar School, for uniting one or more of 
 the Common Schools of the City or Town with such Grammar fckhool. 
 
 Fifthly. — To appoint annually, or oftoner, if they shall judiro expo- a rojniniiioo i< 
 Client, for the Bpecial charge, oversight, and manngomont of wuh school ofcuciiHciiooi. 
 within such City or Town, and under such regulations aa they shall 
 think proper to prescribe, a Committee of no( more tlym three pursons 
 for each school. 
 
 Sixthly, — To prepare from time lo time, and lay before the Munici- To mnkonnrpii- 
 pal Council of such City or Town, an estimate of the sum or sums """"'"'"'""'■ 
 which they «hnll judge expedient for paying the whole or part of the 
 sa'niies of Toaihers,-— for purchasing or renting school premises, — for 
 building, renting, repairing, warming, furnishing and keeping in order 
 theschcil houses and their appendages and grounds, — for procuring 
 auitable apparatus and text-books for the schools,— for the establiHh- 
 ment and maintenance of school libraries, — and for all the necessary thp i\iMni.iiMii 
 expenses of the schools under their charge; and it shall be the duty of ^.','',',',''7;;,'''i,;';',", 
 the Common Council or Council of such City or Town, to provide e*i'L''»w- 
 such sum or sums in such manner as shall be desired by the said Board 
 of School Trustees.* 
 
 Seventhly. — To levy, at their discretion, any rates upon the parents to low whooi 
 or guardians of children attending any school under their charge; and ""*''''"''• 
 to employ the same means for collecting such rates, as Trustees of 
 Common Schools in any Township may do under the twelfth section 
 of this Act: Provided always, that all moneys thus collected shall be TiiegumMiiMs 
 paid into the hands of the Chamberlain or Treasurer of such City or '^o','','^"' ' '" '" 
 Town for the Common School purposes of the same, and shall be sub- 
 ject to the order of the said Board of School Trustees, f 
 
 Eighthly. — To give ordens to Teachei-s, and other school oflScers and To give orders f„r 
 creditors, upon the Chamberlain or Treasurer of such City or Town, for era,' &c!° ^'^^"' ''" 
 the sum or sums which shall be due them.^ 
 
 Ninthly.— To call and give notice of annual and special school meet- to cmi school 
 ings of the taxable inhabitants of such City or Town, or of any Ward ""^"'"y"- 
 in it, in the same manner and under the same regulations as are pre- 
 
 Bcribed in the twelfth section of this Act, for the appointment of annual 
 
 ■ — — -— — ^ . 
 
 *A municipal council hit no diacrilon to reject or modify the ertlmatoof the Bonrd In 
 •uchc«»ei, a peremptory mandamus will l«ue. Ibid. The Hoard may however lew theniiioiint 
 by Itf own auUiorliy. ThU appliea to the united Board of Grammar and Coiriinon School 
 1 rf "*"*"* 
 
 rruiteea. 
 
 M{~»iMii CSn cSOccd U!!? rhlliiiig afid ihiec-jJCiicc per Uionib, 
 
 by the 
 
 Secretary 
 
 board , 
 
 t T^ TretMirer of Uw Municipality ii bound to honor •)) tuck orden, or b« liabls for 
 
\ ip 
 
 22 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 i I: 
 
 I I 
 
 cimedTfi" va "'"'* '^^ '^^^^ raeetinge in the school sections of Tcrnishi-ps ;* Pro- 
 caucie.. yided always, that any person elwt^d at any special ward school meet- 
 
 ing, to fill a vacancy which shall have occurred in the Board of Trus- 
 tees, from any cause whatever,, shall hold ofiice only during the unex- 
 pired part of the term for which the person whose place shall have 
 become vacant) was elected to serve* 
 
 Supplying i,roper Tenthly.—lA} see that all the pupils in the schools are duly supplied 
 teK-bookB,tc. ^ith an unifoi-m series of authorized text-books,— to appoint a Libra- 
 rian, and take charge of the school library or libraries, whenever estab- 
 lished. 
 
 Further dudes. 
 
 Annufil School 
 repoiui, &c. 
 
 Meventhhj.~To see that all the schools under their charge are 
 
 conducted according to the regulations authorized by law; and, at the 
 
 close of each year, to prepare and publish in one or more of the public 
 
 papers, or otherwise, for the information of the inhabitants of such 
 
 City or Town, an annual report of their proceedings, and of* the progress 
 
 and state of the schools under their charge,— of the receipts and expen- 
 
 An-.uai report to *^'*"^® °^ ^^' ^^^^^^ moneys,!— and to prepare and transmit annually, 
 
 inttn'dm. '*"'^" ^^^^^ ^^® fifteenth of January, to the Chief Superintendent of Schools, 
 
 a report, signed by a majority of the Trustees, and containing all the 
 
 comenuof .uch information required in the. reports of Common School Trustees by the 
 
 twelfth section of this Act, and any additional items of information 
 
 which may be lawfully required, and made according to a form which 
 
 shall be provided for that purpose by the Chief Superintendent of 
 
 Schools. 
 
 Powlrg of Couil' 
 cMb of incorpo- 
 rated Villages. 
 
 First election of 
 Trustees. 
 
 How held and 
 conducted. 
 
 XXV. And be it enacted. That the Municipality of every incorpo- 
 rated Village, shall possess and exercise all the powei-s, and be subject 
 to all the obligations with regard to the levying and raising of moneys 
 for Common School purposes, and for the establishment and mainten- 
 ance of school libraries, within the limits of such incorporated Village, 
 as are conferred and imposed by this Act upon the Muricipal Corpora- 
 tions of Cities: Provided always, that on the second Wednesday in 
 January, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-one, in each such incor- 
 porated Village, at the place of the then last annual election of Coun- 
 cillors, there shall be a meeting of the taxable inhabitants of such incor- 
 porated Village, and which meeting shall be organized and conducted 
 in the same manner as is prescribed in the twenty-third section of this 
 Act, for the conducting of annual school meetings in the wards of 
 
 „rLTif„!!?hf!.^„T'" ^^£°^^ In," 'east three public places in the electoral district six days 
 ffl ilf the S calling T "°" "" ""' ""''* """" °"^ ""y* ""'''' °"*"'^'«' "' 
 
 ,\,1 »L'!'rii" '^V"'" 'f ''[''^■'"'"" f*jr /riicibriiig a puhlic financial a,cou)d lu iheir cunstituents, 
 Sn„Wn„H.i«« h, '■'' '.T"; °\ "''J"^'' '^ ''°""^ '0 "^o""''^- '' *>e annual meeting in these 
 Snnl fri.nl.'''?'', "".^^lofity in tinanc.al matters, should any mismanagement of school 
 funds U be complained of, the forty-third section of this Act pfjvidta a remedy. 
 
COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 23 
 
 TcTraships;* Pro- 
 I ward school meet- 
 tbe Board of Trus- 
 y during the unex- 
 le place shall have 
 
 Is are duly supplied 
 o appoint a Libra- 
 es, M'Lenever est'ib- 
 
 r their charge are 
 -y law ; and, at the 
 more of the public 
 nhnbitants of such 
 and of the progress 
 receipts and expen- 
 transmit annually, 
 tendent of Schools, 
 containing all the 
 )ol Trustees by tbe 
 ms of information 
 g to a form which 
 Superintendent of 
 
 of every incorpo- 
 rs, and be subject 
 raising of moneys 
 aent and mainten- 
 orporated Village, 
 iuticipal Corpora- 
 id Wednesday iu 
 Q each such incor- 
 election of Coun- 
 ants of such incor- 
 ed and conducted 
 ird section of this 
 in the wards of 
 
 JctorR) disfrict sti days 
 f, unless otherwise ex ' 
 
 i{ lo I heir coii8titu«rits, 
 unual meeting in these 
 management of school 
 remedy. 
 
 Cities and Towns : and at such meeting, six fit and proper persons, six Trustees to 
 from among the resident householders, shall be elected School Trustees, '**'*^'^" 
 for such incorporated Village; and the persons thus chosen shall be 
 divided by lot into three classes, of two individuals each, to be number- Modeofrctire- 
 \ ed one, two, three; the firet class shall hold office one year,— the second, """"'""" ^'""=^- 
 two years, and the third, three years, and until their successors are 
 elected; but each Trustee retiring fiom office shall be eligible to be 
 le-elected with his own consent; Provided secondly, that there shall be Two Trustees to 
 a like school meeting, annually, in each such incorporated Village, at ato!^**** '""*" 
 which two persons shall be chosen Trustees in the place of the two retir- 
 ing from office, and shall continue in office (three) yeai-s, and until their 
 SBCcessors are elected :* [Third Proviso repealed by 16 Vic, cap. 185, 
 sec. 2.] 
 
 XXVL And be it enacted. That the Trustees elected in each incor- Trustees »ub»ii. 
 j porated Village, according to the provisions of the preceding section, vious lYusices.'*'" 
 \ shall succeed to all the rights, powers, obligations and liabilities of the 
 j present Trustees of such incorporated Village; and shall be a Corpora- 
 I tion under the tide of " The Board of School Trustees of the Incorpo- lor^ ' '^''*'" 
 rated Village of , in the County of ;» and shall 
 
 possess all the powers, and be subject to all the obligations, within SatlS!^^^ 
 I the limits of such incorporated Village, as are conferred and imposed """"■ 
 I by the twenty-fourth section of this Act upon the Trustees of Cities and 
 i Towns. 
 
 FIFTHLY. — DUTIES OF COCNTY MUNICIPAL COUNCILS. 
 
 XXVII. And be it, enacted. That it shall be the duty of the Muni- duties of county 
 cipal Council of each County — CouncUa. 
 
 Firstly. — To cause to be levied each year upon the several Townships '^° "'»« « •""> 
 of such County, such fvm or sums of money, for the payment of the '^'^atil^schMf*' 
 nalaries of legally qualified Common School Teachers, as shall at least '^''"' 
 be equal (clear of ail charges of collection) to the amount of school 
 ^oney apportioned to the several Townships thereof for such year, by 
 |lie Chief Superintendent of Schools, as notified by him to such Council, 
 jHhrough the County Clerk rf Provided always, that the sum or sums, so Such summay m 
 flevied, may be increased at the discretion of such Council, either to *""""^' 
 *|increa3e the County School Fund,J or to give special or additional aid to 
 
 ■i *y.*Jl^ husinessof a first, as well as an annual, school meeiiiialn a villaae is slpcItHv Hr„i.«^ .„ 
 
 J^n^d^ VS^T^^^Z^^^ ^'""'^''•" ^-ni-^gVffi^^raSrov^drhy^; 
 m ^i^^Uo^ ^^^'^ «^"^' '"« «'"i«h seciion requires a Corresuondina ded■.,^tlnn ft.,^ th- 
 
 w 
 
I ! 
 
 ;ni; 
 
 i i 
 
 Hi 
 
 24 
 
 Time for pay- 
 ment of County 
 ■chool aiseddnient 
 
 No Teacher to be 
 refused the pay- 
 ment on account 
 of the non-collec- 
 tion of aiMu. 
 ment. 
 
 To raise money 
 for Kbool library 
 
 To appoint local 
 Superiutendenta. 
 
 No local Super- 
 intendent to have 
 charge of more 
 than 100 school*, 
 lie. 
 
 To secure all 
 school moneys. 
 &e. 
 
 No deduction 
 allowed. 
 
 May appoint 
 Bub-treasurert. 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 new or needy School Sections, on the recommendation of one or more 
 Local Sui>erintendent8: Provided also, that the sum required to be levied 
 in such County, in each year, for the salaries of legally qualified Teach- 
 ers, shall be collected and paid into the hands of the County Treasurer, 
 on or before the Fourteenth day of December; And provided likewise, 
 that in case of the non-payment of any part of such sum into the hands 
 of the County Treasurer at that time, no Teacher shall, upon applica- 
 tion, be refused the payment of the sum to which he may be entitled 
 from such year's County School Fund; but the County Treasurer shall 
 pay any local Superintendent's lawful order in behalf of such Teacher, 
 in anticipation of the payment of the County School assessment; and 
 the County Council shall make the necessary provision to enable the 
 County Treasurer to pay the amount of such lawful ordAr.* 
 
 Secondly. -^To raise by assessment such sum or sums of money as it 
 shall judge expedient, for the establishment and. maintenance of aj 
 County Common School Library. 
 
 Thirdly. -^To appoint annually a Local Superintendent of Schools ; 
 for the whole County, or for any one or more Townships in such Coun- 
 ty, as it shall judge expedient; to fix (within the limits prescribed by ^ 
 the thirtieth section of this Act) and provide for the salary or salaries 
 of such Local Superintendent or Superintendents: Provided always, that 
 no such Local Superintendent shall have the oversight of more than one 
 hundred schools ;t And provided also, that the County Clerk shall forth- 
 with notify the Chief Superintendent of Schools, of the appointment; 
 and address of each such Local Superintendepjt, and of the County i 
 Treasurer; and shall likewise furnish him with a copy of all proceedings; 
 of such Council, relating to school assessments and other educational '• 
 inattei-s-J 
 
 Fourthly. — To see that suflScient security be given by all officers of 
 such Council to whom school moneys shall be entrusted ;§ to see that 
 no deduction be made from the School Fund by the County Treasurer 
 or Sub-Treasurer, for the receipt and payment of school moneys,— to 
 appoint, if it shall judge expedient,! one or more Sub-Treasurers of school 
 
 * This applies to the sub-treasurer also ; and in Cnse of his refusal, the holder of~ihe order 
 rnay sue in any court having jurisdiction to the amount clairaed-C. 8. D No 23 ThcT 
 &? ^"'"^ '" *" "•" necessary provision docs not invalidate thii respoiJs'. 
 
 t No Teacher or school section Trustee can be appointed Local Superintendent Couniv 
 Councils have no jurisdiction o*er cities, towns or villages in school mS * 
 
 beKhe'firs" of MwcT"' """^ '""'^' '""' "'""'" """'""' '"« "'P"""'" 'he«3 appointment.. 
 
 § In cise of default where no security was taken, the Ihrtv-thlM aontinM „«• .>,i. « • i 
 the indlvMual me.nbers of the Corporati'on liable ^r ll ^Z^^ilt^^t^L^'^T^tZ 
 section of the Consolidated Assessn.e.it Act authorises a like amount ™irrn?„™?X.,,'^ 
 r«'ov'er'f;^mre''c^rp"o;a'f '"" municipality. Any person aggrievedby-thV default .n.iy 
 
 n The« wordi leave the appointmint of tub^Ueaiuren optional. 
 
COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 25 
 
 lation of one or more 
 1 required to be levied 
 gaily qualified Teach- 
 iie County Treasurer, 
 Lnd provided likewise, 
 ch sum into the hands 
 V shall, upou applica- 
 1 he may be entitled 
 ounty Treasurer shall 
 half of such Teacher, 
 hool assessment; and | 
 ovision to enable the 
 ful ord«r.* 
 
 r sums of money as it 
 d. maintenance of a 
 
 irintendent of Schools I 
 mships in such Coun- 
 
 limits prescribed by 1 
 ' the salary or salaries I 
 Provided always, that 
 ightof more than one 
 mty Clerk shall forth- k 
 , of the appointment | 
 
 and of the County | 
 opy of all proceedings I 
 id other educational; 
 
 vQxi by all officers ofl 
 itrusted ;§ to see that f 
 he County Treasurer 
 ' school moneys, — to 
 b-Treasurers of school 
 
 wal, the holder of the order 
 -C. B. D. No. 85. The ne- 
 not invalidate this respoiisi- 
 
 moneys, for one or more Townships of such County ; Provided always, Dotir.of.ub. 
 , that each such Sub-Treasurer shall be subject to the same responsibilities '-'''""'"»• 
 land obligations in respect to the accounting for school moneys, and the 
 I payment of lawful orders for such moneys given by any T.Kjcal Superin- 
 Itendent within the parts of the County for which he is appointed' Sub- 
 I Treasurer, as are imposed by this Act upon each County Treasurer, in 
 respect to paying and accounting for school moneys* 
 
 Fifthly.— To appoint annually, or oftener, Auditora, whose duty it t 
 shall be to audit the am)unts of the County Treasurer and other officers '^^uZlT 
 to whom school moneys shall have been intrusted, and to report to such ""''"*^'*'' 
 
 J Council ;t and the County Clerk shall transmit to the Chief Superinten- 
 dent of Schools, on or before the first day of Mareh, in each year, a t^'^Z'llT:'' 
 
 Icertified copy ofthe abstract of such report; and also give any expla- "'"""*'^' *"*• 
 
 [nation relating thereto, as far as he is able, which may be required by 
 
 •the Chief Superintendent 
 
 SIXTHLY— CONSTITUTION AND DUTIES OF THE COUNTY BOARDS OF 
 PUBLIC INSTRUCTION. 
 
 XXVIII. And be it enacted. That the Board of Trustees for the 
 lounty Grammar School and the Lockl Superintendent or Superinten- 
 lents of Schools in each County, shall constitute a Board of Public 
 [nstruction for such County : Provided always, that where there is more 
 fhan one Grammar School in a County, the County Council shall have 
 Authority to divide such County into as many Circuits as there are 
 .ounty Grammar Schools, and the Trustees of each County Grammar 
 School and the Local Superintendent or Superintendents of Schools in 
 Sach circuit, shall be a Board of Public Instruction for such circuit :t Pro- 
 rided also, that at any lawful meeting of such Board, not less than three 
 nembers, including a Local Superintendent of Schools, shall constitute 
 quorum for examining and giving certificates of qualification to Com- 
 ion School Teacheis; and not less than five members shall constitute 
 quorum for the transaction of any other business: Provided likewise 
 lat the incidental expenses connected with the meeting and proceed' 
 igs of each County Board of Public Instruction, shall be provided for 
 ^y the Municipal Council of such County. 
 
 County Boa'd of 
 Public Initfuc- 
 tion conatituied. 
 
 Quorum for the 
 exainirintion of 
 'J'eachers: and for 
 other purposes. 
 
 IncldentBl ei- 
 penses how de- 
 cayed. 
 
 I Superintendent. County 
 ol raauers. 
 
 jportof these appointments 
 
 1 section of this Act makw 
 lost; andtheeighty-»eventti 
 iniint to be ratainpt! ctw. of . 
 grieved by the default may 
 
 IpSSC^' '=^" ^"•''"•^ ''^ "^''^o' «^'"' -'" be has entered into bond, to the CouncU 
 
 fust Witt or be auihonzed within XZ, '""^ '**'" ^^"^ * Grammar School 
 
'I 
 
 il! M 
 
 Ml 
 
 26 
 
 Piifiea of onch 
 Cuuiiiy bOcirJ. 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 XXIX. And be it enacted, That it shall be the duty of each County 
 Board of Public Instruction — 
 
 To meet quarter- 
 ly, &c 
 
 To examine and 
 jnvec('r(ificuiesof 
 qualification to 
 Teactiera. 
 
 Froviao. 
 
 Conditions. 
 
 Proviso: certifl- 
 cate may be aeu' 
 eral or limited. 
 
 Firstly. — To meet not less than four times a year, — to determine 
 the time and places of its own meetings, — and the order of its proceed- 
 ings, and the manner of recording them. 
 
 Secoiidiy. — To examine and give certificates of qualification to 
 Teachers of Common Schools, arranging such Teachers into three 
 classes according to their attainments and ability, as shall be prescribed 
 in a programme of examination and instructions to be provided accord- 
 ing to law ;* also, to annul any such certificate as it shall judge expedi- 
 ent : Provided always, that no certificate of qualification shall be given 
 to any person as a Teacher, who shall not furnish satisfactory proof of 
 good moral character;! nor to a'.y person who shall aot, at the time of ! 
 applying for such certificate of qualification, be a natural-born or natu- 
 ralized subject of Her Majesty, or who shall not produce a certificate of \ 
 having taken the oath of allegiance to Her Majesty, before some one of . 
 Her Majesty's Justices of the Peace for the County in which he shall : 
 be a resident; and all Justices of the Peace are hereby authorized to i 
 administer such oath of allegiance : Provided also, that any such certi- 
 ficate of qualification shall be general, as regards the County, or limited | 
 as to time or place, at the pleasure of the majority of the members of | 
 the County Board of Public Instruction present at such examination: i 
 Pro^so: must be Provided, likewise, that every such cei-tificate shall have the signature \ 
 of at least one Local Superintendent of Schools. 
 
 bwks.'^&c" ' Thirdly. — To select (if deemed expedient) from a list of text-books j 
 
 recommended or authorized by the Council of Public Instruction, such i 
 books as they shall think best adapted for use in the Common Schools i 
 of such County or Circuit, and to ascertain and recommend the best | 
 facilities for procuring such books. 
 
 Fourthly. — To adopt all such lawful means in their power as thej i 
 Jsu^ofTSi?'" shall judge expedient, to advance the interests and usefulness of Com- 
 mon Schools, to promote the establishment of School Libraries, and to I 
 diffuse useful knowledge in such County or Circuit. 
 
 SEVENTHLY — DUTIES OF LOCAL SUPERINTENDENTS OF SCHOOLS- 
 
 RemuneratioB, XXX. And be it enacted, That each Local Superintendent of Com- 
 mon Schools, appointed as provided for in the twenty-seventh section I 
 of this Act, shall be entitled annually, to not less than one pound cur- 1 
 
 * The programme states the minimum of qualifications required in Teachers of each class. 
 t The moral character of our schools rests with the County Boarda of Public InsUuction. ja 
 
COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 27 
 
 [uty of each County 
 
 terly. 
 
 Duties. 
 
 To distributo the 
 cominoii Khool 
 fund. 
 
 Uniform ratio. 
 
 rent/ per School placed under his charge, together with any additional 
 remuneration or allowance which the Council appointing him shall 
 grant; and such Superintendent shall be paid the same in quarterly To be paid quar- 
 instahnents by the County Treasurer. 
 
 XXXI. And be it enacted, That it shall be the duty of each Local 
 Superintendent of Schools,* 
 
 Firat. — As soon as he shall have received from the County Clerk a 
 notification of the amount of money apportioned to the Township or 
 Townships within the limits of his charge,f to apportion the same among 
 the several School sections entitled to receive it, (unless otherwise in- 
 structed by the Chief Superintendent of Schools) according to the rates 
 of the average attendance of pupils attending each Common School, 
 (the mean attendance of pupils for both summer and winter being 
 taken) as compared with the whole average number of pupils attending 
 the Common Schools of such Township.J 
 
 Secondly. — To give to any qualified Teacher, and to no other, on the 
 \ order of the Trustees of any School section, a Check upon the County 
 Treasurer or Sub-Treasurer, for any sum or sums of money apportioned 
 and due to such section :§ Provided always, that he shall not pay any 
 such order of the Trustees of any school section, from whom no satisfac- 
 tory annual school report shall have been received for the year ending 
 the last day of December preceding; nor unless it shall appear by such 
 report, that a School has been kept by a qualified Teacher in such sec- 
 tion, for at least six months during the year ending at the date of such 
 report; Provided also, that the foregoing conditions shall not apply to 
 the ord#r or orders of Trustees in any new School section, for money 
 i apportioned and due to such section.|| 
 
 Thirdly.— To visit each Common School within his jurisdiction, at 
 I least once in each quarter; and at the time of each such visit, to ex- 
 j amine into the state and condition of the School, as respects the progress 
 
 To give checks to 
 Teachers for 
 schools inoueys. 
 
 Conditions. 
 
 Conditions not to 
 apply to new 
 school sections. 
 
 To visit each 
 school. 
 
 ITS OF SCHOOLS- 
 
 reachers of each class. 
 I of Fubllc IntUuOion. 
 
 * These duties are extended by the fourteenth section of the Supplementary Act. 
 dJa^L'^sSfn'DecemSle"?"'^ ""' ''"°""'°' "^'^'^'"""^ '''''"* '" '""«■ «"" "^ ^^e Muni- 
 1, J'a''fi^vo,7'r "• '"""■"'?« attendance is obtained by dlvuHng the half year's aggregate attendance 
 SL« /«^/*'7' »''~5"*'?J'"' '?'"' "",'"''" o'"'«'-"=''in^' ''■-'y in the half-year (i.e.T all the S^ 
 SiTii <'Uo«"dM«i'iys),ot, the total number of days in such half-yeari but only one of 
 
 ^vtfv^hP,^n„^i"«''^ ^''P"'^'' ■•\1"' "''P"'"'? '" ^f '• «'^''°°'- '^'"« following are the allowed holidays 
 
 ^lah^H^!! n, ni,?? "'■''■''y in the year; eight days at Easter; the first two weeks in August; and 
 
 I ffing the scSol fund ■ ^*''"='""S. or attendance, on these days, cannot be allowed, in appoi- 
 
 I ..i S''^''k^' ,'"!'?.' ^^ Payable to the Teacher, or his order. No cheque can be given without 
 I of hTs Trustefs ^"^ " '=^"'«'='''«°f qualification, and presenting an order sig.ied by ^Sly 
 
 , II The general conditions whirh entitle a aeciion to tho srhonl fiiiid mc (V. n Ciyr^on Tot di,- 
 
 i U.a8?s!x''r^,m!'L'nr"'^ ""*' ^V '"^ '"-'"°°' "'''« ''"^ "^^P' "P""" ^^ » """"'ie.! Teacher for at 
 r»fr^^t^u^? of such preceding year; (3) The transmission of the current half year's 
 return of attendance. The tirst two are the "conditions" which do not apply td new sections 
 
 D 
 
:!^' 
 
 t i i: 
 
 
 I I 
 
 2g 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 Duties nt luch 
 vlaituUons. 
 
 Topics. 
 Other dmies. 
 
 To enforce the 
 law. 
 
 of the pnpila in learning,— the order and discipline observed,— the sys- 
 tern of iustruction pur8ued,-the mode of keeping the School Ik-gisters, 
 —the average attendance of pupils, the character and condition of the 
 biuldmg and premises,— and to give such advice as he shall judge 
 proper.* ° 
 
 To deliver public Fourthhj.-'fo deliver in each school section, at least once a year, a 
 public lecture on some subject connected with the objects, principles 
 and means of practical education; and to do all in his power to per- 
 suado and animate Parents, Guai'dians, Trustees and Teachers, to im- 
 Fovo the character and efficiency of the Common Schools, and secure 
 the universal and sound education of the young. 
 
 Fifthly. -To see that all the schools are managed and conducted 
 according to ]aw,-to prevent the use of unauthorized, and to recommend 
 tT^ ro"S ^^\'^'' "^ authorized books in each schoo],-to acquire and give infor- 
 book., &c. mation as to the manner in which such authorized books can be obtain- 
 
 ed, and the economy and advantages of using them. 
 
 "^SX. , f ^^''^.'^y— To attend the meetings of the County Board of Public 
 
 r^l'h'ie"""' I"8truction.-to meet and confer with the Chief Superintendent of 
 
 Superintendent, bchools at such time and place as he may appoint when making an 
 
 official visit to such County, for the promotion of the interests of 
 
 Education. 
 
 To^attendarbitra- Seventhly.-To attend the Arbitrations, and to meet the Townreeves, 
 as provided for in the twelfth and eighteenth sections of this Act,-to 
 
 J'umionl.""''' '^'"'^^ "P"'' ^"y ^^^'^ 1"^ti«"« of diflFerence which may arise between 
 mterested parties under the operation of this or any precedin^r Act, and 
 
 ".e cKuV ""^"'^ ""^y ^^ submitted to him ; Provided always, that he may, if he 
 
 intondent. shall deem It advisable, refer any such question to the Chief Superin- 
 
 tendent of Schools: Provided also, that any aggrieved or dissatisfied 
 party, m any case not otherwise provided for by this Act, shall have the 
 right of appeal to the Chief Superintendent of Schools. 
 
 fi °..rrqu'aii!!: ^'9htMy.~-To suspend the certificate of qualification of any Teacher, . 
 
 cauc.,iu certain for any cause which shall appear to him to require it, until the next I 
 ensuing meeting of the County Board of Public Instruction, wh,ere the ' 
 case shall be disposed of in such manner as a majority of the members 
 presentshall think proper: Provided always, that due notice shall be 
 given to the Teacher suspended, of such meeting of the County Board : 
 Provided also, that the cancelling or suspension of a Teacher's certificate 
 of qualification shall release his School Trustees from any obligation to 
 continue him in their employment.f 
 
 the coS co'uncu!' '''' "'"'""^ '°' "^ "^« sup7^;;;;;;;^r7i^tT^m^oth7r;;;;^jc^^- 
 
 t The suspension of a Teacher's cerUflcate does not annul U.e Trustees' agreement with him; 
 
 Proviso: for 
 appeal. 
 
 EfTect nf such 
 cancelling. 
 
 f • ii 
 
 Nt 
 
COMMON SCnoOL ACT. 
 
 29 
 
 To olmt). .c nil > 
 lawCul rcgula- 
 tioiiH, &,c., n\\n 
 inluriiii'ilioii to 
 • 'liiei SiiptTinicn- 
 ilciit, mill Hcnd 
 accuiiiits, ice., to 
 niiditorti. 
 
 To transmit an 
 niiniial ucliool 
 report. 
 
 Contents of such 
 reixiri. 
 
 Number of 
 FChools and of 
 clidiiri'M ol school 
 age, &c. 
 
 Mnthhj. — To act in accordance with the regulations and instructions 
 wliich shall be provided according to law,— to give any information in 
 Ilia power (when desired) to the Chief Superintendent of Schools 
 respecting any Common School matter within his jurisdiction,— to fur- 
 nish the County Auditors, when required, with the Trustees' orders as 
 the authority for hia Checks upon the County or Sub-Treasurer for 
 School moneys,— to deliver copies of his official correspondence, and all 
 school papers in his custody, to the order of the County Council on 
 retiring from office. 
 
 Tenthly.— To prepare and transmit to the Chief Superintendent of 
 Schools, on or before the first day of March, an annual report, which 
 shall bo in such form as shall be provided by the said Chief Superin- 
 tendent, and which shall state: 
 
 1st.— The whole number of Schools and School sections or paita of 
 sections in each Township within his jurisdiction. 
 
 2nd. — The number of pupils taught in each school over the a^o of 
 five and under the age of sixteen,— the number between the ages of 
 sixteen and twenty-one years,— the whole number of childi-en residing 
 in each section, or part of a section, over the age of five and under the 
 age of sixteen years. 
 
 3rd. — The length of time a school shall have been kept in each of 
 such sections or parts of sections, by a qualified Teacher,— the branches 
 taught,— the number of pupils in each branch, and the books used,— 
 the average attendance of pupils, both male and female, in summer and 
 in winter. 
 
 4th. — The amount of moneys which have been received and col- ''"''<' amount of 
 lected in each section or part of section— distinguishing the amount "nTuxpemi^r'' 
 apportioned by the Chief Superintendent of Schools, the amount re- ^'' 
 ceived from County Assessment, the amount raised by Tiustees, and the 
 amount from any other and what source or sources; also, how such 
 moneys have been expended, or whether any part remains unexpended, 
 and from what causes; the annual salaiy of Teachers, male ant. female] 
 with and without board. 
 
 5th.— The number of his and other School visits during the year,— The number of 
 the number of school lectures delivered,-the whole number of'school- iccml:''"' ""'' 
 Louses, their sizes, character, furniture and appendages, the number or ,ci 
 rented, the nnraber erected during the year, and of what character, and «"='"°°' "°"'"'' 
 by what means. 
 
 Tim* of kcrpin!» 
 the frcho'ils open: 
 branches taught. 
 
 Books, used, &c. 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 ISig 
 
 w 
 
 J - 
 
 it" 
 
 S^t'l 
 
i' ! 
 
 I; 
 
 I 
 
 i i 
 
 if 
 
 ji 
 
 do 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL ACT, 
 
 Of Teacher., ^c. Cth.-Tho number of qualifiod Teachei^-their Rtanding, sex, and 
 or private rehgious per.su;iHion,— tlio minibcr, so far as ho may bo able to ascer- 
 
 ttc. 
 
 Who shftll be 
 ■chool vigitora. 
 
 Proviso: ng to 
 Coiifciy Mugis- 
 trutca. 
 
 School visitors 
 may visit tlie 
 schools, attend 
 
 tc. t.un, Of p.nate S(.hools,_tho mnnbor of puj.ils and subjects taught 
 
 thercin,-the number of Libnuies, tlicir oxto.it, how established and 
 supported ; also, any other information which ho may possess respecting 
 the educational state, wants and advantages in each Township of hi* 
 charg,., and any suggestions which he shall think proper to make with 
 a view to the iraprovemeut of Schools and difiusion of useful know- 
 ledge. 
 
 EIOHTIILr.-— SCHOOL VISITORS AND THEIB DUTIKS. 
 
 XXXII. And be it enacted. That all Clergymen recognized bv law 
 of whatever denomination. Judges, Members of the Legislature, Magis-' 
 trates, Mombei-s of County Councils and Aldermen, shall bo School 
 Visitoism the Townships, Cities, Towns and Villages where they shall 
 respectively roside : Provided always, that persons holding the Commis- 
 sion of the Peace for the County only, shall not be School Visitors 
 withm Towns and Cities: Provided also, that each Clergyman shall be 
 a School Visitor in any Township, Town or City where he may have 
 pastoral charge.* 
 
 XXXIII. And be it enacted, That it shall be lawful for each of the 
 
 cxa,nin;,tlonBof ^^'"^ ®?T ^'''^''''' ^"^ ^^'''' ^' ^^'' «« P''«««'^able, all the Public Schools 
 each achooi. dec. m such Township, City, Town or Village; especially to attend the 
 quarterly examinations of Schools, and, at the time of-any such visit, to 
 ^ examme the progress of the pupils, and the state and mana^^ement of 
 the School, and to give such advice to the Teachers and pupil^ and any 
 others present, as he may think advisable, in accordance with the 
 Proviso. ..era. v'-f^''"' ^n^ instructions which shall be provided in regard to School 
 .n..i,.«gC.rbe Visitors according to law; Provided always, that a General Meeting of 
 such Visitors may be held at any time or place which may be appointed 
 by any two Visitors, on sufficient notice being given to the other 
 Visitoi. m the Township, City, Town or Village, and it shall be lawful 
 for such Visitoi-s, thus assembled, to derise such means as they may 
 deem expedient for the efficient visitation of the Schools, and to promote 
 the estabhshment of Libraries and the diffusion of useful knowledge. 
 
 NINTHLY.--DUTIES OF THE CIIIEP SUPERINTENDENT OF SCHOOLS, 
 for U.,«cana- ,- ^^'^T' .^"'?' '^ '"''''''' '^^''' '^' ^"^'«''"°^' ^^>' ^^Om time to 
 
 time, by Letters Patent under the great Seal of the Province, appoint 
 a fit ami proper person to be Chief Superintendent of School, for 
 Upper Canada, who shall hold his office during p le^tsure, and shall 
 
 * Popnratf Sfhnol" beitl" I'll'lr- tho — r 1 i ^ " 
 
 are established, as Common Schools _J'Sf,''rn„f^,°"''' "\!'''T''''J" "'" P'r'o^' for whom they 
 
 ^Clergymen ofotherde..ominS^a.:i^t^S!iJ5.^^S^;!S'lS^K^^^ 
 
 Dutins and ob' 
 JcctH of such 
 uieeiiiigs. 
 
 Chief Siiperinten 
 (IcntofScliools 
 
r OF SCHOOLS. 
 
 ifisure, and shall 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL ACT, 31 
 
 receive n wilnry of the samo amount aa that now provided by law, or as His «niary. 
 may hereafter bo provided by law, for the Superintendent of Education 
 in Lower Canada; and shall be responsible to, and subject to the di- 
 rection of the Governor General, communicated to him through ruch* 
 Department of Her Majesty's Provincial Government, as by tlio Gover- 
 nor may be directed iu that behalf; and shall account for the contingent To account for 
 expenses of his office, as provided in respect of other public offices; and ^U^'ei'lfnli, 
 shall be allowed two Clerks, who shall receive the same salaries as are °'"^' 
 or shall be by law attached to similar offices in the education law for Toiiemiowed 
 Lower Canada, to commence from the first of July, one thousand eight saiariei?*"' "''" 
 hundred and fifty. 
 
 XXXV. And be it enacted, That it shall be the duty of the Chief DuUei. 
 Superintendent of Schools — 
 
 Firstly.— To apportion, annually, on or before the first day of May, to apportion m 
 all moneys granted, or provided, by the Legislature for the support of J^S?Uio silj[porTof 
 Common Schools in Upper Canada, and not otherwise appropriated by "^o""'"^" "ciiooia. 
 this Act, to the several Counties, Townships, Cities, Towns and incor- 
 porated Villages therein, according to the ratio of population in each, as 
 compared with the whole population of Upper Canada; or when the 
 census or returns upon which such an apportionment is to be made, shall 
 be so far defective, in respect to any County, Township, City, Town or 
 Village, as to render it impracticable for the Chief Superintendent to 
 ascertain from such data the share of school moneys which ought then 
 to be apportioned to such County, Township, City, Town or Village, 
 he shall ascertain, by the best evidence in his power, the facts upon 
 which the ratio of such apportionment can be most fairly and equitably 
 made, and make it accordingly. 
 
 Secondly. —To certify such apportionment made by him to the In- t^ ^^^^.^ ^^^^ 
 spector-General, so far as it relates to the several Counties. Cities apportionment to 
 
 m 1 • ,1 TTMi . TT „ -^ ^ > the Inspector 
 
 lowna and mcorporated Villages m Upper Canada, and to give imme- General, &c. 
 diate notice thereof to the Clerk of each County, City, Town and 
 Village interested therein, stating the time when the amount of moneys 
 thus apportioned will bo pay^able to the Treasurer of such County, City, 
 Town or Village. 
 
 Thirdly.— To prepare suitable forms, and to give such instructions as to prepare form, 
 he shall judge necessary and proper, for making all reports, and con- ^cm^to'ioM """' 
 ducting all proceedings under this Act ; and to cause the same with such °'^"^"- 
 general regulations, as shall be approved of by the Council of Public 
 Instruction, for the better organization and government of Common 
 Schools, to bo transmitted to the offioei-s required to execute the provi- 
 sions of this Act. 
 
 i" 
 k 
 
 I. 
 
 ^ ^ 
 
y 'f 
 
 
 ! , I' 
 
 i i 1:' 
 
 fi 
 
 
 ! i 
 
 
 I I 
 
 It ll ., 
 
 <t I i 
 
 lljll 
 
 3d 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 To cnniic copica 
 of Bcliool law, 
 mmiljnloiiH, kr., 
 to Lc (llRtributed. 
 
 To Hie tlint 
 nchool moncyii 
 ore duly applicfl 
 
 DWposnl of 
 bnlnnces of aiich 
 nioneys. &c., in 
 certain cnsei. 
 
 To Appoint a 
 DiM'iity luid 
 H pec in I 
 Inspuciorg, 
 
 Puiies ns to tlie 
 NorinnI School: 
 and text-books. 
 
 School libraries. 
 
 Plans of school 
 houses, &c. 
 
 To submit books, 
 manuscripts, &c., 
 for approval. 
 
 To prepare 
 gentTal 
 regulations, &;c. 
 
 Fourthly.— 'Ho cause to bo printed from time to time, in a convenient 
 form, 80 many copies of this Act, with the necessary forms, instructions, 
 ond rcguhUions to be observed in executing its i)r()visions, as he may 
 deem suilicient for the information of all officers of Common Schools, 
 and to cause the same to be distributed for that purpose. 
 
 FiftJdy.—To see that all moneys apportioned by him, be applied to 
 the objects for which they were granted ; and for that purpose, to der' !e 
 upon all matters and complaints submitted to him (and not otherwise 
 provided for by this Act) which involve the expenditure of any part of 
 the School Fund;* and to direct the application of such balances of the 
 School Fund as may have been apportioned for any year and forfeited 
 according to the provisions of this Act: Provided always, that such 
 balances of the School Fund shall be expended in making up the salaries 
 of Teachers in the County to which they shall have been apportioned. 
 Sixthb/.~To appoint one of his Clerks as his Deputy, to perform 
 the duties of his office in case of his absence; and to appoint one or 
 more persons, as ho shall, from time to time, deem necessary, to inspect 
 any school, or examine into any school matter, in the County where 
 such person or persons rasido, and report to him: Provided, that no 
 allowance or compensation shall be made to such special inspector or 
 inspectors for any service or services performed by him or them. 
 
 Scvcnikbj.— To take the general superintendence of the Normal 
 School; and to use his best endeavours to provide for and recommend 
 the use of uniform and approved text-books in the Schools generally. 
 
 Mrjhthhj.— To employ all lawful means in his power to procure and 
 promote the establishment of School Libraries for general reading, in 
 the several Counties, Townships, Cities, Towns and Vi]lages,-to pro- 
 vide and recommend the adoption of suitable plans of School-houses, 
 with the proper furniture and appendages,-and to collect and diffuse 
 useful information on the subject of education generally, among the 
 people of Upper Canada. 
 
 Nintkhj.— To submit to the Council of Public Instruction, all books 
 or manuscripts which may be placed in his hands with the view of 
 obtaining the recommendation or sanction of such Council, for their 
 introduction as text-books or library books,— and to prepare and lay 
 before the Council of Public Instruction, for its consideration, such 
 general regulations for the organization and government of Common 
 Schools, and the management of School Libi-aries, as he shall deem 
 necessary and proper. 
 
 ♦rarties ai)pealiiig, are required to furnish (he opposite party with a correcTconv of their 
 complaint to the Cinef Superi.itendent; and in all ciramuni!L.tmn« t^^l^^Jfp L^fn^.^.^^^^^^^ 
 
 Sn tht Hami subject" ^°" ""' ""'"* "'" "'^''"" '"*'* '"''^» "^ any previou, wrrespoudJnee 
 
 j'«liL> 
 
COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 Tenthly. — To apportion whatever sum or sums of money shall be 
 provided by the Legislature for the establishment and support of School 
 Libraries: Provided also, that no aid shall be given towards the estab- 
 lishment or support of any School Library, unless an equal amount be 
 contributed and expended from local sources for the same object. 
 
 Eleventhly.— 'Ilo appoint proper persons to conduct County Teachers' 
 Institutes; and to furnish such rules and instructions as he shall judge 
 advisable in regard to the proceedings of such Institutes, and the bes^ 
 means of promoting their objects, in elevating tlie profession of school 
 teaching and increasing its usefulness. 
 
 Twel/thly.—Ho bo responsible for all moneys paid through him in 
 behalf of the Normal and Model Schools, and to give such security for 
 the same as shall be required by the Governor, — and to prepare and 
 transmit all correspondence which shall be directed or authorized by 
 the Council of Public Instruction for Upper Canada. 
 
 Thirteenthly. — To make annually to the Governor, on or before the 
 first day of July, a report of the actual state of the Normal, Model and 
 Common Schools throughout Upper Canada; showing the amount of 
 moneys expended in connection with each, and from what sources 
 derived ; with such statements and suggestions for improving the Com- 
 mon Schools and the Common School laws, and promoting education 
 generally, aa he shall deem useful and expedient. 
 
 TBNTHLT. — CONSTITUTION AND DUTIES OP THE COUNCIL OF PUBLIC 
 
 INSTRUCTION. 
 
 ss 
 
 To npportloo 
 
 iiioiifvii (()r 
 iK-liuoi lilirarlei. 
 
 I'rovbto: 
 
 cuiiditioii oC iuch 
 upiwnioiiiueiit. 
 
 To npiwlnt 
 
 [HTBOIIH 10 
 
 conduct 
 'I'enc.lierH' 
 Iiibtitutun, die. 
 
 To nccoiint for 
 iiioiicyH, &c. 
 
 / 
 
 To report 
 iiiiiiiially loUio 
 Uovcriior. 
 
 XXXVL And be it enacted, That the Governor shall have authority councilor Public 
 appoint not more than nine pei-sons (of whom the Chief Superinten- uA''""""" ^'^' 
 dent of Schools shall be one) to be a Council of Public Instniction for 
 
 Upper Canada, who shall hold their ofBce during pleasure, and shall be conrut?"'" 
 subject from time to time to all lawful orders and directions in the exer- 
 cise of their duties, which shall from time to time bo issued by the 
 Governor. 
 
 XXXVn. And be it enacted, That the Chief Superintendent of Provuimg « place 
 Schools shall provide a place for the meetings of the Council of Public ^"inHes'.';.'"^ 
 Instruction, and shall call the first meeting of the Council, and shall comS&c/"'^ 
 have authority to call a special meeting at any time by gi\ing duo 
 notice to the other members; that the expenses attending the proceed- 
 ings of the said Council, shall be accounted for by the Chief Superin- 
 tendent of Schools as part of the contingent expenses of the Education Recording cierk 
 Office ; that the Senior Clerk in the Education Office shall be Recording 
 
 
 WSmi 
 
 u *\ 
 
V'r 
 
 1 1 J!iii. 
 
 34 
 
 Hit (lutlM. 
 
 Diitlei of the 
 Council. 
 
 To roRiiInte Its 
 own proceedlngg 
 
 To provide for 
 |)criiinn(:nt 
 cstiihlliiliMteiit 
 niiil cllicleney of 
 Normal ticliool. 
 
 To tiinko riilpg 
 (or tho Nornml 
 t^cliDol: |ire»cril)« 
 tonus (){ 
 D(Jiiii88ion, k,c. 
 
 To appoint 
 Tcacliers, Sec. 
 
 To mnko 
 
 regiilatioiiB for 
 the Koveninient 
 of common 
 schools. 
 
 To examine and 
 
 recommencl 
 
 bookH. 
 
 FrovisOt 
 
 To account 
 annually 
 for the Normal 
 t^chool grant. 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 Clork to tho said Council.—shall enter all its proceo<ling8 in a book kept 
 for that purpose,— shall, as may bo diroctod, procure tho books and 
 stationery for the Normal and Model Schools, and shall koon all tho 
 accounts of the said Council. 
 
 XXXVIII. And bo it enacted, That it shall be tho duty of the said 
 Council of Public Instruction, (throe mombora of which, at any lawful 
 mooting, shall form a quorum for the transaction of business)— 
 
 First.— To appoint a Chairman, and establish the times of its moet- 
 ings, and tho mode of its proceedings; which Chairman shall bo 
 entitled to a second or casting vote in cases of au equality of rotes on 
 any question. 
 
 Secondbj.— To adopt all needful measures for the permanent estab- 
 lishment and efficiency of the Normal School for Upper Canada, con- 
 taining one or more Model Schools, for tho instruction and training of 
 Teachers of Common Schools in the science of Education and Art of 
 Teaching. 
 
 Thirdly.— To make, from timo to time, the rules and regulations 
 necessary for the management and government of such Normal School, 
 —to prescribe the terms and conditions on wnich students shall bo' 
 received and instructed therein,— to select the location of such school 
 and erect or procure and furnish the buildings therefor,— to dc^rmine' 
 the number and compensation of teachers, and all othera who may bo 
 employed therein; and to do all lawful things which such CouncU 
 shall doom expedient to promote the objects and interestu of such 
 school. 
 
 Fourthbj.^-To make such regulations from timo to time as it shall 
 deem expedient for the orgamx.ation, government and discipline of Com- 
 mon Schools,— tho classification of Schools and Teachers, and for School 
 Libraries throughout Upper Canada. 
 
 Fifthly.— To examine, and at its discretion, recommend or disapprove 
 of text-books for the use of schools, or books for School Libraries : Pro- 
 vided always, that no portion of tho Legislative School Grant shall be 
 applied in aid of any school, in which any book is used that has been 
 disapproved of by tho Council, and public notice given of such disap- 
 proval. ^ 
 
 Sixthly.— To transmit, annually, through tho Chief Superintendent 
 of Schools, to the Governor, to be laid before the Legislature, a tnio 
 account of the receipt and expenditure of all moneys granted for the 
 establishment .".nd support of the Normal School. 
 
 jiiii 
 
 * 
 
COIflfON IcnoOL ACT. 
 
 «.EViirrin,Y. — misckllanioub raovisioirf. 
 
 88 
 
 XXXIX. And be it enacted, That a sum not exceeding Fifteen cr,ntfcrih. 
 Hundred PoutuU per anmini shall bo allowed out of the Legislative ^""""^ '"'^'* 
 School Grant for the Halaries of ofRcora and other contingent expenses of 
 the Normal School ; and that a sum not exceeding one thousand pound* 
 per annum bo allowed out of the said grant, to facilitate the attendance A„d ,o niriiiti..« 
 of Teachers in training at the Normal School, under such regulations as J*!" ■""'"'""ce of 
 shall from time to time be adopted by the Council of Public Instruction. 
 
 XL. And be it enacted, That the sura of money apportioned annually common Rthooi 
 by the Chief Superintendent of Schools to each County, Township, City, '"'"i ''«'>"«'• 
 Town or Village, and at least an equal sum raised, annually, by local 
 assessment, shall constitute the Common School Fund of such County 
 Township, City, Town or Village; and shall be expended for no other 
 purpose than that of paying the salaries of qualified Teacjiers of Com- 
 mon Schools: Provided always, that no County, City, Town or Village Gommion.of 
 Bliall bo entitled to a share of the Legislative School Grant without '"''•°""'"""-''"- 
 raising, by assessment, a sum at least equal (clear of all charges for 
 collection) to the share of the said School Grant apportioned to it; and 
 provided also, that should the Municipal Corporation of any County 
 City, Town or Village, raise in any one year, a leas sum than that 
 apportioned to it out of the Legislative School Grant, the Chief Super- 
 intendent of Schools shall deduct a sum equal to the deficiency, from 
 the apportionment to such County, City, Town or Villa^re in tho 
 following year. ** 
 
 XLL And be it enacted, That it may and shall be lawful for the rmnin ,um. to 
 Governor in Council, to authorize the expenditure annually, out of the **"'*''•«' 'o* 
 share of the Legislative School Grant coming to Upper Canada, of a ^''°°' """"""' 
 sum not exceeding three thousand pounds, for the establishment and 
 support of School Libraries, under such regulations as are provided for 
 by this Act ; of a sum not exceeding twenty-five pounds in any County 
 or Riding, for the encouragement of a Teacher's Institute, under the 
 regulations hereinbefore provided; and of a sum not exceeding two 
 hundred pounds, in any one year, to procure plans and publications for 
 the improvement of School Architecture and practical Science in con- 
 nexion with the Common Schools; Provided always, that the amount 
 heretofore apportioned in aid of common schools to the several Counties "-^"""^t' "" 
 Cities, Towns and Villages in Upper Canada, shall not be lessened bv Sot'n'cnn 
 the appropriation of such sums, but they shall bo taken out of an^ ."ct^'^ro'b. ' 
 additional amount awarded to Upper Canada, out of the said Grant, '"""*■""■ 
 
 "~ 7 ' " ■" "*^ inci«a5u ui its popmaiion m proportion to that 
 
 of the whole Province 
 
 B 
 
 ■i'ry 
 
 
 .fi-ifJ 
 
 mi 
 I*- 
 
 i I 
 

 ' ! :' 
 
 
 ' III 
 
 I)! 
 
 ill I "' 
 
 fl 
 
 86 
 
 COMMON SCnOOL ACT, 
 
 Monejv 
 Apportioned 
 when to be 
 payable. 
 
 PtotIio: 
 JHroceedinga if 
 Any Secretary- 
 Treamirer shall 
 wrongftjlly hold 
 over money, 
 chattel!, Uc. 
 
 XLII. And be it enacted, That the sum of money annually appor- 
 tioned in aid of Common Schools in the several Counties, Cities, Towns 
 and Yiil3o;cs in Upper Canada, shall be payable on or before the first 
 day of July, in each year, to the Treasurer of each County, City, Town 
 and Village, in such way as the Governor in Council shall from time 
 to time direct.* 
 
 «™°ScC ^^"^* ^°^ ^« it enacted. That if any part of the Common School 
 S",l"ai°ent ^"°^ '^^^ ^« embezzled or lost through the dishonesty or faithlessness 
 of any party to whom it shall have been entrusted, and proper security 
 against such loss shall not have been taken, the person or persons 
 whose duty it was to have exacted such security, shall be responsible 
 for the sum or sums thus embezzled or lost; and the same may be 
 recovered from them, by Civil Suit, in any Court of Law having 
 jurisdiction to the amount claimed, by the party or parties entitied to 
 receive such sum or sums, or at the suit of the Crown.f Provided 
 always, that if any Secretary-Treasurer appointed by the School 
 Trustees of any school division, or any person having been such 
 Secretary-Vreasurer, and having in his possession any books, papere, 
 chattels, or moneys, which shall have come into . possession, 
 as such Secretary-Treasurer, shall wrongfully withhold or refuse to 
 deliver up, or to account for and pay over the same or any part 
 thereof to such person, and in such manner as he may have been 
 lawfuUy directed by any majority of the School Tnistees for such 
 School division then in office, such withholding or refusal shall 
 be a misdemeanor; and upon the application of the majority of such 
 Trustees, supported by affidavit of such wrongful withholding or refusal 
 made by them before some Justice of the Peace, to the Judge of the 
 County Court, such .Judge shall thereupon make an order that such 
 Secretary-Treasurer or person having been such, do appear before such 
 Judge at a time and place to be appointed in such order, which shall, 
 by a Bailiff of any Division Court, be personally served on the party 
 complained against, or left with a grown-up person at his residence, 
 and at the time and place so appointed, the Judge being satisfied that 
 such service has been made, shall, in a summary manner, and whether 
 the party complained of do or do not appear, hear the complaint; and 
 if he shall be of opinion that the complaint is well founded, he shall 
 order the party complained of to deliver up, account for and pay over 
 the books, papers, ch attels or moneys, as aforesaid, by a certain day to 
 
 Application of 
 Truateei to 
 County Judge. 
 
 Hearinc of 
 eompltlot. 
 
 Judgment. 
 
87 
 
 In dehult to be 
 arretted hy ttw 
 Bherifi: 
 
 Diicbarga. 
 
 Proviao. 
 Other reiaedy. 
 
 Provincial 
 CertiBcatea of 
 
 luallAcation to 
 Teacbers. 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 be named by the Judge in such order, together with reasonable costs 
 incurred in making such application, as the Judge may tax; and in the 
 event of a non-compliance with the terms specified in the said order or 
 any or either of them, then to order the said |)arty to be forthwith 
 arrested by the SheriflF of any County in which such party shall be 
 found, and be by him committed to the Common Gaol of his County, 
 there to remain without bail or mainprize until such Judge shall be 
 •atisfied that such pai-ty has delivered up, accounted for or paid over 
 the books, papers, chattels or moneys in question, in the manner directed 
 by the majority of the Trustees as aforesaid; upon proof of his having 
 done which, such. Judge shall make an order for his discharge, and he 
 shall be discharged accordingly: Provided always, that no proceeding, 
 under this proviso shall be construed to impair or aflfect any other 
 remedy which the said Trustees may have against such Secretary- 
 Treasurer, or person having been such- or his sureties. 
 
 XLIV. And be it enacted. That it may and shall be lawful for the 
 Chief Superintendent of Schools, on the recommendation of the 
 Teachers in the Normal School, to give to any Teacher of Common 
 Schools a certificate of qualification which shall be valid in any part of 
 Upper Canada, until revoked according to Law; Provided always, that 
 no such certificate shall be given to any person who shall not have been 
 a student in the Normal School. 
 
 XLV. And be it enacted, That no part of the salaries of the Chief saiariea of 
 or Local Superintendent of Schools, nor of any other persons employed, lcS?w'SS!** 
 or expenses incurred, in the execution of this Act, shall be paid out of 
 the Common School Fund, which shall, wholly and without diminution 
 be expended in the payment of Teachers' salaries as hereinbefore provided. 
 
 XLVL And be it enacted. That any person who shall wilfully dis- Puni«hmentof 
 turb, interrupt, or disquiet the proceedings of any schoo' meeting Cwng 
 authorized to be held by this Act, or any school established and con- "«*""8«i.*c 
 ducted under its authority, shall, for each offence, forfeit, for Common 
 S(-hool purposes, to the School Section, City, Town or Village, within 
 the limits of which such otFence shall have been committed, a sum not 
 exceeding five pounds, and maybe prosecuted before any Justice of ProMc«tion 
 the Peace, by any pei-son whatever, and convicted on the oath of one '*'"°" *"''^* 
 credible witness other than the prosecutor, and if convicted, the said 
 penalty shall, if not forthwith paid, be levied with costs by distress and 
 sale of the goods and chattels of the offender, under a Warrant of such 
 Justice, and paid over by him to the School-Treasurer of snoh S«ntinn _. 
 City, Town or Village; or the said offender shall be liable to be indicted "'""*'"""^- 
 and punished for the same as a misdemeanor. 
 
 Froviio. 
 
 . n 
 
 !*)] 
 
 i '!. 
 
 ; Ui 
 
 ... fi , 
 
Tempororjr 
 proviginiit for 
 firat election! in 
 Cities and Towni 
 iulBdU. 
 
 Interpretation 
 clause. 
 
 SEPARATE SCHOOL ACT. 
 ^"^I---[T>me expired first Tuesday in September, I860.] 
 
 XLVIII. And be it enacted, That the Interpretation Act shall apply 
 to this Act; that the word "Teacher," shall include female as well as 
 male teachers; that the word "Townships" shall include Unions of 
 Townships made for Municipal purposes; and the word "County" shall 
 include Unions of Counties for Municipal purposes. 
 
 Preamble. 
 
 13th antTMUi 
 Vic. cap. 48, 
 cited. 
 
 SEPARATE SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 ACTU & 15 VIC, CAP. in. 
 
 An Act to define and restore certain Eights to parties therein 
 * mentioned, 
 
 [Royal Auent, 30(A Jugutt, 18S1.] 
 
 "Whereas it is expedient to remove doubts which have arisen in 
 regard to certain provisions of the nineteenth section of an Act passed 
 in the thirteenth and fourteenth years of Her Majesty's Reign, and 
 intituled, An Act for the better establishment and maintenance of 
 Common Schools in Upper Canada; And whereas it is inexpedient 
 to deprive any of the parties concerned of rights which they have 
 enjoyed under preceding School Acts for Upper Canada: Be it there- 
 fore enacted, by the Queen's most excellent. Majesty, by and with the 
 advice and consent of the Legislative Council and Legislative Assembly 
 of the Province of Canada, constituted and assembled by virtue of and 
 under the authority of an Act passed in the Parliament of the United 
 Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and intituled. An Act to re-unite 
 the Provinces of Upper and Lower Canada, and for the government 
 of Canada, and it is hereby enacted by the authority of the same, 
 Spparnte ichooi That each of the parties applying according to the provisions of the 
 union of wards, Said nineteenth section of the said Act shall be entitled to have a 
 
 n» applicanu de- 0,011. 1 i»t 1 . 
 
 aire. Separate School m each Ward, or m two or more Wards united, 
 
 as said party or parties shall judge expedient, in each City or Town 
 in Upper Canada: Provided always, that eadt such School in its 
 establiKhment and operations shall be subject to all the conditions and 
 obligations, and entitled to all the advantages imposed and conferred 
 upon separate Schools by the said nineteenth section of the said Act.* 
 
 Proviao. 
 
 fur 
 
 Py thiB Act, it is optional with the applicants to have but one separate school corooradim 
 the whole luuii.cipality, or one for each ward ihereiu. «i""»« "cnooi corporatioa 
 
parties therein 
 
 Eite achool corporatioa 
 
 SUPPLEMENTAUY SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 ACT 16th VIC, CAP. 185. 
 An Act Supplemeniary to the Common School Act for Upper Canada. 
 
 [Royal Atitnt, Htk June, 1853.] 
 
 Whereas it is expedient to make some further provisions for the Preamble, 
 improvement of Common Schools in Upper Canada, and to modify and 
 extend some of the provisions of the Act passed in the session held in 
 the thirteenth and fourteenth years of Her Majesty's Reign, chaptered 
 fort^-eight, and intituled, An Act for the letter establishment and f^ "^J^ \t^''^-* 
 maintenance of Common Schools in Upper Canada^ hereinafter cal- '^^^' 
 led "The Upper Canada School Act of 1850": Be it therefore enacted 
 by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and 
 consent of the Legislative Council and of the Legislative Assembly of 
 the Province of Canada, constituted and assembled by virtue of and 
 under the authority of an Act passed in the Parliament of the United 
 Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and intituled. An Act to re-unite 
 the Provinces of Upper and Lower Canada, and for the Government 
 of Canada, and it is hereby enacted by the authority of the same. That 
 the Board of School Trustees in each City, Town and incorporated Powers of Bonrd. 
 Village, shall, in addition to the powers with which they are now legally ^J^Tm"^ 
 invested, possess and exercise, as far as they shall judge expedient in i^^eS exteuitei' 
 regard to each such City, Town and incorporated Village, all the powera 
 with which the Trustees of each School Section are or may be invested 
 by law in regard to each such School Section:* Provided always, that chairman of the 
 the Chairman of each such Board of School Trustees shall be elected ^°^'"^' 
 by the Trustees from their own number, and shall have a right to vote 
 at all times, and in case of an equality of votes, the msxim proesumitur 
 pro negante [it is decided in the negative] shall prevail. 
 
 IL And be it enacted. That in any Village or Town not divided into First Flections in 
 Wards, in Upper Canada, which shall become incorporated according towu Munfd- 
 to Law, an Election of a Board of School Trustees for such Village or p*^"*^'" 
 Town shall take place at the time specified in the second section of the 
 said Upper Canada Schoc" Act of 1850 ;t Provided always, that the robe called by 
 first Election of such Boa rd of School Trustees sh all be called by the t'llnlSoffi^r", 
 
 see note t on iJa|e 'H. 
 
 VP^. 'J*^'"t , ^ secoonof the Act of 1850, provides that the electors shaU choose bU 
 resident houseiiolders to form the Uoard. vuuuw: bi* 
 
 
 11 
 
 I V 
 
 V 
 
 1 I 
 
 I' 
 
 U i' 
 
 VC ■' MMIIM 
 
 ' i^ wH 
 
 ill 
 
 
 
i 
 
 Former Electioni 
 coDfiruied. 
 
 School Act of 
 iea», error in 2d 
 Frovieo iith see- 
 tion, corrected. 
 
 85th and 26ih 
 
 I'jctionsof laid 
 Act to apply to 
 ■ueh Boards. 
 
 ^^ SUPPLEMENTARY SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 Eetuming Officer appointed to hold the firat Municipal Election in such 
 Village or Town, or in case of his neglectincr to do so for one month, 
 by any two Freeholders in such Village or Town, on giving six days' 
 notice m at least three public places in such Village or Town ; Provided 
 also, that all elections of School Trustees that have taken place in Vil- 
 lages and Towns not divided into' Wards, which have been incorporated 
 since one thousand eight hundred and fifty, shall be and are hereby 
 confirmed, and the acts of Boards of School Trustees, so elected in such 
 Villages and Towns, are hereby made as valid as if such Boards had 
 been elected for Villages and Towns incoiporated before one thousand 
 eight hundred and fifty : Provided likewise, that in the words "two years" 
 which occur in the second proviso of the twenty-fifth section of the said 
 Act^ the word « three" shall be substituted for the word « two," and the 
 said proviso shaU be held to have and to have had efiect as if the word 
 « three" had been originally inserted therein instead of the word "two"; 
 Provided, nevertheless, that the twenty-fifth and twentysixth sections of 
 the said Act shall be construed to apply to all such Boards of School 
 Trustees. 
 
 Tor.'"an?**' . "I- ^°<1 ^« it enacted. That in case an objection be made to the 
 vuiage.. nght of any person to vote at an Election of a School Trustee or Trus- 
 
 tees in any City, Town, or incorporated Village, or upon any other 
 subject connected with School purposes, the Returning Officer presiding 
 at such Election shall require the person whose right of voting is thus 
 objected to, to make the following declaration: 
 
 F^rmofDedara. «I do declare and affirm that I have been rated on the Assessment. 
 « Roll of this City (Town or ViUage, as the case may be) as a Free- 
 « holder (or householder, as ike case may be) and that I have paid a 
 « public School tax in this Ward, (or Village, as the case may be,) within 
 
 ! l,^ ^r^""^ '"^''^ ^^ ^' ^ *°^ ^«g% <l"alified to vote at this 
 " Election."* 
 
 au/fo?7&e. -^"^ *'^e Pe'^n making such declaration shaU be permitted to vote • 
 ciaration. provided always, that any person who shall, on the complaint of any 
 
 person, be convicted of wilfully making a false d.clai-ation of his right 
 to vote, shall be deemed guilty of misdemeanor, and punishable by fine 
 and imprisonment in the manner provided for similar cases in the 
 seventh section of the said Upper Canada School Act of 1850. 
 
 te!lif„r" J7' ^""i^^ ? T^^' ^^'* '" ^" ^'^'"^ ^""^"^ ^'^^l incorporated 
 jmd^itoman Ca- Villages and School Sections, 'in which Separate Schools do or shall 
 
 . ' exist according to the provisions of the Common S chool Acts of Upper 
 
 *In addiiion to thft n))nvA. thoaivth n»w.j j» ^k- ^.j. -^ - 
 
 fteehoiders and tasuaettbideH aii miy bi auDMnfirii of «.«'r«SI'.",*i.;^i"^«-*^""" . «»c'ude8 such 
 ■cJwol meetingg. ^^ ' •upponeri of separate schools, from voting at common 
 
SUPPLEMENTARY SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 41 
 
 Canada, persons of the religious persuasion of each such separate school 
 sending children to it, or supporting such school by subscribing thereto 
 annually an amount equal to the sum which each such pei-son would be supporte« to be 
 liable to pay (if such separate school did not exist) on any assessment TOm"llillS^gctooi 
 to obtain the annual Common School Grant for each such City, Town, '*"*• 
 Incorporated Village or Township, shall be exempted from the payment 
 of all Rates imposed for the support of the common public schools of 
 each such City, Town, incorporated Village or School Section, and of 
 all rates imposed for the purpose of obtaining the Legislative Common 
 School Grant for such City, Town, incorporated Village or Township;* 
 and each such separate school shall share in such Legislative Common gisi ntive'c^a^ 
 School Grant only (and not in any School money raised by Local Ki.'*^"™"' 
 Municipal Assessment) according to the average attendance of pupils 
 attending each such separate school, (the mean attendance of pupils 
 for winter and summer being taken) as compared with the whole 
 average attendance of pupils attending the Common Schools in each 
 such City, Town, incorporated Village or Township; and a Certificate of 
 qualifiction, signed by the majority of the Trustees of each such separate 
 school, shall be sufficient for any Teacher of such School; Provided p^^^^^^ ,g, ^^ 
 always, firetly, that the exemption from the payment of such School empt'O" »>o'n 
 Rates, as herein provided, shall not extend beyond the period of such rates candiUonBi, 
 persons sending children to or subscribing as aforesaid for the support 
 of such separate school; nor shall such exemption extend to school rates 
 or taxes imposed or to be imposed to pay for School Houses, the erec- 
 tion of which was undertaken or entered into before the establishment 
 of such separate school; Provided secondly, that the Trustees of each ?etu^r!f? w ?.Sii' 
 such separate school shall, on or before the thirtieth day of June, and '"'p*'*'"*'"'""- 
 thirty-first day of December of each year, transmit to the local superin- 
 tendent, a correct return of the names of all persons of the religious ^^^•• 
 persuasion of such separate school, who shall have sent children to, or 
 subscribed as aforesaid for the support of such separate school during 
 the six months previous, and the names of the children sent, and amounts 
 subscribed by them respectivfely, together with the average attendance 
 of pupils in such separate school during such period ;f And the Super- toSrl*w''dtert 
 intendent shall forthwith make a return to the Clerk of the Municipality munic^'X "' 
 and to the Trustees of the School Section or Municipality in which 
 such separate School is established, stating the names of all the persons 
 who, being members of the same religious denomination, contribute or 
 send children to such separate school, and the Clerk shall not include Ssf ""* 
 in the Collector's Roll for the general or other School Rate, ^nd the r«li7"°" '""" 
 
 «a ^^^l!fl^.'v°'^ii"'^^'' .t"*'^'' '^■" *"'5 same rehitici! to the public Bchooig oi a municipaliiy 
 nnw?. I^^f. fl ^«'"P"°n from aBsessment involves a corresponding exclusion from tbe 
 public schools, except by payment of a rate-bill. r o wm. >u« 
 
 t Tlje same return of attendance is required of all eommon scboola. 
 
 1 1 
 
 i; 
 
 V 
 
 1% 
 
 Iv '1 
 
 
48 
 
 SUPPLEMENTARY SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 3d Penalty for 
 false Returns. 
 
 4th, Separate 
 
 Trustees or Board of Trustees shall not include in their School Rollg^ 
 except for any rate for the Building of School Houses undertaken before 
 the eetablishing of such separate school as herein mentioned, the name 
 soparnte School °^ ^"J' ^"*^^ P^''*^'* ^ appears upon such return then last received from 
 '^^r^ !?BScr *^« ^^•'^ Superintendent : And the Clerk or other Officer of the Munici- 
 or'. Roll. pahty within which such separate school is established, having posses- 
 
 sion of the Assessor's or Collector's Roll of the said Municipality, is 
 hereby required to allo-,7 any one of the said Trustees, or their authorized 
 Collector, to make a copy of such EoU as far as it shall relate to their 
 School Section; Provided thirdly, that the provisions of the thirteenth 
 section of the said Upper Canada School Act of 1850, shall apply to 
 ,u.. .c,„.™.. *^® ^'■"'^^^ ^°<i Teachers of separate schools, the same as to Trustees 
 ^^rSo?..'""' «°<1 Teachers of other Common Schools: Provided fourthly, that the 
 Trustees of each such separate school shall be a corporation, and shaU 
 ^iiec'fKa. ^^''^ *^^ '^""^ ^^^"^ *° ^'"Po«e, levy, and collect School Rates or 
 i^^j'SiB.^''"'" subscnptionsupon and from persons sending children to, or subscribing 
 towards the support of such separate school, as the Trustees of a School 
 Section have to impose, levy and collect School Rates or subscriptions 
 from persons having property in such Section or sending children to or 
 subscribing towards the support of the Common School of such section :• 
 Provided fifthly, that the foregoing provisions in this clause shaU take 
 effect from the first day of January, one thousand eight hundred and 
 fifty-three, and shall extend to the separate schools, estabhshed or in- 
 tended to be established under the provisions of the Upper Canada 
 Common School acts; Provided, sixthly, that no person belonging to 
 the religious persuasion of such separate school, and sending a child or 
 children thereto, or subscribing towards the support thereof, shall be 
 allowed to vote at the election of any tmstee for a public common 
 school in the city, town, incorporated village or school section within the 
 limits of which such separate school shall be situate. 
 
 v. And be it enacted, That the Trustees of each School Section 
 shall, on or before the thirtieth day of June, and the thirty-first day of 
 December, in each year, transmit to the local superintendent, a correct 
 return of the average attendance of pupils in the school or schools 
 under their charge during the six months then immediately preceding; 
 
 Penalty for omiB- nor shall any school section be entitled to the apportionment from the 
 school fund for the said six months, the trustees and teacher of which 
 shall neglect to transmit a verified statement of such average attendance 
 
 ftoviso. <>f pupils in their school or schools; Provided always, that nothing 
 
 tJJlVa^ above, as well as the first proviso of the nineteenth section of the Act of 1851) Trus- 
 tees of Separate Schools, m regard to their supporters, have equal powers with Trustees Tf 
 school sections, Thpv rPDor* a!'n>"ii!>' in t^" 'r— ■ ._— .. j'._. -? ..-_•- „ . . '""c«" ot 
 
 6th— foregoing 
 provisions to 
 have eliect from 
 January, 1U53. 
 
 6th— Separatists 
 not to vote for 
 Common School 
 Trustees. 
 
 Half-yearly re- 
 turns" to local 
 Superintendent. 
 
SUPPLEMENTARY SCHOOL ACT. 43 
 
 herein contained shall be construed to repeal the provisions of the 
 thirty-first section of the said Upper Canada School Act of 1850 * 
 
 VI. And be it enacted, That the Trustees of each School Section Section Tru«M. 
 shall have the same authority to assess and collect school rates for the sci.U'^^JSiand 
 purpose of purchasing School Sites and the erection of School-houses, *'°""**' 
 as they are now or may be invested with by law to assess and collect 
 rates for other school purposes; Provided always, that they shall take 
 no steps for procuring a school site on which to erect a new school- Mm caiu sp«^ 
 house, or changing the site of a school-house established, or that may newlfue'Sui^ 
 be hereafter established, without calling a special meeting of the free- 
 holders and householders of their section to consider the matter; and if 
 a majority of such freeholders and householders, present at such meet- 
 ing, diffem from a majority of the trustees as to the site of a school- 
 house, the question shall be disposed of in the manner prescribed by 
 the eleventh section of the said Upper Canada School Act of 1850; 
 Provided that such trustees shall, whenever they impose any rate for Mutt report 
 school purposes, make a return to the clerk of the municipality of the Tow'nSa^'eSrt. 
 amount of the rate so imposed by them.f 
 
 VII. And be it enacted. That the Trustees of each School Section Regi,ter. and 
 shall see that each school under their charge is, at all times, duly pro- "^'""'"'' '*°°''' 
 vided with a Register and Visitors' Book, in the form prepared accord- 
 ing to law. 
 
 VIII. And be it enacted, That the Trustees of each School Section Union of com- 
 shall have authority to take such steps as they may judge expedient to ">« sThSoST'"* 
 unite their school with any Public Grammar School, which shall be 
 
 situate within, or adjacent to, the limits of their school section. 
 
 IX. And be it enacted. That the Trustees of each School Section 
 
 shall be personally responsible for the amount of any School Moneys R.ponsibi,.ty of 
 which shall be forfeited and lost to such school section during the moneyltt 
 period of their continuance in office, in consequence of their neglect of ""''"^'' "^'""'• 
 duty; and the amount thus forfeited or lost shall be collected and comp.aint of .„, 
 applied in the manner provided by the ninth section of the said Upper f p''^"' ■**>" *^ 
 Canada School Act of 1850, for the collection and application of the 
 fines imposed by the said section.J 
 
 X. And be it enacted, That the Trustees of each School Section shall Penalty on Tru., 
 
 decide how U,e mon^Sbe'rSseTand'lhere ISI lu.l^I^^'tx^^'''"' ™"" '' "^"^ '^^ 
 I While Trustees are thus madn pprnnnaO" r<>°!>nn*<>'l- <hr — n— i- * 1 - -i • 
 
 F 
 
 i' 
 
 ' I] 
 
 i-i'' I 
 
 )i 
 
44 
 
 8UPPLEM8NTART SCHOOL AC!T. 
 
 Siial for before a 
 J. P. 
 
 AgreemontB with 
 
 ItMclicri mukIo 
 nClcr Octolier not 
 valiil in certain 
 C'seg. 
 
 Iheir A'nnua?"'^ ®^^^ porsonally forfeit the Bum of One Pound Five Shillings for eacli 
 Keport. ftiHi every week that they shall neglect, after the thirty-first day of 
 
 January in each year, to prepare and forward to their local superinten- 
 dent of schools, their School Report, as requirwd by law, for the year 
 ending the thirty-first of December immediately preceding; and which 
 sum or sums thus forfeited, shall be sued for by such local superinten- 
 dent, and collected and applied in the manner provided by the ninth 
 section of the said Upper Canada School Act of 1850. 
 
 XI. And bo it enacted, that no agreement between Trusloes and a 
 Teacher in any School Section, made between the first of October and 
 the second Wednestlay in January, shall be valid or binding on either 
 party after the secorxi Wednesday in January then next, unless such 
 agreement shall have been signed by the two trustees of such school 
 section, whose period of ofiice shall extend to one year beyond the 
 second Wednesday of January, after the signing of such agreement 
 
 XII. And be it enacted. That any person residing in one School 
 Section, and sending a child or children to the School of a neighboring 
 School Section, shall nevertheless be liable for payment of all rates 
 assessed for the school purposes of the section in which he resides,, the 
 same as if he sent his child or children to the school of such section; 
 and such child or children shall not be returned as attending any other 
 than the school of the section in which the parents or guardians of such 
 child or children reside*; but this clause shall not be held to apply to 
 persons sending to or supporting separate schools, or to prevent any 
 person who may be taxed for common school purposes on property 
 situate in a dift'erent school section fi-om that in which he resides, from 
 sending his children to the school of the section in which such property 
 may be situate, on as favorable terms as if he resided in such section. 
 
 ^a°pi^X\ be ^^^^' '^^^ ^® ^ enacted, That no rate shall he imposed upon the 
 chMren."''"'' ^^^'^^itants of any School Section according to the whole number of 
 
 children, or to the number of children of legal school age, residing in 
 Three modes of such section; but all the school expenses of such section shall be pro- 
 schooT'"^ * vided for by any or all of the three authorized methods of voluntary 
 
 subscription, rate-bill for each pupil attending the school, or by rate 
 ?xc'?ca'"i'8"w.'° "Pon property: Provided always^ that no rate-bill shall be imposed 
 per month. " exceeding One Shilling and Three Pence per month for each pupil 
 
 attending the school.f 
 
 Llabfhiy of per- 
 sonn sendliif^ 
 children to othi^r 
 than till! roction 
 In wliich they 
 rejide. 
 
 Effect of such 
 uttenduncc. 
 
 Exception in 
 certain cases. 
 
 ♦ Persons sending their children to the School of a neighbouring Section, are liable for tlM 
 property rates levR'd in heir own seciion, and for a rate-bill in the Section to which they send. 
 X ruMeee cannot adnnt U.e children of nou-residents even to a Free School. wiUioui payment of 
 
 <.il.°iV''^.i''^"'''"^?V'y''P,'^''"y,?°'*'^™°"*<»'' '!"»"«»''<» which the rate-bill U levied, 
 U liable for the amoiuit levied for such mouth or quarter, AU rate-bUli mu« be paid ia advtacr 
 
SUPPLEMENTARY SCHOOL ACT, 45 
 
 XIV, And be it enacted, That any person who has been or may be i^m 
 appointed Local Supei utendent of Schools, sJmll continue in office uZuZ:^T 
 (unless ho resigns or la removed from office for neglect of duty, im- ""'""' ""'"'^'""• 
 proper conduct, or incompetency,) untU the first day of April of the 
 year following that of his appointment: Provided always, that no i-t proviso- 
 local superintendent shall be a teacher or trustee of any common school TTnciro^'a'' 
 during the period of his being in office : Provided, secondly, that no ''"""'"• 
 local superintendent shall be required unless he shall judge it expedient '^"d- 
 (except with a view to the adjustment of disputes,) or unless directed """^ "'"'' 
 to do so by the municipality appointing him, to make more than two 
 official visits to each sdiooi section under his charge, one of which 
 visits shall be made some time between the first of April and the first 
 of October, and the other some time between the firat of October and 
 the first of April: Provided, thirdly, that the local superintendents of 3rd- 
 adjoining townships shall have authority and are hereby required to t^'SS.,. 
 determme the sum or sums which shall be payable from the school 
 apportionment and assessment of each township in support of schools 
 of union school sections consisting of portions of such townships; and 
 they shall also determine the manner in which such sum or sums shall 
 be paid : Provided, fourthly, that in the event of one person being local 4th- 
 fiuperintendent of both of the townships concerned, he shall act in Z^^^nZZt. 
 behalf of such township; and in the event of the local superintendents 
 of townships thus concerned not being able to agree as to the sum or 
 sums to be paid to each such township, the matter shall be referred to 
 the warden of the county or union of counties for final decision : Pro- 
 vided, fifthly, that each local superintendent of schools shaU have ,,^_ 
 authority to appoint the time and place of a special school section ^' <"=•■" S'^'««" 
 meeting, at any time and for any lawful purpose, should he deem it ''''''""'^"''• 
 e .:pedient to do so : Provided, sixthly, that each local superintendent of o,h- 
 fichools shall have authority, within twenty days after any meeting for ^S.llr"" 
 the election of common school section trustees within the limits of his 
 charge, tt. receive and inves%ate any complaint respecting thg mode of 
 <»nductir.g such election, and to confirm it or set it aside, and appoint 
 tbo time and place of a new election, aa he shall judge right and 
 proper: Provided, seventhly, that each local superintendent shall have 7u,_ 
 wthonty, on due examination, (according to the programme authorized S'^..^ 
 i>y law for the examination of teachers,) to give any candidate a certifi- '!'-"'>«• 
 cate of qualification to teach a school within the limits of the charge of 
 such local superintendent, until the next ensuing meeting (and no 
 longer) of the county board of public instruction of which such local 
 superintendent is a member; but no such certificate of qualification 
 fihaU be given a second time, or shall U valid, if given a second time 
 
 
 ti 
 
 .! i'ti 
 •Ml 
 
 .til. "* 
 
 
 
 |i J 1 
 
 f'i' 
 
Arbitrator! 
 between tencberi 
 and triiHtrei 
 invcatert with 
 enlarged poweri 
 to decide 
 dlipiwes 
 
 Equal to 
 niviiioD Court. 
 
 SUPPLEMENTARY SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 vSwncy in office ^ *^® "*'"® perflon In the Baine county: Provided, olglithly, that in the 
 
 Bu ''^musndent- ®^®"*^^^ " ^^"^ Superintendent of schools resigning his oftice, the warden 
 
 how filled, of the county or union of counties within which such superintendent 
 
 shall have held office, shall have authority, if he shall deem it expedient, 
 
 to appoint a fit and proper person to the office thus vacated, until the 
 
 next ensuing meeting of the council of such county or union of counties. 
 
 XV. And be it enacted, That the last proviso of the seventeenth 
 section of the Upper Canada School Act of 1860, shall be and is 
 hereby repealed;* And be it also enacted. That the Arbitrators men- 
 tioned in the said seventeenth section of the said act, shall have authority 
 to administer oaths to, and to require the attendance of all, or any of, 
 the parties interested in the said reference, and of their witnesses, with 
 all such books, papers and wrilings as such arbitratora may require 
 them or either of them to produce ; and the said arbitrators, or any 
 two of them, may issue their warrant to any person to be named therein, 
 to enfoiy:e the collection of any sum or sums of money by them awarded 
 to be paid, and the peraon named in such warrant shall have the same 
 power and authority to enforce the collection of the money or moneys 
 mentioned in the said warrant, with all reasonable costs, by seizure and 
 sale of the property of the party or corporation against whom the same 
 is rendered, as any bailiff of a division court has in enforcing a judg- 
 ment and execution issued out of such court; and no action shall be 
 brought in any court of law or equity, to enforce any claim or demand 
 which by the said seventeentib section of the said in part recited act^ 
 may be referred to arbitration as therein mentioned. f 
 
 XVI. And be it enacted. That whenever the lands or property of 
 any individual or company shall be situate within the limits of two or 
 more school sections, it shall be the duty of each assessor appointed by 
 any municipality, to assess and return on his roll, separately, the parts 
 of such lands or property according to the divisions of the school sections 
 within the limits of which such lands or property may be situate: Pro- 
 vided always, that eveiy undivided occupied lot or part of a lot shall 
 only be liable to be assessed for school pui-poses in the school section 
 where jtib* occupant resides. J 
 
 Only one school XVII. And be it enacted. That no Township Council shall have 
 
 rate per year|by .1 •. . i j n • """o 
 
 Township authority to levy and collect in any school section durinff any one vear 
 
 Council, except , i i • o J ^ ^ ^ai, 
 
 for school sites more txian one school section rate, except for the purchase of a school 
 site or the erection of a school house ; nor shall any such council have 
 
 Such disputes 
 muHt not be 
 brought into 
 Court. 
 
 School section 
 limits to guide 
 assessors. 
 
 When one's 
 lands lie in 
 several sections. 
 
 * The repealed proviso provided for re-arbitration should the award fall through. 
 
 i Kn f,!ir,r.ffla! dispute of any kind between Trustees and a Teacher, legally qualified as such, 
 can be brought into court. • o / h >*u ■• luuii 
 
 fTbiM duty belongs only to the Assessors,— as their roll must guide the Trustees. 
 
SUPPLEMEHTARY SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 47 
 
 Jiuthority to give effect to the ninth clause of the twelfth section of the 
 Upper CanaJa School Act of 1850, for the levying and collection of 
 Fates for school purposes of any school section in any one year, unless Application 
 the trustees of such school section make application to the council at or ^*''^'* ^"8u»«. 
 before its meeting in August of such year : Provided also, that each pov^er of 
 •uch township council shall have authority, under the restrictions* im- coiTirdiB w 
 posed by law in regard to the alteration of school sections, to form such ^tioni.""'°" 
 part of any union school section as is situated within the limits of its 
 jurisdiction, into a distinct echool section, or attach it to one or more 
 existing school sections or patts of sections, as such council shall judge 
 expedient. 
 
 XVIII. And be it enacted. That for and notwithstanding anything chief 
 contained in the Upper Canada School Act of 1860, the Chief Super- mTy'nMfr" "* 
 intendent of Schools shall have authority to direct the distribution of thecoinmon 
 the common school fund of any township , among the several school 
 
 sections and parts of the sections entitled to share in the said fund, 
 according to the length of time in each year, during which a school 
 shall have been kept open by b legally qualified teacher in each of 
 such sections or parts of sections. 
 
 XIX. And be it enacted, That if any person shall wilfully disturb, DiPturbing 
 interrupt or disquiet any common or ot^er public school, by rude or ''"''"'' *^^°°^'- 
 indecent behaviour, or by making a noise either within the place where 
 
 such school is kept or held, or so near as to disturb the order or exercises 
 of such school, such person shall, on conviction thereof before any 
 justice of the peace, on the oath of one or more credible witnesses, for- 
 feit and pay such a sum of money not exceeding Five Pounds, Penaity- 
 together with the costs of and attending the conviction, as the said ^^ "'"^ *'°*'*' 
 justice shall think fit; such conviction and all other convictions before Authority of 
 a justice or justices of the peace under this act or the Upper Canada peac^umiCT'oie 
 School Act of 1850, and the costs thered", to be levied and collected *'^''°^' *^"- 
 from the offender, who, in default of payment, may be imprisoned for 
 any time not exceeding thirty days, unless such fine and costs, and the 
 reasonable expenses of endeavoring to collect the same, shall be sooner 
 paid. 
 
 XX. And be it enacted, That the Certificates of Qualification which certain 
 have heretofore been granted to teachers of common schools by any Sfwhefs'**"' 
 county or circuit board of public instmction in Upper Canada, or at foSgn^f and 
 any meeting of any members not less than three of the members of {Joardfo" pubUe . 
 such boards, and which have not been cancelled, shall at all times be wnfirS^" 
 considered as duly and lecrallv cranted. notwithstandino- any want, nf 
 
 *The "reitrictionB" are:— That due notice be given to all parties concerned, and thattba 
 alteration go into effaa the S3th December next after the act of the CouncU. 
 
 
 I I ii 
 
 1 11 
 
 , I' ' 1^ 
 
 m': 
 
^8 
 
 III 
 
 Kecltal. 
 
 TriigtwH may 
 Bp|)oint ciij of 
 tliciiiAClvca 
 collector. 
 
 Bchool rntea on 
 
 tholMiilior 
 
 non-reaidents. 
 
 To be reported 
 to the clerk of 
 the municipality 
 
 And paid to 
 trustees out of 
 the general fUndi 
 of such 
 municipality. 
 
 Increase of 
 school grant. 
 
 1st— Support of 
 common acbools. 
 
 SUPPLEMENTARY BCHOOL ACT. 
 
 notice to Uie several memtera of the rold board, of the tinioH ,i.k1 place, 
 of meeting for the piirpoHe of prnnting such certificates, nn.l notwith- 
 standing any other want of form in the organizing or condu.-ting of the 
 bu8ine88ofanyBuch county or circuit hoard ; and any certificate imr- 
 porting to be granted by any .ucli board, or any three niernbors thereof, 
 and having the signature of at least one local superintendent uf schools, 
 shall bo considered a good and valid certificate of qualification, accord- 
 mg to the effect thereof; uiitU the same shall be annulled.* 
 
 XXI. And whereas doubts have arisen whether the Trustoos of any 
 School Section, or the Board of School Ti^ustees of any C!ity, Town or 
 Village, can appoint any one or more of their own number,' Collector 
 or Collectors of school rates; For the removal thereof, Bo it enacted 
 That It shall and may be lawful for the trustees of any school section! 
 or the board of school trustees in any city, town or incorporated village, 
 to appoint one or more of their number a collector or collectors to collect 
 the school rates of any such section, city, town or village. 
 
 XXII. And be it enacted, That if the Collector appointed by the 
 Trustees of any School Section, shall have been unable to collect that 
 portion of any school rate which was charged on any parcel of land 
 liable to assessment, by reason of there being no person resident thereon, 
 or no goods and chattels to distrain, the trustees shall make a return to 
 the clerk of th^ municipality before the end of the then current year, 
 of all such parcels of land and the uncollected rates thereon ;t and the' 
 clerk shall make a return to the county treasurer ol all such lands and 
 the arrears of school rates thereon, and such arreare shall be collected 
 and accounted for by such treasurer in the same manner as the arrears 
 of other taxes; and the township, village, town or city in which such 
 school section is situate, shall make up the deficiency arising from the 
 uncollected rate on lands liable to assessment, out of the general funds 
 of the municipality. 
 
 XXIII. And be it enacted. That whatever additional sum or sums of 
 money may be payable to Upper Canada out of the Legislative School 
 Grant, or may be granted during the present session of this Parliament 
 for common school purposes in Upper Canada, shall be expended in the 
 following manner: Firstly, a sum of not less than Four Thousand 
 Pounds shaU be apportioned and expe nded for the support of common 
 
 • No board or corporation constituted under the Droviiion«n<»hn.« *» i ~1, ~ 
 
 businew, without giving due notice of if XtingsTalf ulS men,l!^r. "' "" "«*"^ ^'^""^ 
 
 cffi2;Tu^nVTpl,:y°^'!f1'c^„^"fr^^^^^ making a return ,0 the 
 
 the then current year ; otherwise themunidpX mir lS^imH« n nw ^'Z'^' t"e end of 
 
 amount. But if w liade. before the end of 'I.I v-Y,.K!J"j!f.'.Ji?_°^^^^^^^^^^^ »" "dynncethe 
 raaiUij, but Ui uiake up uie deficiency,— that the taailiBr ni'^^Vi'AU ll^ft^i ""'', "" '"P^!°p w tne 
 ti^'i»^r^<^toib.iO,^x4Txtmuad'^^'S^^S!^°^^;^^^«^^^ 'o»».-«n<J report ^ 
 
 T'tl 
 
 ■ i I! 
 
) tinioH riiK.l pifjcoi 
 08, Hiiil notwith- 
 soiuliictijigof the 
 y cortificato pur- 
 iiiornbeiM tliereof, 
 iideiit of achoob, 
 lillt-atioii, accord- 
 led.* 
 
 Trustees of any 
 y City, Town or 
 iimbor, Colloctor 
 f. Bo it enacted, 
 y Bcliool section, 
 rpoiated village, 
 Hectors to collect 
 re. 
 
 ppointed by the 
 to collect that 
 T parcel of land 
 resident thereon, 
 (lake a return to 
 en current year, 
 )rcon ;f and the 
 
 such lands and 
 lall be collected 
 ir as the arrears 
 
 in which such 
 rising from the 
 e general funds 
 
 Bum or sums of 
 jislative School 
 his Parliament 
 xpended in the 
 'our Thousand 
 ort of common 
 
 Mill legally traniaet 
 
 ing a return to the 
 lu htfurr. the end of 
 Ion to nilvance the 
 as iio option in the 
 I loM,— and report 
 
 BUPPLEMKNTARY SCHOOL ACT. * 
 
 schooK as provided in the thirty-fifth R<«tion of tho Upper Canada 
 School Act of 1860: Provided always, that not more tiian Five Hun- 
 dred Pounds of the «ai<l sum may beexpendetl in special aid of common 
 ■choolw in now and por townships; Secondly, a sum not exceeding 
 One Thousand Pounds per annum shall bo expended in further support 
 of the Normal and Model Schools for Upper Canada, and in supplying 
 ^ a copy of the Journal of Education to each school corporation and each 
 local superintendent of scliools in Upper Canada: Provided always, 
 that not more than Four Hundred and FiRy Pounds of the said sum 
 shall be expended in the circulation of the Journal of Education; and 
 tho balance of such sum shall be expended as provided for in the thirty- 
 eighth section of the Upper Canada School Act of 1860; Thirdly, a 
 sum udt exceeding Five Hundred Pounds per annum may be expended 
 by the Chief Superintendent of Schools in the purchase, from time to 
 time, of books, publications, specimens, models and objects, suitable for 
 a Canadian library and museum, to be kept in the normal school 
 buildings, and to consist of books, publications, and objects, relating to 
 education and other departments of science and literature, and specimens, 
 models, and objects illuflrating the physical resources and artificial 
 productions of Canada, especially in reference to mineralogy, zoology 
 agriculture, and manufactures; Fourthly, a sum not exceeding Five 
 Hundred Pounds per annum, shall be applied towards forming a fund 
 for tho support of superannuated or worn-out school teachers in Upper 
 Canada, under such regulations as may be adopted, from time to time 
 by the Council of PubUc Instruction, and approved by the Governor in 
 Conncil : Provided always, that no teacher shall be entitled to share in 
 the said fund who shall not contribute to such fund at least at the rate 
 of One Pound per annum, for tho period of his teaching school, or 
 receiving aid from such fund, and who shall not furnish satisfactory 
 proof to the Council of Public Instruction, of inability, from age or loss 
 of health in teaching, to pursue that profession any longer: Provided 
 also, that no allowance to any superannuated or worn-out teacher shall 
 exceed the rate of One Pound Ten Shillings for each year that such 
 teacher shall have taught a common school in Upper Canada. 
 
 XXIV. And whereas it is highly desirable that uniformity of decision 
 should exist in cases that may arise triable in the Division Courts, against 
 and between superintendents, trustees, teachers and others acting under 
 the provisions of the Common School Acts of Upper Canada— Be it 
 therefore enacted, That the Chief Superintendent of Schools for Upper 
 Canada, may, within one month after the rendering of any judgment, 
 
 in anV of the said Pnnrfa in onw ooaa oxAairi^ -„ ■a^-waaai-'i -,1 ' 
 
 I- 7 — —V " — ' "'"'»"{j aa aiOrraaiu, ayytiiU iruui 
 
 the decision of any judge of the said courts to either of the Superior 
 
 49 
 
 Prnvlio — I'ooi 
 ■chooli. 
 
 and— NormM 
 
 and nioilul 
 K'liooU mill 
 Juurnol of 
 BUucBllon, 
 
 Provlio. 
 
 3rd— Cnnndinn 
 lihrnry niid 
 uiUKum. 
 
 4th— PenRions (o 
 
 worn-out 
 
 teocheri. 
 
 Conditions of 
 receiving such 
 pension. 
 
 Rate of 
 allowance. 
 
 Uniformity of 
 tcbool declsionst 
 
 Chief 
 
 Superintendent 
 may appeal froitt- 
 jtiiigmcntB of 
 Divisloa Court*. 
 
 1 
 
 H 
 
 
 M 
 
 1 
 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 '^w 
 
 r 
 
 W^^^M 
 
 ii'-' , 
 
 J 
 
 fliit 
 
 'Hi 
 
 
 1 f^M 
 
 1 
 
 ' ^^^1 
 
 - 1 
 
 M 
 
60 
 
 * SUPPLEMENTARY SCflOOl ACT. 
 
 ! iir.,1 
 
 Judge of 
 Division Court ( 
 cenify 
 
 Courts of Law, at Toronto, by serving notice, in writing, of such hln 
 intention to do so, upon the clerk of such division ourt, which appeal 
 shall be entitled « The Chief Superintendent of Schools for Upper 
 Canada, appellant, in. the matter between AvB. and C. D.;" and it shall 
 
 proceeding, to ^.® *^® '^"'^^ °f *^^ J"^« °^ *^« ^'^ ^ourt, to certify under his hand, to 
 Superior Court, either of the Superior Courts aforesaid, as the case may be, the summona- 
 and statement of claim and other proceedings in the case, together with 
 the evidence and his own judgment thereon, and all objections made * 
 thereto ; whereupon the same matter shall be set down for argument at 
 eiTorder^r' *°'*li« °ext term of such Superior Court, which Court shall give such order 
 court below. or direction to the court below, touching the judgment to be given in 
 such matter, as the law of the land and equity shall require, and shall 
 also award costs in their discretion, against the appellant, which costs 
 shall be certified to and form part of the judgment of the court below;' 
 and upon receipt of such order, direction, and certificate^ the Judge of 
 the division court shall forthwith proceed in accordance therewith; 
 Vw1?cLf^'''''^^'^^^^^ «" «o«t8 awarded against the appellant, and all costs 
 superintendent, mcurred by him, shall be payable by the Chief Superintendent, and the 
 JudgeofDivWon a°io"nt chargeable to the contingencies of his office: And the Judge 
 fudgmeT'"'^ presiding over any division court wherein any action of the kind refers 
 red to in this section is brought, may order the entering of judgment 
 to be delayed for a sufficient time to permit either party to apply to the 
 Chief Superintendent of Schools to- appeal such case, and after notice- 
 of appeal is served as herein provided, no further proceedings shaU be 
 had in such case until the matter of the appeal shall be decided by such 
 Superior Court. 
 
 to°pre"pwe maps ^^^- ^^^^ ^e it enacted; That it shall be the duty of the Clerk of 
 swTonffion.. ^^^^ towuship municipality to prepare in duplicate a Map of the Town- 
 ship, showing the divisions of the township into school sections and 
 parts of union school sections, one copy of which shall be furnished to 
 the county clerk for the use of the county council, and the other shall 
 be retained in the township clerk's office, for the use of the township 
 municipality.* 
 
 XXVI. And be it enacted. That such of the provisions of the Upper 
 Canada School Act of 1850, as are contrary to the provisions of this 
 act, shall be and are hereby repealed. 
 
 XXVII. And be it enacted. That the provisions of this Act shall 
 apply to all School afl^airs and to all persons refen-ed to in the said 
 provisions, for the present year one thousand eight hundred and fifty- 
 uUree. 
 
 Where to be 
 kept. 
 
 Repeal of 
 
 Inconsistent 
 
 enactuienta. 
 
 Thii act to apply 
 to 1853. 
 
 aa^KoS^X^'r^'nSfte^^^^ 
 
R. C. SEPARATE SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 51 
 
 !letk liable fcrtngr 
 
 XXVIir. And be it enacted, That in citing or otherwise referrino- to ^hort Tiuegof 
 the said Act passed in the Session heldia the thirteenth and fourteenth AclL"of'u%?° 
 yeara of Her Majesty's Reign, and intituled, An Ad for the better estab- ,3 & 14 y. c. 48. 
 lishment and maintenance of Common Schools in Up'per Canada, it 
 shall be sufficient to designate it as " The Upper Canada School Act of 
 1850;" and that in citing or otherwise referri; this Act, it shall bo 
 sufficient to designate it as " The Upper Canac' .jj^ieinentary School '^'''^ °^ *'» Act. 
 Act of 1853 ;" and that in citing or otherwise i ..erring to the said Acts 
 generally, or to them and to any other Act or Acts relative to Common 
 Schools, which may at the time of such citation or refei-ence be in 
 force in Upper Canada, it shall be sufficient to use the expression " The school acu 
 Common School Acts of Upper Canada." "" 
 
 generally. 
 
 KOMAN CATHOLIC SEPARATE SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 ACT 18 VIC, CAP. 131. 
 
 An Act to amend the laws relating to Separate Schools in Upper 
 Canada. 
 
 [Royal Assent, 30<A May, 1855.] 
 
 Whereas it is expedient to amend the laws relating to Separate Preamble. 
 Schools in Upper Canada, sp far as they affect the Roman Catholic 
 inhabitants thereof:* Be it therefore enacted, by the Queen's Most 
 Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the 
 Legislative Council and of the Legislative Assembly of the Province of 
 Canada, constituted and assembled by virtue of and under the autho- 
 rity of an act passed in the Parliament of the United Kingdom of 
 Great Britain and L-eland, and intituled, "An Act to re-unite the Pro- 
 vinces of Upper and Lower Canada, and for the government of Canadii,'' 
 and it is hereby enacted by the authority of the same, as follows : 
 
 L The nineteenth Section of the " Upper Canada School Act o/j^ennratc School 
 1850," an 1 the fourth Section of the ''Upper Canada Supplementary iuiIo'iT-i^SfiRH 
 School Act 0/1853," and all other provisions of the said Acts or of any f/j'r^,'"/''',''''''''^"''"' 
 other Act inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, are hereby ^'"""''aUioiiai, 
 repealed, so far only as they severally relate to the Roman Catholics of 
 Upper Canada, 
 
 .ffTIl'^ D*^'' ''"'"^ *''"* specinlly liinilud to Roman Catholic Separate Schools, does not 
 affect the Pro'estant Separate Schools- which will continue to be regulated by the nrovislona 
 of tiie other school Acm. ' "'«•■■> 
 
 G 
 
 i-4 
 
 lilh 
 
 ! 
 
 i ; ., 
 
 I:- ' 
 
 ^ 
 
52 
 
 R. C SEPARATE SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 Ii 
 
 f;!'iiu"i°".Tea,i, ^^- ^"y number of persons not less than five heads of families being 
 rnii'"' m miMg'^ freeholders or householders resident within any School Section of any 
 Tn,"^ues'or "*' ^'^'^fs^"'? o"" ^'i'^in any Ward of any City or Town, and being Roman 
 Kcimrute ticiiooi. Catholics, may convene a public meeting of persons desiring to establish 
 a Separate School for Roman Catholics in such School Section or Ward 
 for the election of Trustees for the management thereof* 
 
 OH'L^;"f,"c.cnt ^"- ^ "majority of the persons present, not less than ten in number, 
 Trustees: ''"''" ^^^'"S freeholders or householdei-s, and being Roman Catholics, at any 
 such meeting may elect three persons, resident within such Section, to 
 
 'l'lie> must lie 
 htili=h gubjucts. 
 
 Romnn Cntliolic 
 rosidontH ilusiruus 
 iilt-'L'|i:.rnU' 
 f^cliool, v> notify 
 cuttaiu ollicurs. 
 
 act as Trustees for the management of such Separate School ; and any 
 person being a British subject, may be elected as such Trustee whether 
 he be a freeholder, or householder, or not. 
 
 IV. A notice addressed to the Reeve, or to the Chairman of the 
 Board of Common School Trustees, in the Township, City or Town in 
 which such section is situate, may be given by all persons resident 
 within such Section being freeholders or householders, and being Roman 
 Catholics favoi-able to the establishment of such Separate School, whether 
 they were present at such meeting or not, declaring that they desire to 
 establish a Separate School in such School Section, and designating by 
 their names, professions and places of abode, the persons elected in th# 
 manner aforesaid, as Trustees for the management thereof. 
 
 V. Every such notice shall be delivered to the proper officer by one 
 of the Trustees so elected ; and it shall be the duty of the officer receiving 
 the same to endorse thereon the date of the reception thereof, and to 
 deliver a copy of the same, so endorsed and duly certified by him, to 
 such Trustee.f 
 
 VI. From the day of the date of the reception of every such notice 
 the Trustees therein named shall be a body Corporate under the name 
 of " The Trustees of the Roman Catholic Separate School for the section 
 number , in the township [city or town, as the case may be,] 
 in the county of ," 
 
 c",i:"i.?so,",Kae ^"- If a Separate School or Separate Schools shall have been 
 
 Tuli Tmvus?'"''* established in more than one ward in any city or town, the Trustees of 
 
 such Separate Schools may, if they think fit, form an union of such 
 
 Public Notice. Separate Schools ; and irom the day of the date' of the notice in any 
 
 public newspaper published in such city or town, announcing such 
 
 union, the Trustees of the several wards shall form together a body 
 
 ♦ J'uhlic Notice of liiis and every other Meeting must be given, similar to lliat re^^^ii^dlnd^r 
 the !<cliool Act of 1S3U; t. e., notice in tliree public places, gij days preceding thodayoi 
 
 I Tlie Trustees cannot act until after the delivery of this notice. 
 
 Ami report 
 JllillU'S, &c., of 
 
 Trustees elected. 
 
 Nol Ico to lie 
 j^iveii hy a 
 Tru^tee. 
 
 Vropcr Officer to 
 eiulwirsu notice. 
 
 Effect of such 
 
 Iioliw: 
 
 Knm.-in Catholic 
 Trustees a corpo- 
 ration. 
 
R. C. SEPARATE SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 63 
 
 corporate under the title of « The Board of Trustees of the Roman Tine of Cori^ra- 
 Catholic United Separate Schools for the city [or town] of , in the "°"* 
 county of 
 
 "* 
 
 VIII. All trustees elected and forming a body corporate under this Powers of Ro,.,nn 
 act shall have the same power to impose, levy and collect school rates ovor^lipp'oncrr'' 
 or subscriptions upon and from persons sending children to, or subscri- °'' ""''' ^'^"""'^• 
 bing towards the support of Separate Schools, and all other powers in 
 respect of Separate Schools, as the trustees of common schools have and 
 possess under the provisions of the acts hereinbefore cited in respect of 
 common schools; and they shall also be bound to perform all duties 
 required of, and shall be subject to all penalties provided against, the T.iahiiiiies of 
 trustees of Common Schools; and Teachers of Separate Schools shall T^nrr;":,^ as 
 be liable to all penalties provided against Teachers of Common ^d.ooT""" 
 Schools. 
 
 IX. All Trustees elected under this Act shall remain in office until AiiRo.nnn 
 
 the second Wednesday of the month of January next following their t^oL'To'lV'^c!.-,;-! 
 
 election, on which day in each year an annual meeting shall be held, """"'"'y- 
 
 commencing at the hour of ten of the clock in the forenoon, for the 
 
 election of trustees for Separate Schools theretofore established; but no 
 
 trustee shall be re-elected at any such meeting without his consent, Bc-eiection of 
 
 unless after the expiration of four years from the time when he went '^''■"s'«'^«- 
 
 out of office, f 
 
 X. All Trustees elected under this Act shall allow children from 
 other School Sections to be received into any Separate School under 
 their management, at the request of the parents or lawful guardians of 
 such children; provided such children or their parents are Roman 
 Catholics ;l and no children attending such school shall be included in 
 the return hereafter provided to be made to the Chief Superintendent 
 of Schools, unless they shall be Roman Catholics. 
 
 XL A majority of the Trustees in any township or village or of the 
 Board of Trustees in any town or village elected under this act, shall have 
 power to grant certificates of qualification to teachers of Separate Schools 
 under their management, and to dispose of all school funds of every 
 description coming into their hands for school purpose8.§ 
 
 * ny the fifteenth Section of this Act, the Trustees of any ward lose their seats nt tlie tmite.i 
 Board, unless a separate School be established in their ward, within two months alter the first 
 or annua! election. 
 
 t The three Trustees of the Roman Catholic seprirato School in each Ward or School Section 
 retire troin office at the animal meeting, subject to re-eleciion wiih their own consent, and 
 subject to the provisions of the fifteenth section of this Act. ' 
 
 «,!m,'J,'!.!l^''"^'^?''°''°" fo'lowiHg. prescribes the condition* upon which such supporlcrs are 
 exempted from Common School ratflg, 
 
 § Secretary-Treasurers of Separate Schools are subject to the same obligations to their Tru«- 
 We Corporation as ore the Secretary-Treasurers of ciraraon Schools. ^ * ' 
 
 Roman Caiholic 
 non resident 
 children niny 
 nilerid on reiiucst 
 of their paieiit.^. 
 
 Roman Catholic 
 cliildreii only to 
 be reported. 
 
 Roman Catholic 
 TriisiecH to 
 license their 
 Teacher, niid 
 dispose of fcchool 
 funds. 
 
 . 1 
 
 I 
 
 Hi 
 
 
 
 m 
 '.'¥ 
 
 li- }l 
 
64 
 
 It. C. SEPARATE SCnOOL ACT. 
 
 Fine XIO. 
 
 Proviso : 
 
 Exemption 
 limited. 
 
 •^.pponcM of "'' ^^^- ^^«i"y person paying rates whether as proprietor or tenant, 
 
 n^T.vSM«nerof^Hon or before the fii'st day of February of any year, shall have 
 
 K^exS'rflorn S'^'^" "^^ice to tho Clerk of the Municipality in which any Separate 
 
 common School School is situated, that he is a Roman Catholic, and a supporter of such 
 
 Separate Sehool.shall bo exempted from the payment of all rates imposed 
 
 within such ward or school section for the support of Common Schools 
 
 and of Common School Libraries for the year then next following; and 
 
 every Clerk of a Municipality upon receiving any such notice shall 
 
 e'il^npSonm- ^''^''''' "" <^ertificate to the person giving the same to theeflc-ct that such 
 
 iCduient "''^''''' ^''""^ ^''''" ^''''''"' '''"'^ showing the date of such notice; but any 
 noiice punishable poi-son who shall fraudulently give any such notice, or shall wilfully 
 make any false statement therein, shall not secure any exemption there- 
 by, but shall, on the contrary, be liable to a penalty of ten pounds 
 currency, recoverable, with costs, before any Justice of the Peace at the 
 suit of the Municipality interested : Provided always, that nothing 
 herein contained shall exempt any such person from paying any such 
 rate for the support of Common Schools or Common School Libraries, 
 or for the erection of a school house or school houses, which shall have 
 been imposed before such Separate School was established. 
 
 Eomnn Catholic XIIL Every Separate School established under this act shall be 
 
 Bepar.itc iScIn ols .„,,'ii i a i • ,i /. , ,, 
 
 to share in Lcgis- entitiea to a share in the fund annually granted by the Legislature of 
 
 lative (irant, in ii • • /• ii ,. ^ ' ° 
 
 snieratioaa t"is province tor the support of Common Schools, according to the 
 
 Common tSchools i ,. ., ,. 6 "" ••"" 
 
 average number of pupils attending such school during the twelve 
 next preceding months, or during the number of months which may 
 have elapsed from the establishment of a new Separate School, as com- 
 pared with tho whole average number of pupils att'mding the Common 
 Provii=o: Schools in the same city, town, village, or township: Provided always 
 
 nveraye'u 0?""^' ^^^^^ "0 Separate School shall be entitled to a share in any such fund 
 "'°'^- unless the average number of pupils so attending the same be fifteen or 
 
 "^°''^' (P^"*^'-^^ ^^ epidemic or contagious diseases excepted) : Provided 
 fn'Loca'i'rom'' ^^^^ ^^^^^ nothing herein contained shall entitle any such Separate 
 .„„.">;„!,.;, - School, within any city, town, village or township, to any part or por- 
 tion of school moneys, arising or accruing from local assessment for 
 Common School purposes within any such city, town, village or town- 
 ship, or tho county or union of counties within which such town, 
 village or township is situate: Provided also that if any Separate 
 School shall not havo been in operation for a whole year at the time of 
 the apportionment, it shall not receive the sum to which it would have 
 been entitled for a whole year, but only an amount proportionally to 
 the time during which it has been kept open. 
 
 Roman Catholic XIV. The Trustees of each Separate School shall, on or before the 
 
 Proviso: 
 
 SI 
 
 in 
 
 inon t*cJiaol 
 
 Assessment 
 
 Proviso: 
 Proportion of 
 Grniu in certain 
 cases. 
 
COMMON SCHOOL FUND ACT. 
 
 55 
 
 prietor or tenant, 
 year, shall have 
 ch any Separate 
 supporter of such 
 all rates imposed 
 Common Schools 
 it following; and 
 such notice shall 
 e effect that such 
 notice ; but any 
 or shall wilfully 
 exemption there- 
 in of ten pounds 
 the Peace at the 
 8, that nothing 
 paying any such 
 School Libraries, 
 vhich shall have 
 hed. 
 
 lis act shall be 
 6 Legislature of 
 ccorcling to the 
 ■ing the twelve 
 iths which may 
 School, as com- 
 ng the Common 
 'rovided always 
 1 any such fund 
 me be fifteen or 
 ted): Provided 
 
 such Separate 
 ny part or por- 
 
 assessment for 
 'illage or town- 
 ch such town, 
 
 any Separate 
 ■ at the time of 
 I it would have 
 •oportionally to 
 
 n or before the 
 
 30th day of Juno and the 31st day of December of each year, trans- 
 mit to the Chief Superintendent of Schools for Upper Canada, a correct 
 sUitement of the names of the children attending such school, together 
 with the average attendance during the six next preceding months, or 
 during the number of mouths which may have elapsed since the estab- 
 lishment thereof, and and the number of months it shall have been so 
 kept open, and the Chief Superintendent shall thereupon determine 
 the proportion which the Trustees of such Separate School will be 
 entitled to receive out of such Legislative grant, and shall pay over 
 the amount thereof to such Trustees ; and every such statement shall be 
 verified under oath before any Justice of the Peace for the county, or 
 union of counties, within which such Separate School is situate, by at 
 least one of the Trustees makinsj the same.* 
 
 XV. But the election of any Trustee or Trustees made under this act 
 shall become void unless a Separate School be established under his or 
 their management within two months from the election of such Trustee 
 or Trustees. 
 
 XVI. And no j^erson stibscribing towards the support of a Separate 
 School or sendi.:^ children thereto shall be allowed to vote at the elec- 
 tion of any Trustee for a Common School in the city, town, village or 
 township in which such Separate School is situate. 
 
 TruHtep* to report 
 hall'-yeaily to the 
 t.'liipf iSu|)crin- 
 leiiileut; 
 
 Who Bhnll 
 di'tcrmiiiL' nnd 
 pay iipporiion- 
 iiicnt. 
 
 Return to be 
 under oaib. 
 
 Election of 
 Trustees void in 
 ceitaiu cfutea. 
 
 Supporters of 
 t^eparate Schools 
 not to vote ai 
 Cormiion School 
 Elections. 
 
 COMMON SCHOOL FUND ACT. 
 
 ACT 12 VIC. CAR 200. 
 
 An Act to raise an Income of One Hundred Thousand Pounds out 
 of the Public Lands of Canada, for Common School Education. 
 
 [Royal Assent promulgated by Message to the Legislature, 
 
 -inUi May, 1850.] 
 
 Whereas it is desirable that an annual sum of one hundred thousand 
 pounds should be raised from the Public Lands of this Province, for the 
 maintenance and support of Common Schools therein, and that so mtich 
 of the first moneys to be raised by the sale of such Lands as shall be 
 sufficient to create a Capital which shall produce the said annual sura 
 of one hundred thousand pounds at the rate of six per cent, per annum, 
 should be set apart for that purpose : Be it therefore enacted by the 
 Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent, 
 of the Legislative Council and of the Legislative Assembly of the 
 Province of Canada, constituted and assembled by virtue of, and under 
 the authority of an Act passed in the Parliament of the United King- 
 
 u u^L*"'! one Trustee inaltes oath, it wifl be necessary forliim to sliow that lie acta for and on 
 behalf of the Corporation. 
 
 Preamble. 
 
 4[ 
 
 "i i 
 
 
n I 
 
 f I iig 
 
 ^ COMMON SCHOOL FUND ACT. 
 
 dom of Great Britain and Ireland, and intituled, An Act to re-unite 
 
 the Provmcea of Upper and Lower Canada, and for the Government 
 
 o Canada, and it is hereby enacted by the authority of the same, 
 
 n'^il'S.tho Tlmt all moneys that shall arise from the sale of any of the Public 
 
 Haieor«„y,.u.i,c Lands of the Province, shall be set apart for the purpose of creating a 
 
 f irr.':,Tc;!,r T'"^ '"^'"'^^ «''''^" ^« ^"^^'^^^ to produce a clear sum of one hundred 
 
 a?,;";!;;';:;''.""^^ '-'^"'^"^ P°""^^« P^'- a»°""'. which said capital and the Income to be 
 
 cc-rtain «u.a. derived therefrom shall form a public fund to be called the Common 
 
 School Fund. 
 
 How Biich 
 nion y* sliall be 
 iiivubted. 
 
 Ptock of Public 
 C'oiiipunics. 
 
 Provincifil 
 Debentures 
 
 To what 
 puriKJses only 
 such inuiieys 
 shall be applied. 
 
 n. And be it enacted, That the Capital of the said Fund shall from 
 time to time be invested in the Debentures of any Public Company or 
 Companies m the Province, which may have been incorporated by an 
 Act of the Legislature, for the construction of Works of a public nature, 
 and which said Company or Companies shall have subscribed their 
 whole Capital stock, paid up one-half of such Stock and comnleted one- 
 half of such Work or Works ; or in the Public Debentures of this Pro- 
 vince, for the purpose of creating such Annual Income; which said 
 Fund and the Income thereof shall not be alienated for any other pur- 
 pose whatever, but shall be and remain a perpetual Fund for the sup- 
 port of Common Schools, and the establishment of Township and 
 Parish Libraries. 
 
 Zre.tT.ef "^- ^°^^ ^« '^ «"^cK That the Commissioner of Crown Lands 
 pCI^'o^ ™^«': ^^' ^'^^^tion of the Governor in Council, shall set apart and ap- 
 ^r,„ingu.esaid propriate one million of acres of such Public Lands, in such part or 
 parts of the Province as he may deem expedient, and dispose thereof 
 on such terms and conditions as may by the Governor in Council be 
 approved, and the money arising from the sale thereof shall be invested 
 cbnrts'toTe'tt """'^^PP^'^^ towards creating the said Common School Fund: Provided 
 paid." always, that before any appropriation of the moneys arising from the 
 
 sale of such Lands shall be made, all charges thereon for the manage- 
 ment or sale thereof, together with all Indian annuities charged upon 
 and payable thereout, shall be first paid and satisfied. 
 
 IV. And be it enacted, That so soon as a net Annual Income of fifty 
 thousand pounds shall be realized from the said School Fund, the public 
 grant of money paid out of the Provincial Revenue for Common Schools, , 
 shall for ever cease to be made a charge on such revenue; Provided 
 always, nevertheless, that in the meantime the interest arising from the 
 said School Fund so to be created as aforesaid, shall be annually paid 
 over to the Receiver General, and applied towards the payment of the 
 yearly grant of fifty thousand pounds no^ appropriated for the support 
 of the Commou Schools; Provided fui4er, that after the said annual 
 
 Present Annual 
 Gr.int for School 
 to cease when the 
 sail Fund shall 
 produce jEJO.OUO 
 a-year. 
 
 Proviso. 
 
 In the mean time 
 the income of the 
 said Fund to he 
 epjiiied lowards 
 payina the said 
 Annual Grant. 
 
 Proviso: if the 
 
 Lm: 
 
1 Act to re-unite 
 tlio Government 
 ity of the same, 
 y of the Public 
 ose of creating a 
 of one hundred 
 !ie Income to be 
 d the Common 
 
 ^'und sLall from 
 lie Company or 
 irporatcd by an 
 a public nature, 
 ubscribed their 
 completed one- 
 ires of this Pro- 
 le; which said 
 any other pur- 
 nd for the sup- 
 Township and 
 
 Crown Lands 
 ; apart and ap- 
 n such part or 
 iispose thereof 
 in Council be 
 all be invested 
 ind : Provided 
 sing from the 
 r the manage- 
 jharged upon 
 
 ncome of iifty 
 nd, the public 
 imon Schools, , 
 le; Provided 
 iing from the 
 nnually paid 
 yment of the 
 r the support 
 3 said annual 
 
 GRAMMAR AND COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 67 
 
 sum of fifty thousand pounds shall have been taken off the Consolidated «niJFund pro- 
 Kevenuo, it the mcome ansmg from the said School Fund shall from •f-'f»>'"" '" ""/ 
 any cause whatever fall short of the annual sum of fifty thousand ^'''"'y -'•''''i '-« 
 pounds, then it shall and may be lawiul for the Receiver General of the "'^pore.'"^'' 
 Province, to pay out of the said Consolidated Revenue, such sum or sums 
 of money as may from time to time be required to make up such defi- 
 ciency, the same to be repaid so soon as the said Income of the said 
 School Fund shall exceed the said sum of fifty thousand pounds. 
 
 GRAMMAR AND COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 ACT 18 VIC, CAP. 132. 
 
 An Act to make further provision for the Grammar and Common 
 Schools of Ujiper Canada. 
 
 \Royal Jssent, HOth May, 1855.] 
 
 Whereas it is expedient to make further provision for the pro- Preaiubie, 
 motion of education and the diffusion of useful knowledge in con- 
 nection with the Grammar and Common Schools of Upper Canada; 
 Be it therefore enacted by the Queen's Mosi Excellent Majesty by 
 and with the advice and consent of the Legislative Council and of the 
 Legislative Assembly of the Province of Canada, constituted and assem- 
 bled by virtue of and under the authority of an Act passed in the 
 Parliament of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and 
 intituled. An Act to re-unite the Provinces of Upper and Lotoer 
 Canada, and for the government of Canada, and it is hereby enacted 
 by the authority of the same as follows: 
 
 L The additional grants which have been made or may be made nis osition of 
 during the present session of the Legislature for Grammar and Common ^^SivcGraut. 
 School purposes in Upper Canada, shaU be annually disposed of in the 
 following manner : 
 
 1. A sum not exceeding one thousand pounds per annum, may be Mode. Gr„„„„ar 
 expended unde.>the direction of the Council of Public Instruction, for ^xtni'nnl'ion for 
 the establishment and maintenance of a model Grammar School in ^'"''^^'''i'^- 
 connection with the Normal and Model Schools for Upper Canada 'in- 
 cluding also any expenses which may be incurred in the examination of 
 Candidates for Masterehips of Grammar Schools: 
 
 2. A sum not exceeding two hundred and fifty pounds per annum, inspector, of 
 may be expended in the payment of Inspectors of Grammar Schools, scS" 
 wlio shall be appomtcd, their duties prescribed, and their remuneration 
 
 fixed by the Council of Public Instruction: 
 
 ^lil 
 
 l1l[ 
 
 i.' % i 
 
 fc 1 V^ 
 
58 
 
 \% ' 
 
 X 
 
 Mnp» find Ap- 
 pnraiiiii u> (iriiin' 
 iniir mill Cum- 
 luuu SclluoU. 
 
 Public Libraries 
 
 AMistnnc* in 
 Mnpnnd Apparft' 
 tun DcpObiiories, 
 
 eupcranniiated 
 Teachers. 
 
 Aid 10 Common 
 8cliool8. 
 
 Conte«tnd Elec- 
 tions In Cities, 
 Tdwns, and 
 Vlllage8. 
 
 Proviso : 
 
 Rosponsibillty of 
 
 Rfiurning 
 
 Officer. 
 
 Trovlso; 
 
 Elpctlon 
 expenses. 
 
 Chlfif Superin- 
 tendent to lay 
 Rt'iurns before 
 Parliament. 
 
 GRAMMAR AND COMMON SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 3. A sum not exceeding two tliousand and fivo liiindred pounds per 
 annum, may be expended in providiii..- tlio Grammar and Common 
 Schools in Upper CanadjH with maps and apparatus, upon the same 
 terms and in the same manner as books are or may be provided for 
 Public School Libraries : 
 
 • 4. A sura not exceeding three thousand fivo hundred pounds per 
 annum, may bo expended as lieretofure provided by law, in further 
 aiding in the establishment and extension of Public Libraries in connec- 
 tion with the Grammar and Common Schools in Upper Canada: 
 
 5. A sum not exceeding three hundied and fifty pounds per annum, 
 shall bo allowed for the payment of two assistant clerks and salesmen 
 of the public libiary, map and school apparatus depositories, in con- 
 nexion with the Department of Public Instruction in Upper Canada: 
 
 6. A sum not exceeding five hundred pounds per annum, shall be 
 allowed for the support and maintenance of superannuated Teachers: 
 
 1. The whole of the remainder of the said grants shall be expended 
 
 as further aid to Common Schools in Upper Canada, according to the 
 
 provisions of the Common School Acts of Upper Canada, and of this 
 Act. 
 
 IL Tlie Judge of any County Court shall have authority, within 
 twenty days after the meeting for the election of a Common School 
 Trustee in any City, Town, or incorporated Village of such County, to 
 receive and investigate any complaint respecting the mode of conducting 
 such election, and to confirm it or set it aside, and appoint the time and 
 pLiceofholdinganew election, as he shall judge right and proper; 
 Provided always, that if the returning otlicor at such election shall be 
 clearly convicted before such County Judge of disregarding the require- 
 ments of the law or acting partially in the execution of his'oflice, he 
 shall be fined a sum of not less than five pounds, nor more than twenty- 
 five pounds at the discretion of such County Judge; Provided also, 
 that the expenses of such school election contest shall be paid by the 
 parties concerned in it, as may be decided by the said .County Judge.* 
 III. The Chief Superintendent of Education in Upper Canada shall 
 annually lay before the Legislature, at each sitting thereof, a correct 
 and full account of the disposition and expenditure of all moneys that 
 may come into his hands as such Chief Superintendent. 
 
 *See note § on page 10, ~ " 
 
GRAMMAU SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 ACT 16 VIC, CAP. 180. 
 
 An Act to amend the Law relating to Grammar Schools in Upper 
 Canada. 
 
 [Royal Aiient, Hlh June, 1833.] 
 
 Whereas it is expedient to make further provision for the better Preamble, 
 establishment and maintenance of Grammar Schools in the several 
 Counties and Cities in Upper Canada : Be it therefore enacted by the 
 Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of 
 the Legislative Council and of the Legislative Assembly of the Province 
 of Canada, constituted and assembled by virtue of and under the autho- 
 rity of an Act passed in the Parliament of the United Kingdom of Great 
 Britain and Ireland, and intituled. An Act to re-unite the Provinces of 
 Upper and Lower Canada, and for the Government of Canada, and. 
 it is hereby enacted by the authority of the same, That all moneys cmmmnr 
 arising from the sale of lands set apart, or which may hereafter be sot iioircon-tlfuTed. 
 apart, for the encouragement of Grammar Schools in Upper Canada, 
 and which shall not have been specially granted to or vested in or for 
 the benefit of any particular College, Grammar School, or other Semi- 
 nary or place of Education, or otherwise departed with by the Crown, 
 and all annual giants which have been or may hereafter bo ujade by 
 Parliament, or which may be, or become, otherwise available from any t.cs u'^^hairue"'*" 
 other sources for that purpose, shall form a fund to be called The ""'^°""'' 
 Upper Canada Grammar School Fund, and shall be invested in 
 Government or other securities by the direction of the Governor in 
 Council : and the annual income thereof after the deduction therefrom Annual income 
 of One Hundred Pounds yearly for a Senior Grammar School for each % ^n.u^X'by "' 
 County or Union of Counties of Upper Canada, and certain other -[Jfen^u of'""' 
 sums of money otherwise specially appropriated by this Act. shall be, ^"^''OQ'^- 
 with the said sura of One Hundred Pounds for each such Senior tol"^,!!"'?"""""* 
 Grammar School as aforesaid, annually apportioned to the se\eral """■ =^'='^°°'^ 
 Counties and Unions of Counties in Upper Canada, by the Chief Super- 
 intendent of Schools, according to the ratio of population in each Coun- 
 ty and Union of Counties as compared with the population of Upper 
 Canada ; or, if he shall think it expedient in case of a defective census, 
 he shall, with the approbation of the Goveranr in Council, apportion 
 such moneys according to the best evidence which he can obtain of the 
 H 
 
 |'!l|j 
 
 M 
 
 
 M 
 
 VI 
 
60 
 
 Provlioi 
 
 AVh'^ii ihp Se- 
 nior (irniiiiimr 
 fchuoi i» ill a 
 City. 
 
 Mmilrlpal f'ouii 
 cIIh liny levy 
 
 IIUHCHHilli-rdj (or 
 
 «II|I|IitU|I); 
 
 <ir.'iiiiiiirir 
 School.) ii lid 
 tli"lr iippcncl- 
 
 Bums BO collect 
 el ti) wlioiii to 
 be paid over. 
 
 Notice to bo 
 givi'ii touching 
 the iipponioii- 
 me..t aforL'tiaid. 
 
 Pnyahic half 
 yearly. 
 
 Proviso. 
 
 Apportionment 
 to I'e pxpciided 
 Fololy ill paying 
 Tuaclicrs. 
 
 Certain gubj^c's 
 to be tnuglit in 
 c-ich Grammar 
 Bcbool. 
 
 GRAMMAR SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 relntivo proportions of such population, having respect to an equituhio 
 nf.poitioimient thereof according to tho said ratio or population : Pro- 
 vided always, that when the Senior County Grammar School of any 
 County or Union of Counties is situate within the limits of any City, 
 the sai.l sum of One Hundred Pounds a year shall be paid to sucli 
 School, although the same may continue within tho hmiUofbucU 
 City. 
 
 ■ If. And be it enacted. That it may and shall be lawf'il for the Mu- 
 nicipal Council of each County, City, Township, Town or Incorporated 
 Village from time to time, to levy and collect by assessment such sum 
 or sums as it shall judge expedient, to purchase tho site or sites of, 
 rent, build, repair, furnish, warm and keep in order, a Grammar School 
 House or Grammar School Houses, and its or their appendaga«s 
 grounds and enclosures, for procuring apparatus aud text-books, for 
 providing tho salary of the Teacher or Teachers, and all other necessary 
 expenses of such County Grammar School or Schools ; and all sums so 
 collected shall be paid over to the Treasurer of the County Grammar 
 School for whicli the said assessment was made. 
 
 III. And be it enacted, That the Chief Superintendent of Schools 
 for Upper Canada shall, on or before the first day of Mav in each year, 
 notify each County Council, through the Clerk of the Council, of the 
 annual apportionment of Grammar School moneys to such County, and 
 shidl give notice of tho same to tho Inspector General ; and such 
 moneys shall be payable to the Treasurer of each County entitled to re- 
 ceive it, one half on or befjre the first day of July, and the other half 
 on or before the thirty-first day of December, in each year, in such 
 manner as may be determined by the Governor : Provided always, 
 that the sum or suras raised by local assessment or subscriptions for the' 
 sui)poi t of Grammar Schools shall be payable each year on or before the 
 fourteenth day of December. 
 
 IV. And be it enacted, That the sum or sums of money annually 
 apportioned to each County, as provided in the first section of this Act, 
 
 shall be expended in the payment of the salaries of Teachers, and for 
 BO other purpose. 
 
 V. And be it enacted, That in each County Grammar School pro- 
 vision shall be made for giving instruction, by a Teacher or Teachers of 
 competent ability and good morals, in all the higher branches of a prac- 
 tical English and Commercial Education including the Elements of 
 Natural Philosophy and Mechanics, and also in the Latin and Greek lan- 
 guages and the Mathematics so far as to prepare students for University 
 Cullege or any College niiiiiated to the University of Toronto, according 
 
GRAMMAR SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 61 
 
 to a projrrammo of stiulies and j^oneral rules and regulations to bo pre- 
 scribed by tho Council of Public Instruction for Upper Canada, and 
 approved by the Governor in Council: Provided always, that no Gram- p,oviio. 
 mar Stdiool shall be entilled to rocoivo any part of tho Grammar School 
 Fund, which shall not be conducted according to such programme, 
 rules, and regulations, " 
 
 VI. And be it enacted, That the Council for Public Instruction for o ..nciiof 
 Upper Canada, (of which the President of University College and the !o'i"irc!'Si°" 
 President or other Head of each of the Colleges in Upper Canada ^pfClmme 
 affiliated to tho University of Toronto, shall be Members for the purposes °''""'J"='- 
 
 of this Act,) shall prepare and prescribe a list of text-books, programme 
 ofstudies, and general rules and regulations for the organization and 
 government of the County Grammar Schools, to be a])pro\ed by the 
 Governor in Council. 
 
 VII. And be it enacted, That it shall be the duty of tho Chief nmie. of oie 
 Superintendent of Schools to make annually to the Governor, on or plSrintonru-nt 
 before the first day of July, a report of the actual stale of the Grammar orllZrScLu, 
 Schools m Upper Canada, shewing tho amount of moneys expended 
 
 in connection with each, and from what sources derived, with such 
 suggestions for their improvement as he shall deem useful and expedient ; 
 —to SCO that the County Grammar School Fund apportioned by him, 
 is, in all cases, applied to the purposes hereinbefore prescribed, and that 
 each County Grammar School is conducted according to the rules and 
 regulations provided according to law ; and to prepare suitable forms, 
 and to give such instructions as he shall judge necessary and proper 
 for making all reports and conducting all proceedings under this Act, 
 and to cause the same, with a sufficient num ler of copies of this Act, 
 and such general rules and reg-jljitions as shaJl be approved of, as 
 aforesaid, for the better organization and government of Giam'mar 
 Schools, to be printed in a convenient form, and transmitted to the 
 parties required to execute the provisions of this Act 
 
 VIII. And be it enacted. That the Trustees of tho several Grammar rro.rnt Trustee. 
 Schools in Upper Canada, appointed before this Act shall come into ;nl"!,n,'!i"n,hn 
 torce, shall continue and be ex-officio Trusiees of the respective Schools "t''''m'oi'"cdana 
 for which they shall have been appointed, and shall continue to dis- "'^"'"^ 
 charge their duties as such until the appointment and organization of 
 
 new Boards of Trustees for their respective Schools as herein provided. 
 
 IX. And be it enacted, That the several Grammar School Trustees Appointment 
 for each County and Union of Counties in Upper Canada, shall meet of TrLV"'""'^ 
 together on the first Wednesday in January, next after the passing of "'"^' 
 this Act, and select from amongst themselves three Trustees, (ono of 
 
 ■||! 
 
 
 fM 
 
 1 kA-A 
 
 %4 
 
 
 
62 
 
 GRAMMAR SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 i IM 
 
 Qucriiiti. 
 
 I'oiircinctit of 
 AitiiubuM, 
 
 CouiiCil. 
 
 Vnrnn-lojhow 
 to Lit: lilleU up, 
 
 whom shall retire annually from the said Board, on the thirty-first day 
 of January in each year,) for each of the Grammar Schools within such 
 County or Union of Counties, who with thn-o other Trustees for each 
 such School, to bo cho.«cn as hereinafter i)rovi<Ica by the Municipal 
 Coiineil of the Coutity or Union of Counties, shall compose the Board 
 of 'i'lUHtees (oonsi.stint,r of six motnbors, throe of whom shall constitute 
 n quorumj for each such Granunar School, and the order in which the 
 persons so selected by the said Trustees shall retire from the said Board 
 shall bo decided by lot: And the several County Municipalities in 
 U|)per Canada, at their first sittings to bo hold after the said first day 
 
 it,'r'ir:"'. °'"^"'^"""^''y"^^^ ""'^ appoint three fit and proper persons, 
 
 ^.y^^..•^ou.^y one of whom shall also retire annually from the said Board on the 
 thirty-first day of January in each year, to be Trustees for each of the 
 Grammar Schools within their Counties or Union of Counties, and shall 
 also decide the order in which the said persons so chosen, and all 
 persons to bo chosen by them as Trustees, shall retire from the said 
 Board: And the vacancies occasioned by the retirement of tho.8aid two 
 Tiustoes aiuiually, as also any occasional vacancy in the said Board, 
 shall bo filled up by such County Municipality, provided that the per- 
 son appointed to fill such occasional vacancy shall hold office only for 
 the unexpii'ed part of the term for which the person whose place shall 
 have become vacant was appointed to servo, and the places of the two 
 persons who shall retire from Office annually (but may be re-elected) 
 shall be fil!.;d up by the County Municipality at its first meeting to bo 
 held after the first day of January in each year, although tho year 
 within which such two Trustees shall retire may not then have wholly 
 expired. 
 
 X. And be it enacted. That it may and shall be lawful for the 
 Municipal Council of each County or Union of Counties hereafter to 
 bo formed or set apart in Upper Canada, to appoint not less than six or 
 nioie than eight fit and proper persons (three of whom shall be a 
 quorum for the transaction of business) as a Board of Trustees for each 
 Grammar School in such County or Union of Counties: Provided al- 
 ways, that two of the persons thus appointed (to be determined by 
 such Council) shall retire from office annually on the thirty-first day of 
 January in each year, (but may be re-appointed) and their places, as 
 also any occasional vacancy, shall be filled up by such Councils: Pro- 
 vided also, that the person appointed to fill such vacancy shall hold 
 office only for the unexpired part of the term for which the person 
 whose place shall have become vacant, was appointed to serve : Provided 
 likewise that such Municipal Counoiis ghail . appoint such Trustees at 
 their first or other meeting after tho Municipal Elections in each year, 
 
 norrlofTriistrcs 
 to lr(! iippoi.lerl 
 for c.'ic 1 (;rniii- 
 iin- School litro- 
 .iltcr Id to 
 foiiiicJ, 
 
 Proviso. 
 
 Provlio. 
 
 SUlL 
 
GRAMMAR SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 although the time may not then have expired for tho retiring of the 
 two TrusteoH who are to go out annually, and all Trustees under this 
 Act «hnll hold their ofHcoa until their successors shall bo appointed as 
 herein provided. 
 
 XI. And be it enacted, That the Board of Trustees of each County 
 Grammar School shall be and is hereby declared to bo a Corporation, 
 and to have and possess all the poweiB which are usiuilly enjoyed by 
 Corporations so far as the same are necessary for carrying out the pur- 
 poses of this Act; they shall meet at or near the place where each such 
 School is held, on the first Wednesday in February in each and every 
 year, and it shall be the duty of such Trust'^es : 
 
 First. To appoint annually, or oftener, from amongst themselvec. a 
 Chairman, Secretary and Treasurer, and to fix the times and places of 
 their meetings, the mode of calling and conducting such meetings, and 
 of keeping a full and correct account of their proceedings. 
 
 Secondl!/. To take the charge of the County Grammar School for 
 which they are appointed Trustees, and the buildings and lands apper- 
 taining to it ; to rera^ if thoy see fit and in case of vacancies to appoint 
 the Master or other Teacher or Teachers in such School, to fix their sa- 
 laries and prescribe their duties ; to appoint such other officers or ser- 
 vants in such Schools as they may judge expedient, and fix their remu- 
 neration ; to do whatever may be expedient with regard to erectin.r 
 repairing, warming, furnishing or keeping in order, the building or 
 buildings of such School and its appendages, lands and enclosures, and 
 to apply (if necessary) for the requisite sum or sums to be raised by Mu- 
 nicipal authority for such purpose or purposes : Provided always, that 
 no person (except a Graduate of some University or Univereity Col- 
 lege,) shall hereafter be appointed Master of a Grammar School unless 
 he shall have previously obtained a Certificate of qualification from a 
 Committee of Examiners (one of whom shall be the Head Master of 
 the Normal School,) appointed by the Council of Public Instruction. 
 
 Thirdly. To settle the amount to be paid by parents and guardians 
 for each pupil attending such School, and to fix the time or times of 
 payment, and to apply the moneys received therefor as they shall judge 
 expedient towards making up the salaries of Teachers, providing the 
 proper apparatus, maps, text books and registers, and for any other ne- 
 cessary expenses of such School ; and they shall have authority to sue 
 for and recover such amounts, and when collected the same shall be 
 paid over to the Treasurer of the said Board of Ti'ustaea. 
 
 Fourthly. To employ such means as they may judge expedient, in 
 
 «8 
 
 nonrdofTruilow 
 liicorporatai. 
 
 DutloKOfiuch 
 
 Appointing 
 Udicura. 
 
 Tnklng chargp of 
 ^-'choolii npiioint- 
 inu'J'eacliurii&e. 
 
 Taking care of 
 Uuildiiig, jcc. 
 
 ApplylnRtotho 
 Municipality for 
 funds. 
 
 Trovigi: Mnstere 
 to hcexniniiii'd, 
 unletia Uraauate* 
 
 Cnuiing Rate 
 Billi to be levied. 
 
 
 I) 
 
 Uniting witb 
 
64 
 
 GRAMMAR SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 CommonSchco!« concurrence with the Trustees of the School Section or tlie Board of 
 Comraon Scliool Trustees in the Township, Village, Town, or City in 
 which such Grammar School may be situate, for uniting one or more 
 of the Common Schools of such Township, Village, Town, or City, or 
 
 Proviso, departments of them, with such Grammar School : Provided always, 
 
 that no such union shall take place without anple provision being 
 made for giving instruction to the pupils in the elementary English 
 branches, by a duly qualified English Teacher or Teachers; And pro- 
 
 t^te°unZ'm!M,- ^'''^*^*^ ^'®''' ^^^^^ ^^^® Scliools thus uuitcd shall be under the management 
 
 BomU.'''' °* ■'°"'' ^'^ ^^® '^'^'"'^ ^'^''^''^^ °^ Grammar and Common School Trustees, who 
 shall have the powera of the Trustees of both the Comraon and Gram- 
 mar Schools; but when the Trustees of the Common School shall 
 exceed six in number, then they shall reduce their number to six in the 
 Joint Board.* 
 
 Books, Examina- 
 tions, &c. 
 
 Giving orders 
 for iiioiiey on 
 Vie County 
 Treasurer. 
 
 Rpporting 
 yearly lo Chief 
 tJuperintendent. 
 
 Names by 
 •wliicii Gram- 
 mar Schools 
 ehall be desig- 
 cated. 
 
 Which shall be 
 the !<enior 
 (jriiinninr 
 School of any 
 County. 
 
 'Fifthly. To see that the pupils of such Grammar Scho6l are sup- 
 plied with proper text-books; that public half yearly examinations of 
 the pupils are held, and due notice given of them ; and that such School 
 is conducted in accordance with the regulations which shall be provided 
 according to law, )lM% 
 
 Sixthly. To give the necessary orders upon the County Treasurer 
 for the amount of public money to which such School is entitled, and 
 upon their own Treasurer for any moneys in his hands for the payment 
 of the salaries ot the oflBcers of such school and of any necessary ex- 
 penses; to prepare and transmit, before the fifteenth day of January, to 
 the Chief Superintendent of Schools, an annual report, which shall con- 
 tain a full and accurate account of all matters appertaining to such 
 School, in accordance with a form of report which shall be provided 
 according to law. 
 
 XII. And be it enacted, That each County Grammar School shall 
 be distinguished by prefixing to the term "County," the name of the 
 City, Town or Village within the limits of which it may be situate; 
 and that the Trustees of all such Grammar Schools shall severally use 
 such distinguished titles as their corporate name. 
 
 XIII. And be it enacted, That the Grammar School of the County 
 or Union of Counties, situate at the County Town of every County 
 or Union of Counties, in Upper Canada, shall be th« Senior County 
 
 ♦The powers of the Joint-Board include the levying of propertv-rntcs, and apnilcalion to llie 
 Municipal Council for whaiever sums they may require ; see the seviral cl'i uses of the 24th 
 sectiiin of (lie School Act of 18oli! and the Ut section iff tl)e Supi/lenientary Act. 'J'he union 
 o' ihe Boards implies a h;irnionioug sysieni and gradation of schools.— tho Common .-chool 
 depariinent leaching the elementary hranche?-. an'! being open !q all without ei.T.niu.itinn: the 
 •Grammar School department teaching the higher branclicsr with tiie clnssTcsatid matiieinatic«i 
 and lieing the prize for those Common School pupils, and others, whose literary quallficationi 
 enable them to pan the required examination. 
 
 I r'l 
 
GRAMMAR SCHOOL ACT. g5 
 
 Grammar School of such County or Union of Counties, and if the 
 Courts of A&size and Nisi Prius for any of such Counties or Union of 
 Counties are usually held in a City, such City for the purposes of this 
 Section shall be considered a County Town. 
 
 XIV. And be it enacted, That from and after the time when this county iwunici- 
 Act shall come into force, the several County Municipalities shall have '^.'ii'h^dlirj- '"" 
 power and authority to establish additional Grammar Schools within Scl'is ',"r. 
 their limits, and to appoint Trustees therefor according to the tenth o^n'^e^S ^^l 
 Section of this Act; but no new Grammar School shall be established '"°"'- 
 until the state of the Grammar School Fund shall permit the applica- 
 ^on of a sura equal at the least to Fifty Pounds annually to such new 
 School, after paying to each Senior County Grammar School the Sura 
 of One Hundred Pounds annually, and to all other Grammar Schools 
 within such CouPly, an amount which on the average would equal at 
 least the annual sum of Fifty Pounds to each of such Schools; Pro- p,„,i,„. ,, ^^ 
 vided always, that the aura or sums of money apportioned out of the '''"'"'^'"^^^^^ 
 Grammar School Fund to each County, shall be distributed amono-st r'S'f:^ 
 the several Grammar Schools of such County within the restricm^ns «=;" 
 imposed by this Act under such rules and regulations as may from 
 time to time be made by the Council of Public Instruction for Upper 
 Canada, and approved by the Governor in Council. 
 
 XV. And be it enacted. That the Grammar Schools at present es- Where Grom- 
 tabhshed, or which may be established at the time this Act comes ^^"ZlTZ 
 into force, shall be continued at the places where they are respectively '""' 
 held ; but the Board of Trustees of each of the said Schools may change Change of «te. 
 the place of holding such Scbool by a resolution to be passed for that 
 purpose and approved by the Governor in Council: But the place of 
 holding any Grammar School to be established after this Act comes ?cS'e.t.fr. 
 into force, may be changed by the County Council of the County with- A«'rL'for«. 
 m which it is established. ° 
 
 XVI. And whereas it is desirable, at Seminaries and places of edu- Eecitai, 
 cation, to direct attention to natural phenomena, and to encourage habits 
 of observation; And whereas a better knowledge of the climate and 
 meteorology of Canada will be serviceable to agricultural and other 
 pui-suits, and will be of value to scientific inquirers: Be it therefore Mnmcr.ofse- 
 eiiacted That it shall be part of the duty of the Master of every Senior ^0^171^^ 
 County Grammar School, to make the requisite observations for keep- jiXi?"""' 
 mg, and to keep, a Meteorological Journal, embracing such observations ; 
 and kept according to such form as shall, from time to time, be directed 
 by the Council of Public Instruction ; and all such Journals, or Abstracts 
 
 or them, shall be presented annually by the Chief Superintendent of .TyV4f''"up."-'^ 
 ochools, to the Governor, with his Annual Renort • intendent lo th« 
 
 i Governor. 
 
 r 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 I; 
 
 
 j» 
 
 
 1 i 
 
 i 
 
 
 1 
 
 '^1 
 
 
 ? 
 
 
 1 , 
 
 1 
 
 I ■ 
 
 ' '1 
 
 1 ^s 
 
66 
 
 GRAMMAR SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 iiii 
 
 Ornmmnr ichool 
 to be supptteU 
 with ci'riain 
 iujiUuments. 
 
 The Inrtru- 
 menu. 
 
 Chief Superin- 
 tendent to pro' 
 vi.le Inslru- 
 incnts at. 'he re- 
 qiieNt nnd cost 
 of the Muiiici- 
 paliiy. 
 
 Act* of U. C. 47 
 G, 3, c. 6. 
 
 48 6. 3. c. 10. 
 
 S9 G. 3. c. 4. 
 
 7 W. 4 c. 1C6. 
 
 And of Canada, 
 4 dt 5 V. c 19. 
 
 Every Senior County Grammar School shall, on or before the last 
 day of November, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-four, be pro- 
 T^ided, at the expense of the County Municipality, with the following 
 Instruments : 
 
 One Barometer: 
 
 One Thermometer for the temperature of the air: 
 
 One Daniel's Hygrometer, or other Instrument for showing the Dew 
 Point ; 
 
 One Rain-Guage and Measure: 
 
 One Wind- Vane. 
 
 And it shall be the duty of the Chief Superintendent of Schools to 
 procure these Instruments, at the request and expense of the Municipal 
 Cbuncil of any County, and to furnish the Master of any Senior 
 Cf unty Grammar School with a book for registering observations, 
 and with forms for abstract'^ thereof, to be transmitted to the Chief 
 Superintendent by such Master, who shall certify that the observations 
 required have been made with due care and regulaiity. 
 
 XVII. And be it enacted. That the Act of the Parliament of Upper 
 Canada, psissed in the forty-seventh year of the reign of King George 
 the Third, and intituled, An Act to establish Public Schools in rach 
 and every District of this Province, and the Act of the said Parlia- 
 ment, passed in the forty-eighth year of the same reign, and intituled 
 An Act to amend an Act passed in the forty-seventh year of His 
 Majesty^s Reign, intituled, * An Act to establish Public Schools in 
 each and every District of this Province J and the Act of the said 
 Parliament, passed in the second session held in the fifty-ninth year of 
 the same Reign and entituled. An Act to repeal part of and to amend 
 the Laws now in force for establishing Public Schools in the several 
 Districts of this Province, and to extend the provisions of the same, 
 and the Act of the said Parliament, passed in the seventh year of the 
 Reign of King William the Fourth, and intituled An Act to repeal 
 part of an Act passed in the fifty-ninth year of the Reign of His 
 late Majesty King George the Third, intituled ' An Act to repeal 
 part of and to amend the Laws now in force for establishing Public 
 Schools in the several Districts of the Province,^ and to establish the 
 Public School for the London District, in the Town of London, 
 and the Act of the Parliament of this Province, passed in the Session held 
 in the fourth and fifth year of Her Majesty's Reign, and intituled. An Act 
 to make temporary provisions for the appropriation of the Funds de- 
 rived from the Sale of School Lands in that part of the Province for- 
 merly Upper Canada, and for other pttr'^oses^ and the Act of thfi Parlia- 
 ment of this Province, passed in the ninth year of Her Majesty's Reign, 
 
 ilLij^ 
 
GRAMMAR SCHOOL ACT. 
 
 67 
 
 p bef'^re the last 
 ifty-four, be pro- 
 li the following 
 
 bowing the Dew 
 
 nt of Schools to 
 of the Municipal 
 of any Senior 
 ng observations, 
 d to the Chief 
 the observations 
 
 lament of Upper 
 of King George 
 Schools in each 
 
 the Paid Parlia- 
 ^n, and intituled 
 ith year of His 
 ublic Schools in 
 
 Act of the said 
 ["ty-ninth year of 
 i/ and to amend 
 Is in the several 
 ■)ns of the same, 
 jnth year of the 
 >i Act to repeal 
 3 JReign of His 
 n Act to repeal 
 iblishing Public 
 
 to establish the 
 wn of London, 
 the Session held 
 itituled, An Act 
 fthe Funds de- 
 le Province for- 
 LCtof thfi Pailia- 
 Majesty's Reign, 
 
 t. !il. 
 
 and intituled, An Act to amend the Act therein mentioned, relating tooy,cm 
 
 the appropriation of moneys derived from the Sale of School Lands 
 
 in Upper Canada, and the Act of the Parliament of this Province 
 
 passed in the Session held in the thirteenth and fourteenth years of 
 
 Her Majesty's Reign and intituled. An Act to provide for the payment ^^^^ ^ 
 
 of a sum of money therein mentioned for the use and support of three 
 
 additional Grammar Schools in the County of York, for the year 
 
 one thousand eight and forty-nine, and the Act of the Parhament of 
 
 this Province, passed in the Session held in the fourteenth and fifteenth i, & ,5 v c 105 
 
 years of Her Majesty's Reign and entituled, An Act to repeal the pro- "n'onl'Sm'"""' 
 
 vision limiting the distance between the County Town and any addi- JJ'f «h&, 
 
 tional Grammar School in the same County, in Upper Canada, and ''''"^'''" 
 
 all other laws and statutes relating to the Grammar Schools, or Gram- 
 
 mar School moneys in Upper Canada, so far as they are contrary to the 
 
 provisions of this Act, shall be and the same are hereby repealed from 
 
 and after the day this Act shall come into force; Provided always, that p,ovi^ 
 
 all appomtraenta of Trustees, Masters or Teachers of Grammar Schools 
 
 shall contmue in force, as if made under the authority of this Act, until 
 
 revoked or changed according to the provisions of the same. 
 
 XVIII. And be it enacted, That this Act shall have force and effect c 
 upon, from and after the fii-st day of January, one thousand eight hun- of aS!"""""" 
 dred and fifty-four, and not before. 
 
 GRAMMAR SCHOOL SITES ACT. 
 
 ^Cr 9 VIC. CAP. 17. 
 
 An Act to provide for vesting in Trustees the Sites of Schools in that 
 part of this Province called Upper Canada. 
 
 Whereas difficulties have been experienced by persons interested in 
 Schoo 8 m that part of this Province called Upper Canada, in securing P'^^-nWe. 
 the titles to real property, for the use of such Schools, for want of a 
 corporate capacity to lake and hold the same in perpetual succession; 
 and whereas it is expedient and proper to provide relief in such cases • 
 Be It therefore enacted, &c., That it shall and may be lawful for any 
 number of pei-sons, residing in that part of this Province called Upper 
 Canada, who may be interested in any School established or to be 
 ^tabhshed in any Town or Township therein, whether as Parents of ^r*"'« """«'" 
 Children frequenting such Schools, or as contributors to the same or '" ^Vf^^' '^^''' 
 both, when, and as oft^n as they may have occasion or be desirous to '"^'-o'S^V^--' 
 take a conveyance of real property for the use of such Schools, to elect "'"""^''"" 
 
 .itifi 
 
 \i\\ 
 
 t 1' 
 
 
 
 
 ,, ,1 
 
 r ! 
 
68 
 
 SCHOOL SITES ACT. 
 
 m 
 
 from among themselves, and to appoint any number of Trustees, not 
 exceeding seven nor less than five, to whom and to whose successors, to 
 be appointed in such manner as shall be specified in the Deed of Con- 
 veyance, the real property requisite for such School may be conveyed ; 
 Soch Trustees to ^^^^ such Trustees, and their successors in perpetual succession by the 
 porate"pOTver?°'' ^^^^ expressed in such Deed, shall be capable of taking, holding, and 
 possessing such real property, and of commencing and maintaining any 
 action or actions at law or in equity for the protection thereof, and of 
 their right thereto : Provided always, that there shall not be held in 
 trust as aforesaid more than ten acres of land at any one time for any 
 one School ; Provided also, that nothing in this Act contained shall be 
 construed to extend to Common Schools. 
 
 Proviso. 
 
 Deed to be regis- ^^' -^^^ ^® ^^ ei^^cted. That such Trustees sliall, within twelve 
 tered. calendar months after the execution of such Deed, cause the same to 
 
 be registered in the Office of the Register of the County in which the 
 
 land lies. 
 
 freamble. 
 
 SCHOOL SITES ACT. 
 
 ACT 18 VIC, CAP. 121. 
 
 An Act to provide means for the sale of lands held for the purposes 
 of public Educational Institutions in Upper Canada, when 
 such lands cannot be conveniently used for such purposes. 
 
 [Royal Aiient, lOtA May, 1855.] 
 
 Whereas, it hath happened, and may happen, that lands have been, 
 or may hereafter be, surrendered, granted, devised, or otherwise con- 
 veyed to the Crown, or to the Trustees of any District or County 
 Grammar School, or to some other party, in tmst, for the purposes of, 
 or as a site for any such Grammar School, or of any other Educational 
 Institution, established in some County or place, and for the benefit of 
 the inhabitants thereof generally, — and that such lands may be found 
 not to afford the most advantageous site for such School or Institution, 
 or there may be no School or Institution bearing the precise designation 
 mentioned in the deed of surrender, grant, devise, or other conveyance, 
 or that it may be for the benefit of such School or Institution, that such 
 lands be disposed of, and others acquired in their stead for the same 
 purpose, or the proceeds of the sale applied thereto: Be it therefore 
 enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the advice 
 and consent of the Legislative Council and of the Legislative Assembly 
 
SCHOOL SlUfS ACT. 09 
 
 of the Province of Canada, constituted and assembled by virtue of and 
 under the authority of an Act passed in the Parliament of the United 
 Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and intituled, An Act to re-mite 
 the Provinces of Upper and Lower Canada, and for tl>^ Oovernment " 
 of Canada, and it is hereby enacted by the authority of the same, as 
 follows: 
 
 I. That in any of the cases mentioned in the Preamble of this Act, Land, held in 
 It shall be lawful for the Trustees of any Grammar School or Institu- Si'ucSionni 
 tion or other party in whom any lands shall be vested in trust as ^^['Sj'n^enienHy 
 therein mentioned, with the consent of the Municipal Council of the S^p'ole may 'bS 
 Municipality in which such School or Institution is or is to bo ^"rowrf '^^d'°so'w 
 established, to sun-ender and convey such lands to the Crown uncon- tpJiiioThr'" 
 ditionally; and any lands so surrendered, as well as any lands which C'*''°^°'''" 
 have been or may hereafter be surrendered, granted, devised or other- 
 wise conveyed to the Crown for any such purpose as aforesaid, may be 
 sold by order of the Governor in Council, and the proceeds applied to 
 the purchase of other lands to be vested in the Crown for the purposes 
 of the same School or Institution, or in the case of there being no 
 School bearing the precise designation intended as aforesaid by the 
 party from whom the lands so sold came to the Crown, then for the 
 purposes of the Grammar School or other Public Educational Institu- 
 tion established for the benefit of the Inhabitants of the Municipality 
 generally, which shall, in the opinion of the Governor in Council come 
 nearest in its purposes and designs to that intended by such party as 
 aforesaid ; and if such proceeds are apphed to the purchase of Lands ' 
 for Grammar School purposes, the title to such Lands may be vested 
 m the Board of Trustees for any Grammar School, by their Corporate 
 name: and if there be any surplus of such proceeds after such pur- ifherebea ^ 
 chase, or if it be found that no lands are required as a site for or for ffllanT" 
 other purposes of such School or Institution, then such surplus or pro- "''"'"^" 
 ceeds, (as the case may be) may be invested or applied for the pur- 
 poses of such School or Institution in such manner as the Governor in 
 Council shall deem most for the advantage thereof. 
 
 II. It shall not be necessary that any such surrender, grant, devise surrender &c 
 or other conveyance to the Crown as aforesaid, be formally accepted Jf '1*^ ^''°''^° " 
 by the Crown or by the Governor or other officer or person for the "°^"na''y 
 Crown, but the same shaU be valid, and shall vest the lands absolutely °"*"'"^" 
 in the Crown, without such acceptance; and a certificate under the 
 hand of the Head of the Municipality, and the corporate Seal thereof, 
 that the Muncipal Council hath, by a maiority of its Members pr-^sent 
 at any legal meeting thereof, consented to any surrender for' which 
 
 ■. s 
 
 I 
 
 I I 
 
 i'li 
 
 i] 
 
 ill!' 
 
 f,i 
 
 i 4i>1'i| 
 
'^^ king's college charter. 
 
 such consent is necessary under this Act, shall be sufficient evidence of 
 such consent. 
 
 j'urci.n.er not ^^^' ^^ purchaser of land from the Crown under this Act shall be 
 
 ..ourni 10 see to in any way bound to see to the application of the purchase money by 
 him paid, to the purpose to which it is to be applied. 
 
 Rif-'iiw of private ^^- Nothing in this Act bhall be construed to impair the rights of 
 S^"°^ ^^7 private paily in or upon any lands, in so far as such rights would 
 have existed and could be exercised without this Act. 
 
 V. It shall be lawful for the Crown to grant to the Trustees of any 
 Grammar School or of any other Public Educational Institution estab- 
 lished for the benefit of the Inhabitants of the Municipality, generally, 
 any lanas which have been or may hereafter be sun-endered, granted, 
 devised or otherwise conveyed to the Crown as aforesaid. 
 
 VI. This Act shall apply only to Lands and Educational Institu- 
 tions in Upper Canada. 
 
 ' » 
 
 may txj granted 
 to 'I'rustops of 
 lirnmniar 
 Schuoig, tte. 
 
 Cxteutof Act. 
 
 KING'S COLLEGE CHARTER. 
 
 A CT 7th WILLIAM IV^ CAP. XVL 
 
 Preamble. 
 
 (See -r Vit. 
 1 Imp. 10 S(at- 
 
 An Act to amend the Charter of the University of Icing's College. 
 
 [PoMcd 4(A AfareA, 1837.] 
 
 Whereas His late Majesty King George the Fourth, was graciously 
 pleased to issue His Letters Patent, bearing date at Westminster 
 
 .^ „.„.. the fifteenth day of March, in the eighth year of His reign, in the 
 
 4^5"^^! eft. '^^'■'^^ following:—" George the Fourth, by the Grace of God, of the 
 i». i«« 3 4r t.; United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, King, Defender of the 
 Faith, and so forth : To all to whom these Presents shall come — Greet- 
 ing: Whereas the establishment of a College within our Province of 
 <-h«f.erofKin!;'« ^PP®*" ^^"^<^^ ^"^ ^^rth America, for the education of youth in the 
 foiiegc. recited, principles of the Christian religion, and for their instruction in the 
 various branches of science and literature which are taught in our 
 Universities in this Kingdom, would greatly conduce to the welfare of 
 our said Province: And whereas humble application hath been made 
 to us by many of our loving subjects in our said Province, that we 
 would be pleased to grant our Royal Charter for the more perfect 
 establishment of a College therein, and for incorporating th(i membere 
 thereof, for the purposes aforesaid : Now know ye, that tvc having 
 taken the premises into our Royal considerstion, ar.d duly weighing 
 
king's college CnARTER. 
 
 Bnt evidence of 
 
 71 
 
 the great utility and importance of such an Institution, have, of our 
 special grace, certain knowledge, and mere motion, ordained and 
 granted, and do by these Presents, for Us, our Heirs and Successors, chnrter ofKin. 
 ordam and grant, that there shall be established, at or near our Town *^*'"«b«« '^^^ 
 of York, in our said Province of Upper Canada, from this time, one 
 College, with the style and privileges of an University, as hereinafter 
 directed, for the educatien and instruction of youth and students in arts 
 and faculties, to continue for ever, to be called ' King's College :' And 
 we do hereby declare and grant, that our trusty and weU-beloved, the 
 Right Reverend Father in God, Charles James, Bishop of the Diocese 
 of Quebec, or the Bishop for the time being of the Diocese in which 
 the said Town of York may bo situate, on any future division or altera- 
 tion of the said present Diocese of Quebec, shall, for us, and on our 
 behalf, be Visitor of the said College; and that our trusty and well- 
 beloved Sir Peregrine Maitland, our Lieutenant-Governor, of our said 
 Province, or the Governor, Lieutenant-Governor, or Pereon Administer- 
 ing the Government of our said Province, for the time being, shall be 
 the ChanceUor of our said College: And we do hereby declare, ordain 
 and grants that there shall at all times be one President of our said 
 College, who shall be a clergyman in holy orders, of the United Church 
 of England and Ireland, and that there shall be such and so many Pro- 
 fessors in diflferent arts and faculties within our said College, as from 
 time to time shall be deemed necessary or expedient, and as shall be 
 appointed by us or by the Chancellor of our said College, in our behalf 
 and during our pleasure : And we do hereby grant and ordain, that the 
 Reverend John Strachan, Doctor ic Divinity, Archdeacon of York in 
 our said Province of Upper Canada, shall be the first President of our 
 said College; and the Archdeacon of York, in our said Province, for 
 the time being, shall by virtue of such his office, be at all times the 
 President of the said College: And we do hereby for Us, our Heirs 
 and Successors, will, ordain and grant, that the said Chancellor and 
 President, and the said Professors of our said College, and all persons 
 who shall be duly matriculated into and admitted as Scholars of our 
 said College, and their successors, for ever, shall be one distinct and 
 separate body politic and corporate, in deed and in name, by the name 
 and style of ' The Chancellor, President, and Scholars of King's Col- 
 lege, at York, in the Province of Upper Canada,' and that by the same 
 name they shall have perpetual succession, and a common seal, and 
 that they and their successors shall, from time to time, have full power 
 to alter, renew or change such common seal, at their will and pleasure 
 and as shall be found convenient; and that by the same name thev thfl 
 said Ohanceiior, President and Scholars, and their successors, from'time 
 
 m 
 
 ■ll'H 
 
 ■Mi 
 
 
 ■ h'* 
 
 i' f 
 
72 
 
 Charter of Kln| 
 College, rucita. 
 
 king's college charter. 
 
 to time, and at all times hereafter, shall bo able and capable to have, 
 take, receive, purchase, acquire, hold, possess, enjoy and maintain, to 
 and for the use of the said College, any messuages, lands, tenements 
 and hereditaments, of what kind, nature, or quality soever, situate and 
 bemg within our said Province of Upper Canada, so as the same do 
 not exceed m yearly value the sum of fifteen thousand pounds sterling, 
 above all charges; and moreover to take, purchase, acquire, have, hold, 
 enjoy, receive, possess and retain, all or any goods, chattels, charitable, 
 or other contributions, gifts or benefactions whatsoever: And we do 
 hereby declare and grant that the said Chancellor, President and 
 Scholars, and their successors, by the same name, shall and may be 
 able and capable in law, to sue and be sued, implead and be impleaded, 
 answer and be answered, in all or any Court or Courts of Record 
 within our United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and our 
 said Province of Upper Canada, and other our dominions, in all and 
 singular actions, causes, pleas, suits, mattera, and demands whatsoever, 
 of what nature or kind soever, in as large, ample and beneficial a man- 
 ner and form as other body politic and corporate, or any other our liege 
 subjecU, being persons able and capable in law, may or can sue, implead 
 or answer, or be sued, impleaded or answere<l, in any manner whatso- 
 ever: And we do hereby declare, ordain and grant, that there shaU be 
 withm our said College or Corporation a Council, to be caUed and 
 known by the name of ' The College Council,' and we do wiU and 
 ordain, that the said CouncU shall cousist of the ChanceUor and Presi- 
 dent, for the time being, and of seven of the Professors in arts and 
 faculties, of our said College, and that such seven Professors shall be 
 membei^ of the Established United Church of England and Ireland, 
 and shall previously to their admission into the said College Council 
 severally sign and subscribe the Thirty-nine Articles of Religion, as 
 declared and set forth in the Book of Common Prayer; and in ca.3 at 
 any time there should not be within our said College seven Professor 
 of arts and faculties, being members of the Established Church, afore- 
 said, then our will and pleasure is, and we do hereby grant and ordain, 
 tiiat the said College Council shall be filled up to the requisite number of 
 seven, exclusive of the Chancellor and President, for the time being, by 
 such pem)ns, being Graduates of our said College, and being members 
 of the Established Church, aforesaid, as shall for that purpose be 
 appointed by the Chancellor, for the time being, of our said College, 
 and which members of Council shaU in like manner subscribe tlie 
 Thirty-nine Articles, aforesaid, previously to their admission into tlie 
 said College Council: And whereas it is neceasavy to make provision 
 for the completion and filling up of the said Counf^i!, at the fii-=^ insti- 
 
KING S COLLEGE CHARTER. 
 
 73 
 
 apable to have, 
 I maintain, to 
 ids, tenements 
 ^er, situate and 
 18 the same do 
 ounds sterling, 
 ire, have, hold, 
 els, charitable, 
 : And we do 
 President and 
 U and may be 
 be impleaded, 
 rta of Record 
 land, and our 
 }ns, in all and 
 B whatsoever, 
 eficial a man- 
 •ther our liege 
 t sue, implead 
 inner whatso- 
 there shall be 
 be called and 
 
 do will and 
 ir and Presi- 
 
 in arts and 
 ssors shall be 
 and Ireland, 
 lege Council, 
 
 Religion, as 
 nd in cas 5 at 
 m Professors 
 hurch, afore- 
 t and ordain, 
 ite number of 
 ne being, by 
 Eg members 
 
 purpose be 
 aid College, 
 ubscribe the 
 lion into the 
 je provision 
 
 tution of our said College, and previously to the appointment of any 
 Professors or the conferring any degrees therein : Now we do further 
 ordain and declare, that the Chancellor of our said College, for the ciwrterof kim'« 
 time being, shall, upon or immediately after the first institution thereof, ^*"'^' "^' 
 by warrant under his hand, nominate and appoint seven discreet and 
 proper persons, resident within our said Province of Upper Canada, to 
 constitute, jointly with him the said Chancellor and the President of 
 our said College, for the time being, the first or original Council of our 
 said College, which first or original members of the said Council shall 
 in like manner respectively subscrib« the Thirty-nine Articles, aforesaid, 
 previously to their admission into the said Council : And we do further 
 declare and grant, that the members of the said College Council, hold- 
 ing within our said College the oflSces of Chancellor, President, or 
 Professor in any art or faculty, shall respectively hold their seats in the 
 said Council, so long as they and each of them shall retain such their 
 offices, as aforesaid, and no longer; and that the members of the said 
 Council not holding offices in our said College, shall from time to time, 
 vacate their seats in the said Council, when and so soon as there shall 
 be an adequate number of Proressors in our said College, being mem- 
 bera of the Established Church, aforesaid, to fill up the said Council to 
 the requisite number before mentioned : And we do hereby authorise 
 and empower the Chancellor, for the time being, of our said College 
 to decide in each case what particular member of the said Council, not 
 holding any such office, as aforesaid, shall vacate his seat in the said 
 Council, upon the admission of any new member of Council holding 
 any such office : And we do hereby declare and grant, that the Chan- 
 cellor, for the time being, of our said College, shall preside at all meet- 
 ings of the said College Council which he may deem it proper and 
 convenient to attend, and that in his absence the President of our said 
 College shall preside at all such meetings, and that in the absence of 
 the said President, the senior member of the said Council, present at 
 any such meeting, shall preside thereat, and that the seniority of the 
 members of the said Council, other than the Chancellor and Pi-esident, 
 shall be regulated according to the date of their respective appoint- 
 ments : Provided always, that the members of the said Council being 
 Professors in our said College, shall in the said Council take precedence 
 over, and be considered as seniors to the members thereof not being 
 Professors in our said College: And we do ordain and declare, that no 
 meeting of the said Council shall be, or be held to be a lawful meeting 
 thereof, unless five merabei-s, at the least, be present during the whole 
 of every such meeting; and that all questions and resolutions proposed 
 for tiie decision of the said College Council, shall be determined by the 
 
 t 
 
 i 
 
 
 if (S 
 
 I" 
 
 11-1 
 
 i''" 
 
 
 m 
 
74 
 
 king's college charter. 
 
 ! il 
 
 rn^or^y of tho vo . of the member of Council present, including tbe 
 
 ., « ,. r • . P''"'^'"^ "^'^^'■5 «°^ *^«' '■" the event of an equal 
 l""C.Sf ^!^'^^°° ° ;"fl^ votes the member presiding at any such meeting Ll 
 give an additional or casting vote: And we do further declare, that if 
 any member of the said Council shaU die, or resign his seat in the said 
 Council, or shall be suspended or removed from the same, or shall, bv 
 reason of any bodily or n^.nf .1 infirmity, or by reason of his absence 
 from the said Provinco, .>. , , . apable, for three calendar months, or 
 upwards, of attei.lu.g the ,,., ,ings of the said Council, then, and in 
 ev-ery such case, a fit and proper person shall be appointed by the said 
 Chancellor, to act as, and be a member of the said Council, in the place 
 and stead of the member so dying or resigning, or so sLended^ 
 removed, or incapacitated, as aforesaid, and ,S new membe' sutL 
 mg to any member so suspended or iucapacitated, shall vacate such his 
 office on the removal of any such suspension, or at the termination of 
 
 CounTl Tr^'^'fT^'^' '^^^ ^°^°^^^^«^« ^'^^^^ in the said. 
 Council: And we do further ordain and grant, that it shall and may 
 ^competent to and for the Chancellor, for the time bein" S 
 College, to suspend from his seat in the said Council, Sy memW 
 thereof, for any just and reasonable cause to the s id ChTncdt 
 appearing : ProvMe^ that the grounds of every such suspe"i 
 be entered and recorded, at length, by the said Chan^llor. L the 
 books of he said Council, and signed by him; and eve~nt 
 suspended shall, thereupon, cease to be a member of the 7aid cTc^l' 
 ^ ss, and until he shall be restored to and re-established in such hi 
 stetion therein by any order to be made in the premises by llor bv 
 he said Visitor of our ^id College, acting on our behalf^dll^ 
 uajiceofany special reference from Us: And we do further dX 
 ^ any member of the said Council who, without sufficient cautto 
 le allowed by the said Chancellor, by an order entered for that tur 
 pose on the books of the said Council, shall absent hims^from X 
 
 "iTshXf ^''' "^^ '' ""''' ^^^^'^ ^^y - successivelfen a 
 month^ shall thereupon vacate such his seat in the said Council- And 
 
 we do by t ese Presents, for Us, our Heirs and Successorwi 'orlin 
 and grant, that the said Council of our said College, shal hav powe 
 ancl authority to frame and make statute rules an' 'ordinance, t'oul 
 mg and concerning the good government of the said Collo.e- the 
 performance of Divine service therein; the studies, lecture, exerdl 
 degrees m arts and faculties, and all matters regarding the same the 
 resi ence and duties of the President of our sail Colleg t^^^^^^^^ 
 residence and duties, of the Professoi. thereof ; the management onh^ 
 revenues and property of our said College; lie sal.vW ^Z^^'^'r' 
 
king's college charter. 
 
 nt, including the 
 ont of an equal 
 ch meeting nhall 
 r declare, that if 
 ) seat in the said 
 irae, or shalJ, by 
 n of hifl absence 
 indar months, or 
 ciJ, then, and in 
 ited by the said 
 Qci], in the place 
 
 suspended, or 
 lember suoceed- 
 
 V acate such his 
 ) termination of 
 ssor in the said • 
 : shall and may 
 ing, of our said 
 r any member 
 aid Chancellor 
 uspension shall 
 incellor, in the 
 ery person so 
 3 said Gourd?, 
 led in such his 
 i by Us, or by 
 If, and in pur- 
 irther declare, 
 cient cause, to 
 
 1 for that pur- 
 If from all the 
 ssive calendar 
 >ounciI: And 
 s, will, ordain 
 11 have power 
 lances, touch- 
 Colloge; the 
 I'es, exercises, 
 e same; the 
 the number, 
 
 [ement of the 
 
 [firv/lTirla '»\«i^ 
 
 7« 
 
 vision and emoluments, of and for the President, Professors, Scholani, 
 OflScers and Servants thereof; the number and duties of such Officers 
 and Servants; and also touching and concerning any other matter or charter of Kin«-. 
 thing which to them shall seem good, fit and useful, for the well-being ^'°"*«^ "^'^• 
 and advancement of our said College, and agreeable to this our Char- 
 tet; and also, from time to time, by any new statutes, rules or ordi- 
 nances, to revoke, renew, augment or alter, all, every, or any of the said 
 Statutes, rules and ordinances, as to them shall seem meet and expedi- 
 ent: Provided always, that the said statutes, rules and ordinances, or 
 any of them, shall not be repugnant to the Laws and Statutes of the 
 United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, or of our said Province 
 of Upper Canada, or to this our Charter: Provided also, that the said 
 •tatutes, rules and ordinances, shall be subject to the approbation of the 
 aaid Visitor of our said College, for the Ume being, and shall be forth- 
 with transmitted to the said Visitor for that purpose; and in that case 
 the said Visitor shall, for us and on our behalf, in writing, signify his 
 disapprobation thereof, within two years of the time of their being so 
 made and framed, the same, or such part thereof, as shall be so dis- 
 approved of by the said Visitor, shall, from the time of such disappro- 
 bation being made known to the said Chancellor of our said College, 
 be utterly void and of no effect, but otherwise shall be and remain in 
 full force and virtue: Provided nevertheless, and we do hereby ex- 
 pressly save and reserve to Us, our Heirs and Successors, the power of 
 reviewing, confirming or reversing, by any order or orders to be by us 
 or them made, in our or their Privy Council, all or any of the deci- 
 sions, sentences or orders, so to be made, as aforesaid, by the said 
 Visitor, for Us and on our behalf, in reference to the said statutes, rules 
 and ordinances, or any of them: And we do further ordain and 
 declare, that no statute, rule or ordinance, shall be framed or made by 
 the said College Council, touching the matters aforesaid, or any of 
 them, excepting only such as shall be proposed for the consideration of 
 the said Council by the Chancellor, for the time being, of our said Col- 
 lege: And we do require and enjoin the said Chancellor thereof, to 
 consult with the President of our said College, and the next senior 
 memberof the said College Council, respecting all statutes, rules and 
 ordinances, to be propose.^ by him to the said Council for their con- 
 sideration: And we do hereby, for Us, our Heii-s and Successors, 
 charge and command, that the statutes, rules or ordinances, aforesaid, 
 subject to the said provisions, shall be strictly and inviolably obsGrved| 
 kept and performed, from time to time, in full vigour and effect, under 
 Uiejpenalties to be thereby or therein imposed or contained: And \ve 
 do further will, ordain and grant, that the said College shall be deem© I 
 
 |.*: 
 
 'V 'fl 
 
 
76 
 
 kino's college CilARTEB. 
 
 md take- to be .» Umvemty, and .Ml havo .„.! cnj,,, all ,„cU ^^ 
 
 of bo ng l,„, „, „„oU, by virtue of tl,« „,„ Letto™ Patlt'C 
 tl.at the .tu. o„u ,„ tbo »ia College .ball have liberty and fSt," 
 t.k.n? tbe dcgreee of Bacbelor, Ma.lor and Doctor, i„ U,e mv«7.I 
 «,d lacnlues at . e appointed .i„„ ™d ,M, ,.,, ,^71^ 
 
 .udt degree m .uch n,a„ner a, .hall bo directed by tbe .talulcrmTJ 
 and ordrDanoe. of the «.id College ; And we do further will, oiC 
 appomt, that „„ religious te.t or qaaUScaUon .hril be rLuW of ot 
 
 our Mid toUege, or of peiK>M admitted to any degree in any art or 
 fa.^the„,„, Mve only that) all pe„on. ,J,J^ZnZ^Z 
 Cdlege to any degree in Divinity, .hall make mch .„d the Ze 
 d^tauo^ and .uUcription, and take .uch ,.d the ...ne tr.^ 
 are required of persons admitted to any der?rea cf Divin.-f • 
 
 aU peraons admitted therein to the degree of Master of irf. „ . 
 degree in Divinity, Law or Medieine,i: loZ itX7Zl 
 
 :r^prc'2g:z; : ::^ ;::r,:zrXnrrs 
 
 member, of the Convocation of the Kiid Un iWv Id? ,.' 
 l.»of thesaid Convocation ehall b^^rS'^d i^r.! "rh 
 and the like privilege, a, are enjoyed by tbe mcmbei. oflfc 1^' 
 lion of onr Univer.ity of Orford, ,o far a. the ..me are capauHf 
 
 Stly' wHl Z''' '^ *": °'"'^" "•" ^"»" PatenSn 
 sistentiy with the provisions thereof: And wo will «n,i \ .1 
 
 Presents for Us, our HeL. and Succea»;tl;iV „ ll'^Z 
 a^e our Lettei. Paten^ or the en™lment or oxemplifllfa 2^/ 
 
 according to the true intent and moaning of the .am, .nS i i T' 
 Witness whereof we have caused these our Letter, io be made pLt: 
 
king's college CUARTER. 
 
 enjoy alJ such and 
 itios of our Unitetl 
 ) same aio capable 
 ettors Patent; and 
 rty and faculty of 
 in tlie sevoral arts 
 ive liberty within 
 for the conferring 
 the statutes, rulea 
 Br will, ordain and 
 be required of or 
 fia Scholars within 
 gree in any art or 
 within our said 
 i^h and the same 
 'he same oaths as 
 Divinity in our 
 lirect and ordain, 
 said College and 
 •f Arts, or to any 
 the time of such 
 al sum of twenty 
 and maintennnco 
 d reputed, to be 
 ad as such mem- 
 enjoy, all such 
 of the Convoca- 
 e are capable of 
 Patent, and con- 
 , and by these 
 ind declare, that 
 ification thereof, 
 tual, in the law, 
 w, and shall be 
 I and beneficial 
 President and 
 Record as else- 
 3, Ministers and 
 Jssors, any mis- 
 cause or thing 
 thstanding: In 
 1 made Patent: 
 
 77 
 
 , on 
 
 SVitnewi ourseif at Westminster, the fit'teonth day of March, in tho 
 eighth yoor of our reign— By writ of Privy Seal.— (Signet!)— Bath- 
 urst"; And whereas certain alterations appear necewmry to bo made iu 
 tho same, in order to meet tho desire and circumstances of tho Colony, 
 and that tho said Charter may produce tho benefits intended: JBe it 
 there/ore enacted by ihe King's most Excellent Majesty, by and with 
 the advice ana consent of the Legisliitivo Council and Assembly of tho 
 Province of Upper Canada, constituted and assembled by virtue of and 
 under tho authority of an Act passed in tho Parliament of Great 
 Britain, intituletl, « An Act to repeal certain parts of an Act passed in 
 the fourteenth year of His Majesty's reign, intituled, «An Act for 
 making more effectual provision for the Government of the Province 
 of Quebec, in North America,' and to mak.3 further provision for the 
 Government of the said Province," and by th.i luthority of the same, 
 That for and notwithstanding any thing in the said Charter contained, 
 the Judges of His Majesty's Court of King's Bench, shall, for and on ^f^^^rX' 
 behaif of the King, be Visitors of the said College, in the place and i^aid college?" 
 stead of the Lord Bishop of the Diocese of Quebec, for the time being; 
 and that tho President of the said University, on any future vacancy, p,„uieM < 
 shall be appointed by His Majesty, His Heirs and Successore, without SP«,'eed 
 requiring that he should be tho incumbent of any Ecclesiastical ofBce; fnlm^°^ 
 and that the members of the College Council, including the Chancellor e^'i^Km'"''' 
 and President, shall be twelve in number, of whom the Speakers of tho 1^2 ' c u i 
 two Houses of the Legislature of the Province, and His Majesty's to°coi«iit of"' ' 
 Attorney and Solicitor General, for the time being, shall be four, and '*"'"'"'""'*"' 
 the remainder shall consist of the five senior Professors of arts and 
 faculties of the said College, and of the Principal of the Minor or Upper 
 Canada College; and in case there shall not at any time be five Pro- 
 fessors, as aforesaid, in the said College, and until Professors shall be 
 appointed therein, the Council shall be filled with members to be 
 appointed as in the said Charter is provided, except that it shall not be 
 necessary that any member of the College Council, to be so appointed, No member of 
 or that any member of tho said College Council, or any Professor, to counR 
 be at any time appointed, shall be a member of the Church of England, UnfSyf „*^ 
 or subscribe to any articles of religion other than a declaration that they ufe chureh'o"^ 
 believe in the authenticity and Divine Inspiration of the Old and New ^"^land. 
 Testament, and in the doctrine of the Trinity; and further, that no no reiigiou. 
 religious test or qualification be required or appointed for any person Bme£°^ 
 admitted or matriculated as Scholars within the said College, or of per- 
 sona admitted to any degree or faculty therein. 
 
 IL And whereas it is expedient that the Minor or Upper Canada .. 
 College, lately erected in the City of Toronto, should be incorporated &^uSo- 
 
 il«at 
 
 :h 
 
 Hi 
 
78 
 
 fftted with the 
 Univermty of 
 King's College. 
 
 Principal of 
 Upper Canada 
 College to be 
 appointed by Hia 
 Majeity, during 
 pleasure. 
 
 Vice-Principal 
 and Tutors of 
 Upper Canada 
 College to be 
 taominated by the 
 Chancellor of 
 King's College, 
 •abject to the 
 approval of the 
 Ctollcge Council. 
 
 Chancellor of 
 King's Collepe 
 (nay suspend or 
 remove vice- 
 Principal or 
 Tutors of U. C. 
 College. 
 
 TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 
 
 with, and form an appendage of the Univereity of King's College: £e 
 tt therefore enacted by the authority aforesaid, That the said Minor or 
 Upper Canada College shall be inco^jorat^d with, and form an ap. 
 pendage of the University of King's College,' and be subject to ite 
 jurisdiction and control. 
 
 III. And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That the 
 Pnncipd of the said Minor or Upper Canada College, shall be appointed 
 by the King, during His Majesty's pleasure. 
 
 rV. ^«rf be it further enacted by ike authority aforesaid, That the 
 Vice-Principal and Tuto« of the said Minor or Upper Canada College, 
 shall be nominated by the Chancellor of the Univereity of King's Col- 
 lege, subject to the approval or disapproval of the Council therw)f. 
 
 V. And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That it 
 shall and may be lawful for the Chancellor of the said Univereity, for 
 the time being, to suspend or remove either the Vice-Principal or 
 Tutors of the said Minor or Upper Canada College: Provided, that 
 such suspension or removal be recommended by the Council of the 
 said University, and the grounds of such suspension or removal 
 recorded at length m the books of the said Council. 
 
 TORONTO UNITERSITY. 
 
 16 F/C, CAP. 89. 
 
 ir 
 
 Preamble. 
 
 An Act to amend the Laws relating to the University of Toronto by 
 separating its functions as a University from those assigned to 
 It as a College, and by making better provision for the manage- 
 ment of the property thereof and that of Upper Canada Col 
 lege. 
 
 {-disented to ^nd April, 1S53.] 
 
 Whereas the enactments hereinafter repealed have failed to efTect 
 the end proposed by the Legislature in passing them, inasmuch as no 
 College or Educational Institution hath under them become affiliated to 
 the Umvei-sity to which they relate, and many parents and others are 
 deterred by the expense and other causes, from sending the youth un- 
 der their charge to be educated in a large City distant, in many cases, 
 from their homes ; And whereas from these and other causes, many 
 do and will prosecute and complete their studies in other institutions 
 
 IL™!!!!"^ • ^•*^'' ^''''^'°r ^"^ ^^"""^ '' '' j""^ ^''^ "Silt to afford 
 -aei-ities .or obtaining those scholastic honours and rewards which their 
 
79 
 
 ing's College: Be 
 t the said Minor or 
 , and form an ap- 
 ! be subject to its 
 
 foresaid, That the 
 shall be appointed 
 
 foresaid. That the 
 r Canada College, 
 ity of King's Col- 
 uncil thereof. 
 
 foresaid, That it 
 d University, for 
 iT'ice-Principal or 
 : Provided, that 
 > Council of the 
 sion or removal 
 
 r. 
 
 ' of Toronto, hy 
 hose assigned to 
 for the manage' 
 r Canada Col' 
 
 ind Jpril, 1S53.] 
 
 failed to effect 
 inasmuch as no 
 ome affiliated to 
 i and others are 
 J the youth un- 
 I in many cases, 
 IT causes, many 
 ;her institutions 
 
 right to afford 
 rds which their 
 
 TORONTO UNIVEHSITT. 
 
 diligence and proficiency may deserve, and thereby to encourage them 
 and others to persevere in the pursuit of knowledge and sound learn- 
 ing ; And whereas experience hath proved the principles embodied in 
 Her Majesty's Royal Charter to the University of London in England 
 to be well adapted for the attainment of the objects aforesaid, and for 
 removmg the difficulties and objections hereinbefore referred to: Be it 
 therefore enacted by the Queen's Most Excellent Majesty, by and with the 
 advice and consent of the Legislative Council and of the Legislative 
 Assembly of the Province of Canada, constituted and assembled by 
 vu-tue of and under the authority of an Act passed in the 
 Parliament of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and 
 intituled. An Act to re-unite the Provinces of Upper and Lower 
 Canada, and for the Ocvernment of Canad^ and it is hereby enac- 
 ted by the authority of the same, That the Act passed in the twelfth 
 year of Her Majesty's Reign, and intituled, An Act to amend the Actm^ v. 
 Charter of the University established at Toronto, hy His late Ma-"' ^^''^ 
 jesty King George the Fourth, to provide for the more satisfactory 
 government of the said University, and for other purposes connected 
 mth the same, and with the College and Royal Grammar School 
 forming an appendage thereof, and the Act passed in the Session 
 held in the thii-teenth and fourteenth years of Her Majesty's R«ign, 
 and intituled. An Act to remove certain doubts respecting the intention ,, ^ „ , 
 of the Act of the last Session off he Parliament of this Province, for '^p««i«'- 
 amending the Charter of the University of Toronto, and to provide 
 for the institution and endowments of Regius and other Professor- 
 ships, Lectureships, Felloxoships, Scholarships, Exhibitions, Prizes 
 and other Rewards connected with the said University, and with the 
 CoUege and Royal Grammar School of Upve^ Canada College, 
 forming an appendage thereof are hereby repealed, as is also so much 
 of the Charter referred to in the Act first mentioned, as may be incon- », 
 sistent with this Act; but so mu«h of the said Charter as shall not bo ^"*'' 
 inconsistent with this Act, shall remain in force. 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF TDK ONTO. 
 
 _ IL The University established by the Charter aforesaid and men- corporate 
 tioned in the said Act<!, shall henceforth be called The University of^P^ ^^ '-'"'"*'■" 
 Toronto, and shall continue to be a Body Corporate, with the powers '"'^' 
 vested in Corporate bodies by the Interpretatiop Act, and power to 
 hold such real property as may be assigned to it under the provisions 
 of this Act, and such other powers and privileges as are conferred upon G«ntT., i*w*r» 
 It by those portions of the said Charter remaining in force, or by this 
 Act, i.ut such powers shall be exercised in accordance with the provi- 
 sioBii of this Act. 
 
 13 & 14 V. e, «>, 
 
 mm 
 
 ilh 
 
 'Ml 
 
 '-'" f. 
 
 pi 
 
80 
 
 TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 
 
 Corporation how 
 composed. 
 
 Senate, Chancel 
 loi and Vice- 
 Cbancellor. 
 
 Vaeanciea in 
 Cliancellorgbip 
 
 uSuydlfi- ."^' '^^^^^ ^^^" ^® "^ Professorship or other Teachership in the 
 ned. said University of Toronto, but its functions shall be limited to the 
 
 examining of Candidates for Degrees in the several Faculties, or for 
 Scholai-ships, Prizes or Certificates of Honor in different branches of 
 knowledge, and the granting of such Degrees, Scholarsliips, Prizes and 
 Certificates, after Examination, in the manner hereinafter mentioned. 
 
 IV. The said Corporation of The University of Toronto shall here- 
 after consist of one Chancellor, one Vice-Chancellor, and such number 
 of other Members of the Senate as the Governor of this Province shall 
 from time to time appoint under His Hand and Seal at Arms, and as 
 shall be appointed by the Senate under the power hereinafter given. 
 
 V. The Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and otLer Membera of the 
 Senate for the time being, shall constitute the Senate of the said 
 University ; and the first Chancellor and Vice- Chancellor shall be 
 appointed by the Governor in the manner aforesaid. 
 
 VI. Whenever a vacancy shall occur in the office of Chancellor of 
 the said University, either by death, resignation or otherwise, the 
 Governor may, in the manner aforesaid, nominate a fit and proper 
 person to be Chancellor instead of the Chancellor occasioning such 
 vacancy. 
 
 ^Mc^io? aUe- ^^^^' ^^® °^^® ^^ Vice-Chancellor of the said University shall be a 
 tbe first' tc be sii biennial one, that is to say, the term of office of each Vice-Chancellor 
 elective one. ^j^^u g^pj^.^ ^^ ^^^^ j^^ ^^ ^^^ calendar year next but one after that 
 ill which he shall have been appointed or elected, and the day on 
 which the term of office shall expire shall be appointed by Statute of 
 tbe University; and the Members of the Senate shall, at a meeting to 
 be holden for that purpoc-e on some day within a month Before the ex- 
 piration of the said term of office, of which meeting notice shall be 
 given in such manner as shall be fixed by Statute, elect some one of 
 the Members of the Senate to be Vice-Chancellor when the term of 
 office of the then Vice-Chancellor shaU expirt, and so from time to time 
 biennially; or in case of the death, resignation, or other vacancy in the 
 office of any such Vice-ChanceUor, before the expiration of his term of 
 office, they shall, at a meeting to be holden by them for that purpose, 
 as soon as conveniently may be, of which notice shall be given in man- 
 ner aforesaid, elect one other of the said Members of the Senate to be 
 Vice-chancellor for the remainder of the term in which such death, 
 resignation, or other avoidance shall happen. 
 
 VIII. Tf at any time, by death or otherwise, the number of the said 
 Members of the Senate shall be reduced below the number often, 
 exclusive of the Chancellor and Vice-Chancellor for the tlm- h^^l 
 
 Election to be 
 biennial. 
 
 Election of 
 Jtfemberg of 
 Senate by tlie 
 remaining 
 
 mM. 
 
TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 
 
 to and m such case, and as often a. the same shall happen, if the „ 
 Governor do not think proper to complete the said number by aUint -"-»- 
 menMbe Members of the Senate shall as soon as conveniLtf/may 
 b , at a meetmg to be holden for that purpose, of .hich notice sS 
 
 more fit and proper persons to be Members of the Senate in addition 
 to hethenremaming Members thereof, to the end that by means of 
 uch election the number of ten Members of the Senate of the said 
 UmversUy may bo completed, exclusive of the Chancellor, and ^ce- 
 Chancellor of the said University; but no person shall be appointed or 
 dect^^a Member of the Senate who shall not be a sublet of He^ 
 
 vWtatmM „„„» V . ™' Majesty, and such 'e He vidwr. 
 
 ™ atonal powera may be exeKked by commission under tbe Groat 
 Seal of tb„ Province, the proceedings whereof, bavm« bl first Z 
 toned by the Governor, shall be binding on th^ said Univotity 1 te 
 Mombere and on all otheis whomsoever! ^ 
 
 X The Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and Members of the Senate for 
 aet,mebe,ng shal, (subject to the provisions of this Act relafcet ""* - 
 ae mcome and property of thesaid Univerty), Lave the management ^S,?*' 
 of and snpenntendence over the affairs and business thereof: a^fH 
 ««^ unpronded for by this Ac^ it shall be lawful for th C Wfe "«.„», 
 V,«.Chance]lor and Member of the Senate to make such Statute and' 
 to act .n such manner as to them .hall appear best calculated toprrmTt; 
 ftepun,o|eof the said Univen^ity; and the said ChancdbrC 
 Ch«,ce lor and Member of the Senate shall Lave full powe frl Ume 
 to Ume to make and alter any Statutes (so as the same I not ^^1 
 to the laws of Upper Cana<la, or to the general objects and provLm^ 
 
 St ,,• ^"^f'-^ °f Honour, and the Granting of such Degrees 
 Scholarsbps or Ce-tdcates, and the fees to be paid by Candidatifor e5 
 ammafon or upon taking any Dcgr«, and the' applLtion of sth to 
 and touching the peri«Is of the regular meAgs of the .Senaleld 2 
 .nodeof convemng special meetings thereof, and in gen^dtoTctt 
 all other matters whatsoever regarding the said UniveL o h b"f 
 n« thereof, or for any purpose for which provision marbel'^ 
 for can-ymg out th,s Act according to its intent and spirU in T^ 
 unprov,d,^ tor by this Act ; and all such St.,ta.e, when reduTei IZ 
 
 ITI""'! T !'" ''°°™°" ^' °f «■= -" University sMlhav^ 
 
 been affixed thereto, and after thpv ^^h^U i>n,r. i. , 
 
 Visito.. .}.,ll h. K,-J;... .„ " - r^ ^^^' ^'A° 'PP'-^^^d by the statute, .0 heap- 
 
 81 
 
 
 , . _ _ 1 X -~ — ' "^j ""o ctaiuKS 10 De a 
 
 persons being Members or Officers SKe 
 
|l) 
 
 82 
 
 tbey are tdndlng, 
 
 TORONTO UNIVERSITY, 
 
 Froviao. 
 
 Power to 
 groDC Ceitlfleatei 
 of Qonour, 
 
 thereof, and upon all Candidates for Degrees, Scholarehips, Prizes or 
 Certificates of Honour to be conferred by the said University, and aU 
 others whom it may concern, a certified copy of such Statutes being 
 deposited with the Provincial Secretary within ten days after the pas- 
 sing thereof, to be laid before the Visitor of the said Univereity, for his 
 approval ; and no such Statute shall have force or eflect until it shaU 
 have been approved by the Visitor, and such approval signified through 
 the said Secretary : Provided always, that by any such Statute ap- 
 proved as aforesaid power may be given to any Committee, Ofiicers or 
 pei-sons to make Regulations for better carrying out the provisions or 
 object of any Statute, in the manner and to the extent therem pre- 
 scribed. *^ 
 
 ^ XL In addition to the power conferring Degrees in Arts and Facul- 
 ties vested in the said University, the said Chancellor, Vice-Chancello^ 
 and Members of the Senate shaU have power, after examination, to 
 grant Certificates of Honour in such branches of knowledge as they 
 shall from time to time, by Statutes to be made in that behalf, deter- 
 mine. 
 
 XIL All questions which shall come oefore the Chancellor, Vice- 
 Chancellor and Members of the Senate, shall be decided by the major- 
 ity of the Membei-s present ; but in case of equaUty of vuCo*., the max- 
 im prcesumitur pro mgante shall prevail. 
 
 XHI. No question shall be decided at any meeting unless the 
 Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor, and four other Membera of the Senatei 
 or, m the absence of the Chancellor and Vice-ChanceUor, unless five 
 other Member of the Senate at the least, shall be present atAhe time of 
 MS^*" «"^^ d««i^i«"' ^o'^ s^allany Meeting be legally held unless held at the 
 times or convened in the manner provided for by Statute as afore- 
 said. 
 
 XIV: At every Meeting of the Chancellor, Vice Chancellor and 
 Members of the Senate, the Chancellor, or in his absence the Vice- 
 Chancellor, shall preside as Chairman, or in the absence of both a 
 Chairman shaU be chosen by the Members present or a maiority of 
 them. ^ 
 
 XV. The said Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and Members of ihQ 
 Senate for the time being shall have full power to appoint by Statute 
 from time to time, and as they shaU see occasion to remove in like 
 manner, all E>:aminei-s, Officers and Servants of the said University 
 except the Buraar hereinafter mentioned. 
 
 XVI. Qnce at least in every y«ar, at a time or times to be fixed by 
 Status the said Chancellor, Vice-ChanceUor and Members of the 
 
 M aJcrllT 10 
 
 Qaoruiib 
 
 CJiairmaa. 
 
 omoen. 
 
 Exoniinatiou 
 tor bcgrace, 
 
 W&J 
 
TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 
 
 Senate shall causo to ha lif.1,1 o,, i? • . . 
 
 at every s„d. E.i^inj; 1"'^',^^: r,"' ''"'""''' ' »"^ 
 
 - a., sue, E.,;:::r:w,f r;:;;:r::7,i: """• ^°- «™» = ^" -»• 
 
 rnfn,.^ Q.- ^"^ '""ea in this Province for the promotion of Lifp ^'"'"-ge. &c., 
 
 latuie, bcience and Art whpthpi- in^..,...^ i i '•^"" "^ -^"6" students may 
 
 po,.n,>r.f;n^ fi r wuemei incorporated or not ncorporated bv 5" examined^ 
 
 of Arts and AllTnf A , " "'P""" ""S""' of BacLelor 
 
 Hand and Seal at Arms. ''^^^^^i^ of the Senate, under His 
 
 «.ion i„ al, i. b.an...e. . J, ^ c "eCrC 'tf ^"'- ---- '« 
 and Pharmacv ind t^.. tl,. , / ^"'ge»y, Midwifery, j'f mined for 
 
 5i'"''<-)''^'^"ror the purpose of jrrantino-il.Ann \r> i , •'' ^^^srees in Law- 
 Laws and Doctor of Tnl '^^""^"^^■^-'^'•ees of Bachelor of "^Aiedicine. 
 
 .otl.o Governor of, his ProvLe .' , * ' p''™ *? "™'' '''P"' 
 
 83 
 
 ■''i 
 
 1' 
 
 
84 
 
 TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 
 
 'h\ 
 
 Power to confer 
 Degrees in Arts 
 and Facultes. 
 
 Her Majesty's Dominions, or in Foreign parts, it may be fit and expe- 
 dient, in the judgment of the said Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and 
 Members of the Senate, to admit Candidates for Degrees in Medicine 
 or m Law, and on approval of such report by the Governor shall ad- 
 mit any person to examination as a Candidate for the respective De- 
 grees of Bachelor of Medicine or Doctor of Medicine, Bachelor of Laws 
 or Doctor of Laws, to bo conferred by the said University, on his satis- 
 fying tha said Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and Members of the Senate 
 that such Candidate has therein gone through and completed a course of 
 instruction during such period as they shall, by regulations in that be- 
 half, determine ; and it shall bo lawful for the said Chancellor, Vice- 
 Chancellor and Members of the Senate, from time to time, with the 
 approval of the Governor, to vaiy, alter and amend any such reports, 
 by striking out any of the said Institutions or Schools included therein' 
 tt^nKbat?'"'"' ""' ^y ^^^'°S «t^^«''« thereto; and all Institutions from which, under this 
 or the next preceding section. Students may be examined for Dec^rees 
 shall bo said to be affiliated for that purpose to the said University. 
 
 XIX. The said Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and Members of the 
 Senate shall have power, after examination, to confer the several De- 
 grees of Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts, Bachelor of Laws, Doctor of 
 Laws, Bachelor of Medicine and Doctor of Medicine, and to examine 
 for Medical Degrees in the four branches of Medicine, Surgery, Mid- 
 wifery and Pharmacy; and such reasonable fees shall be charged to the 
 Candidates for Examination, for Degrees or for Certificates of Honor 
 as aforesaid, as the Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and Members of the 
 Senate shall, by Statutes in that behalf, from time to time determine, 
 and such fees shall be paid and applied as shall be determined by 
 Statute. 
 
 SmJon for ,^^- ^''° regulations to be made with respect to the literary and 
 Degrees &c. Scientific attainments of persons outaining Degrees or Certificates of 
 Honor, and their Examination, shall, m so far as circumstances will, in 
 the opinion of the Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and Members of the 
 Senate, permit, be similar to those in force for like purposes in the 
 University of London, to the end that the standard of qualification in 
 the Universiti/ of Toronto may not be inferior to that adopted for a 
 like Degree, Certificate of Honor in the University of London, i^ 
 
 XXL The Examiners may be required to make the folio »ving declar- 
 ation before the Chancellor or Vice-Chancellor : 
 
 « I solemnly declare that I will perform my duty of Examiner without 
 « fear, favour, afibction or partiality towards any Candidate, and that I 
 "will not knowingly allow to any Candidate any advantage which is 
 " not equally allowed to all." 
 
 Fees 
 
 Examiners to 
 malce a decla- 
 ration of 
 Impartiality. 
 
 1 
 
TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 
 
 be fit and expe- 
 i-Cliancellor and 
 rees in Medicine 
 )vernor shall ad- 
 9 respective De- 
 iachelor of Laws 
 it}', on bis satis- 
 ■s of the Senate, 
 leted a course of 
 ons in that be- 
 hancellor, Vice- 
 > time, with the 
 ly such reports, 
 icluded therein, 
 bich, under this 
 cd for Degrees, 
 University. 
 
 [embers of the 
 the several De- 
 laws. Doctor of 
 id to examine 
 Surgery, Mid- 
 charged to the 
 3ates of Honor 
 lembers of the 
 me determine, 
 determined by 
 
 G literary and 
 Certificates of 
 stances will, in 
 mbcrs of the 
 .u'poses in the 
 ualificatiou in 
 adopted for a 
 idon. «. 
 
 owing declar- 
 
 liner without 
 ;e, and that I 
 ;age v.hich is 
 
 ( 
 
 the co,„,,lol,„„ by «,,„ „f a„ .^^^ I i„,e™cl o?b 1 1 
 
 XXIII. Tlie said Chancellor, Vice-Chaneellor and Members of ll,c 
 fecnale, may grant Scholamhms, Prizes and Rew,r,U t„ 7 ^W'-'w 
 
 shall dislino-iikl, ii. . '',,"-'""<' "»™ro» » persons who Prto. anf 
 snau aistiiiguTbli Iheniaclves at tic r examination Imt tl,A c,„„ i i "•"■"i" » i« 
 
 expended for such purposes in any one jeJ^n^^^l^ ''-''■ 
 
 ^T^ :si;: r t- 'i ^;rr --^^^ "^« p-isionst:tz 
 
 raaae, and such Scholarships shall be of the nature and extent of thosA 
 next mentioned; and all such Scholarships, PH.es ananllTan 
 be granted according to Regulations previously made and puW^3 
 
 Soltf ^T' ^^^ •' '''' '^^^^'^■•"^'P^ «l'''ll Iioreafter be held to be University 
 Scholarships m any of the affiliated Insf itnf Inn - ,. tt n V ^ Nature or 
 shall be held bv tL ni '^ ""'^^°y "^'itutions m Upper Canada, and «;<ri' •'^'ci.oiar- 
 Sen te ft 1 ^ the Chancellor, Vice- Chancellor and Members of the '""^• 
 Senate, fo the purpose of being awarded according to the proficiency 
 
 Z^ "'"""f "^'^ P--^^d -Ejects, and to each of 2 
 Schola. hips an annual stipend shall be attached payable out of tho 
 
 shlllTf m ^""'' '^^' '''-'' 1'--^^ -^ - s/ch o2 ol 
 sha bo hxed by the regulations to be made by Statute in tha b ,/ 
 andt eholder of any Scholarship granted under this anc iLtf; 
 preceding section shall have the title of « University Schoir. P f, 
 always, that every Scholarship in the uX Lf t . '^^ 
 
 befbre this Act shall be in forc^hantSrS^^IrirS:^ 
 s up in Dmversity College hereinafter mentioned, and tr^o^f ^ere ; 
 shall have the said title of "University Scholar." 
 
 XXV. Any Statutes made under the fiftieth section of the Act« 
 lierem first cited and repealed bv tlm P<.rv,^- • .1 ■ ^<^t s,atut„ „ 
 
 ,^ . ■ n , P^'*'^^'' '^3' "le Commissioners there n referred?- 5" of '2 
 
 to, and m force when this Act shall come infn «ffi.nf 1 n ?^ /.ess, to 
 
 "r,r/.n ,-« c„ 4^ .1 "''*^ ®"^<^t, shall rema n n '^"'"i '" force 
 
 .oice, m so far as they may not be inconsistent with this Act, until re "" "'"'^'• 
 pealed or a/tored by the Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and M u ,0; 
 he Senate of the said University, who shall have full power to al'l 
 or repeal the same and make others in their stead. 
 
 XXyi. It shall be the duty of the Senate of the said University an- . 
 nually to report to the Governor, at such time as he shall appoin'' o [= ^"^"^ 
 a.egene.alst.te progress and prospect of the University, ^tZ ''"''■ 
 
 allmatteis touching the same, with su^h c,„v.,...:„.,„ _' ., ^ ' 
 
 85 
 
 
 J 
 
 f'4 
 
 1 
 
 }| ¥ 
 
 I" 
 
86 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 
 i 
 
 i ^-J.^^ ; 
 
 • '")lii:.'» to be 
 l;iid before I'ar- 
 liauioui. 
 
 UuivcBlty Col- 
 Icgo consiliutofl 
 to be mnnnuwl h' 
 a CVuticll. 
 
 Mombora of the 
 • "ouucil. 
 
 .Mof'tii)<.'g ofthe 
 ^'ouiicil. 
 
 t-'hairnian, Ac. 
 
 Quorum, 
 
 Majority to 
 decide. 
 
 Council to 
 make Statutes 
 for certain 
 .purposes. 
 
 in 
 
 TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 
 
 think proper to make ; and the sai.l Senate shall also at all limes when 
 thcreuito required by the Governor, inqnire into, exa.r.ine and report 
 upon any subject or matter connected with the said Univorsity • and 
 copies of sue], annual or other reports shall be laid before both Houses 
 ot the 1 rovincial Pa.liament at the then next Session thereof. 
 
 UNIVEKStTV COI.LECiE. 
 
 f^'^ii- There shall be and there is hcicby constituted attlio City 
 of loronto, a Collegiate Institution by the name of FMvcrsiti/ College, 
 and the sa,d College d.all be under the direction, manage.nent and ad- 
 mmisti^ation of a Body Coi^porate to be called The Council of Univcr- 
 siUj College, which sliall hnve ].erpetual succession and a Common 
 Seal, witli power to hold real and personal property, subject to the p.-o- 
 VLsions he.-oinafter made, and shall be capable of suing and being sued, 
 pleading and beuig impleaded by the na.ne aforesaid, and shall have 
 other the usual powers of Corpoi-ate Bodies, according to the Interpre- 
 tation Act, subject to the saiil pro\'isions. 
 
 XXVIII. The said Corporation shall consist of a Piesi.lent Vice 
 President,_and such professo.-s as may from time to time be anpoin'ed 
 to Liiaii's m the said University College. 
 
 XXIX The President, or in his absence the Vice-President, or if 
 both be absent, then the Senior Member ofthe Council ju-esent, shall 
 preside at all Meetings ofthe Corporation, and in case of an equal division 
 of votes among the Members present, the rule pncsu^niiur pro negante 
 shall prevail ; and among Members appointed at the same time, the 
 order in which their appointments shall have been made shall be the 
 order of Seniority : and all sucli Meetings shall be held at the time, to 
 be prescribed by the Statutes of the said College. 
 
 XXX. Any five Members of the said Coundl shall be a quorum for 
 transacting all business of the Council and doing all things which the 
 said Council may lawfully do ; and all things done at any Meetino- of 
 the Council shall be ordered by the majority of the votes of the Mem- 
 bers present thereat, subject to the provision here'nbefore made for the 
 case of an equal division of votes. 
 
 XXXI The said Council shall have full power and authority to make 
 Statutes for t.ie good government, discipline, conduct and regulation of 
 the said College, and of the Professors, Teachers, Students, Officers and 
 Servants thereof, for regulating the Fees to be paid by Students or 
 persons attending lectures or receiving instruction in the said Colleae 
 and the times of regular Meetings of the Council, and generally for the' 
 management ofthe property and business thereof, and for any purpose 
 necessary for carrying this Act into effect according to it. intent and 
 
TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 
 ofll.!» Province au ftl , ^'""'"""" °"'"' ^'^ " "'° '""'^ 
 
 Lis app,.ov"r '"'""» "'«'•«<"- ^^ l-" "■■'""iW 10 tl,o«i.l Visitor for 
 ancfScLJ'Tl t'r" '".'"n";""''' °°"'«°'""'' P'»f--». I-^'"-™ 
 
 fou, t oro s ,all l„ „» Profesorslnp or Tcachorship of L w oTof a v' 
 
 may to. ni pa, t of a geuoial system of liberal Education. 
 
 Tof™OflS;''t?" '""' ^^^^-P-'^-t. P-^-,-s, Lecturers, 
 iea he^,, Oflicors and Sorvauts of tbe said College shall bo annointed 
 
 ^lea me l.ovded ahvay., that the President, Professors, Lectiu-er. 
 Ul tt"':, ^'^^7^-^>' «f Toronto as now constituted, s^,' 
 untiUtbo otheru.se ordered by the Governor, be the Presi.len Pro 
 
 t^e sau fiKst da^ of January one thousand eight hundred and fiftHour 
 those who may be Professors or Teachers of those subjects which a o 
 not under th,s Act to be taught in the said College. 
 
 .cqu..ed of any Professor, Lecturer, Teacher, Student, Officer or Serv-nt 
 
 ofthesa..lColIege,norsl.lIrolig:ousobservances,acc rdi "to if^^^^^^^^^^^ 
 of any particular religious denon,i„ation be imposed on tl^ n or .^"f 
 hen.; but .t shall be lawful for the Council to make such Re. ,Zns 
 
 tlf "j; :' "■^"'"" ''''''''' '''' '--' -"^-^ of the St 2 
 
 t.o a thou e. > ctu-e Mnnsters, and according to their respective forms 
 of rohg.o„s fa.th, and every facihty shall be afforded for tLir so do." 
 
 87 
 
 I'rovi-o : to 
 liiive 110 force 
 until niiprovtii 
 t>y 1.1C Oovcriior. 
 
 Council to 
 ileicrmine the 
 I) '.in dies ot 
 knowledge to 
 I'U taught. 
 
 Proviso : ns to 
 Divinity. Law 
 nml iMeclicinp. 
 
 rresiilent, Tro- 
 fesso.s, Ac. 
 10 I'o nppointcil 
 '^y the 
 tiovernor. 
 
 Proviso . as to 
 present I'ro- 
 fessors, Slo. 
 
 No rcligiouH 
 lest, &c., to t)o 
 required. 
 
 -*■ -I 
 
88 
 
 TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 
 
 I'rofi'Mnmliipg 
 tc. tnny ho 
 
 I»rlvnte parUi'g 
 •<ll I liovv. 
 
 Proviso. 
 
 (ioveriior to be 
 Visitor. 
 
 < 'ouiicil 10 
 report annually 
 to tlie 
 •Governor. 
 
 Copies to be 
 laid before 
 Parliimeiit, 
 
 Terms, &c. 
 kept 111 tlie 
 former Univer- 
 sity to avail 
 JO StuilentB. 
 
 XXXV. It shall and may bo lawful for any person or pei-sonn, body 
 or bodies politic or corporate whomsoovor, to found such and so many 
 I rofoasorships, Fellowships. Lectureships, Scholarships, Exhibitions, 
 1 nzcs and other llewards, in the said College, as they may think 
 proper, by providing a stdlicient endowment in land or other property 
 nnd surrendering or conveying the same to the Crown fur the purposes 
 of the said College, and thereupon suing out Letters Patent from the 
 Crown, instituting, establishing and en.lowing the same with the prop- 
 ojty so provided for that purpose as aforesaid; in all which Letters 
 Patent shall be set forth such Rules and Regulations for the ai.pointin- 
 ^3 and eonferrmg of such Professorships, Fellowships, Leclilreships: 
 Scholarships, Vmes or other Rewards, as the respective Founder.; 
 thereof with the approbation of the Crown, .hall think fit to prescribe 
 for tluit purpose, all which Rules and Regulations the authorities of the 
 said Co lege are liereby required to obseiTe and give effect to, as in the 
 said Lette. Patent shall be directed: Provided'always, thaUuch n 
 dowment as aforesaid shall be vested in the Crown for the purposes for 
 which tshal be given, as shall also any property real or personal 
 given, devised or bequeathed to the said College, or for the use thereof; 
 And provided also, that no Professorship or Lectureship shall be so 
 founded for the teackng of any subject which under this Act is not to 
 be taught m the said Colleo-e. 
 
 ..iff^^' ^^^1 ^'ir'' °^ '^"' ^^""^''"^^ «'^^'' ^' ^l'« Visitor of the 
 said Col ege on behalf of the Crown, and his visitatorial powers may be 
 
 exercised by Commission under the Great Seal of this Province and 
 the proceedings of any Commission so appointed being confirmed by 
 he Governor, shall be binding on the said College and the Council 
 thereof, and on all persons whomsoever. 
 
 XXXVIL It shall be the duty of the Council of the said Colle-e 
 annually to report to the Governor, at such tii.ie as he shall appoint' 
 on the general .tate, progress an.l prospects of the College, and upon 
 all matters touching the same, with such suggestions as they may think 
 proper to make; and the said Council shall also, at all times when 
 thereunto required by the Governor, inquiie into, examine and report 
 upon any subject or matter connected with the said College; and copie. 
 of such annual or other reports shall be laid before botirilouses of the 
 Provincial Parliament at the then next Session thereof. 
 
 XXXVIII All terms kept or studies or exercises performed in the 
 Universi y of Toronto as now constituted, shall be valid and effectual, 
 and shall be deemed to be terms kept, or studies or exercises performed 
 m University College; and the Statutes and Regulations of the said 
 University m force when this Act shall come into oticct, .hall remaiu in 
 
•n or persons, bud)' 
 such nritl so many 
 iliipa, Hxliibitions, 
 i thoy may tliink 
 or otlicr property, 
 11 for tlio purposes 
 s Patent from tho 
 ne with tho proj)- 
 all w{iich Letters 
 for tho aj)pointing 
 ips, Lectureships, 
 pectivo Founders 
 Ilk fit to jirescribo 
 autliorities of the 
 iifect to, as in the 
 lys, that such on- 
 • tlie purposes for 
 real or personal 
 ' tho use thereof; 
 •eship sliall be so 
 his Act is not to 
 
 lie Visitor of tho 
 I powers may be 
 is Province, and 
 ig confirmed by 
 lid tlio Council 
 
 10 said Collew, 
 e sliall appoint, 
 lleg'o, and upon 
 :hey may think 
 all times when 
 nine and report 
 'ge; and copies 
 I Houses of the 
 
 rformed in the 
 1 and effectual, 
 iscs performed 
 is of the said 
 ball remain in 
 
 TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 
 
 fc)rce and apply to University College, «o far as thoy may bo consistent 
 with this Act, until repealed or altered by Statutes f-. 1 ^ ' , 
 this Act. "'1^1 eu u) Diatutes to bo made under 
 
 88 
 
 UPPER CANADA COLLEGE AND UOVAl. OHAMMAR SCHOOL. 
 
 o^^Vor^C^^^^^^ ^^-'-' «-^ S^^olars p_. co,.- 
 
 Utri^anaaa Lollegoand Royal Grammar School," shall be dissol ""'<""""°iv^. 
 
 vodand etermined from the time this Act comes into force- and hi 
 1 control nanagement and direction of the Chancellor, Vice-Chan 
 
 ColtlndllTr"' ^'"\^r""^''''" '^^^^ Visitor of the said oovcnonote 
 bo ego and Royal Grammar School, on behalf of Her Majesty, and his ''"'"^'' 
 
 ot t s Piovince, he proceedings whereof, having Lcen first confirmed 
 by he Governor in Council, shall be binding upo^ tho said College ."nd 
 
 whloe;™^ '-''-' '''' "^- ''' -^' '^-^« -^ «" ^others 
 Son^ltVth! tT'" ""'rf:' ^^■^^-^''--"- -^ Members of thes..,oor 
 
 of the 'r 'T T Tr '"""""^' ""'"' '^"'^ -»-''^'- -" -' - 
 
 Mastc.s, PiipiLs Oflicors and Servants thereof, for regulating tho fees to 
 b laid by Pupils receiving instruction in the said Ulleg^ and^^^^^^^^^ 
 •ally for the management of the business and affairs th^eof, and Tr 
 any purpose necessary for carrying this Act into effect according to its 
 ntent and spirit m cases in which no provision is made by this M o 
 ha such 8 atutes be not inconsistent with tho provisions of this AcUr 
 he laws of this Province, and from time to time to amend or repeal 
 he same ; and the said Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor, and Senate, may 
 by any such Statutes empower the Principal to make Regulations for 
 he government of the Masters and Pupils! Officers and S^i -l a a 
 fo the conduct and discipline of the said College and Royal Grarimar 
 Sd ol, n. such matters and to such extent as may be limited in such 
 Stat tes, and subject to such control or approval as may be therein 
 mentioned; Provided always, that no Statute shall have foi and eS 
 until It shall have been submitted to the Visitor of the said College and stS\o ^ave 
 
 all such Statutes shall be transmitted to the Provincial Secretary within ''"™ 
 ten days from the passing thereof, to be submitted to the said Visitor 
 lor iiia approval. 
 
 ,f 
 
 iXil 
 
IMAGE EVALUATION 
 TEST TARGET (MT-3) 
 
 // 
 
 I// 
 
 
 'fM^ 
 
 m 
 
 m 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 1.0 
 
 I.I 
 
 1.25 
 
 2.5 
 
 |50 '""== 
 
 la ilK |||||22 
 
 1.8 
 
 U IIIIII.6 
 
 Photographic 
 
 Sciences 
 Corporation 
 
 
 ,\ 
 
 # 
 
 •^ 
 
 A 
 
 ;\ 
 
 ^ 
 
 o«*^ 
 
 23 WEST MAIN STREET 
 
 WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 
 
 (716) 872-4503 
 
 
 w^ 
 
 %' 
 
 
 ^<b^ 
 
■ A 
 
 
 f/ 
 
 
 §^ 
 
I 
 
 •i 
 
 90 
 
 Principal, 
 Masters, &c 
 liow appointed 
 
 TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 
 
 Present Sta- 
 tutes, &c. to 
 remain In 
 force until 
 repealed. 
 
 No religious 
 test, &c. to be 
 required. 
 
 Certain regu- 
 lations may be 
 made. 
 
 Senate to make 
 annual reports 
 the Governor, 
 
 Copies to lie laid 
 before Farlia- 
 niciit. 
 
 All the property 
 of the said 
 
 XLII There shall bo ia the College and Royal Grammar School, a 
 Principal, and such Masters, Officers and Servants, as shall from time 
 to time be directed by any Statute relating to the said Insftutiun, ap- 
 proved as aforesaid, and the salary and emoluments attached to each 
 such office, shall be f.-om time to time fixed by Statute; and the said 
 Principal, Masters, Officers and Servants shall be appointed by the 
 Governor of this Province, and shall hold Office durincr his pleasure- 
 Provided always, that until, it shall be otherwise ordered by the Gover 
 nor, the present Principal, Masters, Officers and Servants of the said 
 Institution shall remain in Office, and until it be otherwise ordered by 
 Statute, the Salaries and Emoluments attached to each Office shall be 
 those now attached to the same respectively. 
 
 XLIII. AH Statutes, Rules and Ordinances of the said College and 
 Royal Grammar School in force at the time of the passing of thts Act, 
 and which are not inconsistent with the provisions thereof, shall be and 
 continue in force, until repealed, altered or amended by some Statute 
 to be hereafter ena'^ted or made for that purpose. 
 
 XLIV. No religious test or profession of religious faith shall be 
 required of any Principal, Master, Pupil, Officer or Servant of the said 
 College, nor shall religious obbt::vances according to the forms of any 
 particular religious denomination, be imposed on them or any of them • 
 but It shall be lawful for the Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and Members' 
 of the Senate of the University of Toronto by Statute to make such 
 Regulations as they may think expedient touching the moral conduct 
 of the Pupils and their attendance on public worship in their respective 
 Churches or other places of religious worship, and their receivino- 
 religious instruction from their respective Ministers, and accordino- to 
 then- respective forms of religious faith, and. every facility shall" be 
 aliorded for their so doino-. 
 
 XLV. It shall be the duty of the Chancellor, Vice-Chancellor and 
 Members of the Senate of the University of Toronto, annually to report 
 to the Governor, at such time as he shall appoint, on the general state 
 progress and prospects of the College and Royal Grammar School and 
 upon all matters touching the same, with such suggestions as they may 
 think proper to make; and also, at all times when thereunto required 
 by the Governor to inquire into, examine and report upon any subject 
 or matter connected with the said College and Royal Grammar School ; 
 and copies of such annual or other reports shall be laid before both 
 Houses of the Provincial Parliament at the then next Session thereof- 
 
 ENDOWMENT AND PUOrERTV. 
 
 XLVI. All the property and effects, real or personal, of what nature 
 or kind soever, now belonging to or vested in the Corporation of the 
 
rranunar School, a 
 as shall from time 
 ^id Inst'tution, ap- 
 1 attached to each 
 tute; and the said 
 ippointed by the 
 •'ing his pleasure: 
 I'od by the Gover- 
 rvants of the said 
 erwise ordered by 
 ch Office shall be 
 
 said College and 
 
 ?sing of this Act, 
 
 reof, shall be and 
 
 by some Statute 
 
 s faith shall be 
 rvant of the said 
 :he forms of any 
 or any of them ; 
 or and Members 
 ite to make such 
 e moral conduct 
 I their respective 
 their ]-eceiving 
 nd according to 
 acility shall be 
 
 ■Chancellor and 
 nually to report 
 le general state, 
 nar School and 
 OS as they may 
 I'eunto required 
 »on any subject 
 immar School ; 
 id before both 
 Session thereof- 
 
 f what nature 
 )oratioa of the 
 
 TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 
 
 91 
 
 
 Chancellor, Masters and Scholars of the University of Toronto, or in the institution vested 
 Corporation of the Principal, Masters and Scholars of Upper Canada H'o'lmrS '°' 
 College and Royal Grammar School, or in any person or persons, body "'""'"'"'' 
 or bodies politic or corporate in trust for the said Corporatiojis, or either 
 of them, shall, from and after the coming into force of this Act, be and 
 the same and eveiy part thei-eof are hereby ti'ansferred to and vested in 
 Her Majesty, Her Heirs and Successors, for the purpose of this Act, and 
 shall, as shall also all deeds, titles, accounts, books, maps, plans, docu- 
 ments and writings belonging to or relating to uie same, be forthwith 
 delivered up by any person or persons, body or bodies politic or coipoi'ato 
 having custody or possession thereof, to such person or persons, officer 
 or officers, as the Governor of this Province shall appoint, or authoiizo 
 to receive the same ; and every right, title, claim or demand of either 
 of the said Corporations to any i-eal or personal property, debt or sum 
 of money, shall be and is hereby vested in the Crown, and any suit or 
 proceeding foi- the recoveiy thereof may bo brought or continued by and 
 m the name of the Crown upon suggestion of tlie passing of this Act ; 
 and every debt due by or claim upon either of the said Corporations 
 may be paid or satisfied by the Crown out of tlie property transferred 
 as aforesaid ; and all property, real or personal, which shall be hereaf- 
 ter given, devised or bequeathed to or for the use of either of the said 
 Institutions, or to or for the use of any of the Institutions herein named 
 and provided foi-, shall be vested in the Crown for the purposes of this 
 Act. 
 
 XLVII. The said property, real or personal, shall be managed The said pro 
 and administered, under the orders of the Governor in Council, by an S-'cd^by a 
 Officer to be appointed by Conmiission under the Gi-eat Seal of this ihii'l",,;!'', 
 1 lovmce, to hold his office during pleasure, and to be called the Bui'sar ia"coS"°'' 
 of the University and Colleges at Toronto; and the Salary of the said 
 Bursar shall be fixed by the Governor in Council at such amount not 
 exceeding Four Hundred Pounds currency per annum, as to him shall 
 seem meet, and the said Bursar shall be allowed by the Governor in 
 Council such assistance in his office as maybe found necessary ; and ^^t,, 
 the said Bursar shall have a seal of office, and shall have such powers ""^«"'- '" "^ 
 as shall from time to time be assigned to hira by the Governor in 
 Council, for the management and administration of the said property, 
 the leasing of the same, or making agreements for the sale thereof, and 
 the receiving of the rents, issues and profits thereof or the proceeds of 
 the sale of any pari thereof, or any moneys in any way arising therefrom, 
 and shall account for and pay over the same in such manner as the 
 Governor shall from time to time direct, and shall give security to the 
 Crown for the due performance of his duties and the iaithiul accounting 
 
 
 i '!! 
 
 '1 
 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 ■j it 
 
 ii 
 
 ! . ■. 
 
 -* n. 
 
 I'll 
 
 5 : 
 
 [J 
 
 iC4 
 
II 
 
 before 
 rnrliameiit. 
 
 What such ac- 
 counts must 
 shew. 
 
 92 TORONTO UNIVERSITT. 
 
 for and paying over all moneys which shall come into his hands as such 
 
 Bursar, in such amount, with such securities, and in such manner and 
 
 form as tl)o Governor in Council shall direct; and the said Bursar shall, 
 
 as regards his obligation to account for and pay over all moneys coming 
 
 into his hands as such, bo deemed to be an Officer employed in the 
 
 collection of the Provincial Revenue; and shall, in case of his default, 
 
 Innuaftcounts ^"^ ''''^'*' ^"^ ^^ '^°^'*'* '""^^^ accordingly; and the said Bursar shall make 
 
 to b'e'iair"'°' ""'^ t'-ansmit to the Gover-or, and at such time in each year as he shall 
 
 appoint, an annual account of the property under his management and 
 
 of his official receipts and expenditure; and a copy of eacli accoimt 
 
 shall be laid before each House of the Provincial Parliament at the then 
 
 next Session thereof: 
 
 And each such Annual Account shall shew, among other things: 
 The number of acres of land originally granted for the endowment 
 
 of the said University, or the said Uj^per Canada College and Royal 
 
 Grammar School ; 
 
 The number of acres sold, and at what rate : The total amount of 
 sales,— the amount received on account thereof, and the amount due ; 
 
 The amount of Capital invested, and the amount expended to the 
 end of the preceding year ; 
 
 The amount received, and a detailed account of the amount expended 
 for the preceding year, in salaries, contingent expenses and buildings, 
 specifying the duties of the persons receiving such salaries, and the 
 purposes of such buildings. 
 
 Provision for -"^'LVIII. And in order to facilitate the transfer and conveyance of 
 
 f?ansferof "" P^'op^^rty by this Act transferi'ed to and vested in Her Majesty, it 
 
 proiierty sold, shall be lawful for the Governor from time to time to issue a Commis- 
 sion under the Great Seal of the Province, to the Bursar of the Univer- 
 sity and Colleges at Toronto aforesaid, authorizing the said Bursar 
 under his hand and seal of office, to transfer and convey any of such 
 property to purchasers and othei-s entitled to receive conveyances thereof- 
 and that all such transfers and conveyances may be made according to 
 the form in the Schedule to this Act, or in words to the hke effect ; 
 and the same shall to all intents and purposes as effectually grant', 
 transfer and convey the lands therein set forth, to the parties therein 
 specified, according to the quality of the estate and the conditions and 
 provisions therein mentioned, in the same manner and with the like 
 effect, as if the same had been directly granted by the Crown under 
 Proviso. the provisions of this Act: Provided that nothing herein contained 
 
 shall be held to prevent the Crown from granting such lands directly: 
 Proviso. And provided further, that all such transfers and conveyances shall bo 
 
) his hands as such 
 I such manner and 
 3 said Bursar shall, 
 xll moneys coming 
 
 employed in the 
 \asG of his default, 
 Bursar shall make 
 ;h year as ho shall 
 
 manao-ement and 
 ^ of eact account 
 iament at the then 
 
 g other things : 
 >r the endowment 
 ollege and Royal 
 
 3 total amount of 
 the amount due ; 
 expended to the 
 
 miount expended 
 es and buildings, 
 salaries, and the 
 
 lid conveyance of 
 ■X Her Majesty, it 
 issue a Commis- 
 ar of the Univer- 
 the said Bursar 
 ivey any of such 
 reyances thereof; 
 ado according to 
 3 the like effect ; 
 ffectually grant, 
 e parties therein 
 3 conditions and 
 id with tho like 
 10 Crown under 
 erein contained 
 I lands directly : 
 3yances shall bo 
 
 I in- 
 come Fund 
 constituted. 
 
 TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 93 
 
 registered in tho Registry Office of the County in which tho lands shall 
 bo situate, in like manner and subject to tho same provisions of law as 
 conveyances from and to private parties. 
 
 XLTX. Tho fees received for tuition, examination, degrees, certificates Genera 
 of honor or otherwise, in tho said University, in University College, 
 and in Upper Canada College and Royal Grammar School, or such 
 part thereof as shall bo payable into tho general funds thereof, the rents, 
 issues and profits of all such property as aforesaid, and all tho interest 
 on the purchase money of any part of such property sold and not wholly 
 paid for, or on moneys arising from tho sale of any of such property 
 and invested at interest, and all other casual and periodical incomings, 
 including any donations or subscriptions touching which it rhall not be 
 otherwise ordered by the Donors, shall be deemed Income for the pur- 
 poses of this Act, and shall form tho General Income Fund, and may 
 be expended for the purposes and under the authority of this Act; but rennanent 
 the purchase money of any such property sold and the principal of any 
 money invested shall bo deemed permanent property, and shall, not 
 (except only in the case hereinafter provided for) be expended or 
 diminished in any way, but shall remain as a Permanent Fund for the 
 support of tho said Institutions and the purposes of this Act. 
 
 L. That part of the said General Income Fund which shall be derived ^^iTc- co"'' 
 from property heretofore vested in the Corporation of Upper Canada ofarimiar 
 College and Royal Grammar School, or from other propei'ty held for ^'"^^^o'- 
 tho use of, or from fees received in the said College and Grammar 
 School and payable into tho general funds thereof, shall be applied to 
 defi'ay the current expenses of tho said Institution only, and shall form 
 the special Income Fund thereof, and shall be applied under tho direc- 
 tion of the Governor in Council, to defray the current expenses of the 
 said College and Grammar School and these to be incurred in the 
 management of the endowment and funds thereof and tho maintenance 
 and repairs of property assigned for its use, and tho surjilus, if any, 
 after defraying all charges thereon, shall form part of the Permanent 
 Fund aforesaid and shall be invested in sucli manner as tho Governor 
 in Council shall direct; and all moneys formino' part of the said Perma- rermnnem 
 
 ■' . Fund of llie 
 
 nent Fund and arising from such surplus as aforesaid or from property same 
 heretofore vested in the said Corporation, shall be permanently appro- 
 priated to the support of the said Upper Canada College and Royal 
 Grammar School. 
 
 LI. Out of the remainder of the General Income Fund, (which university in- 
 remainder shall bo called the University Income Fund,) after paying am" ciiargeg' 
 tlio charges of management as hereinafter mentioned, it shall bo lawful Snt''''°°'" 
 
 |1 
 11 
 
 il 
 
 m 
 
 
 , tl 
 
 M 
 
 1 
 f 
 
 i 
 
94 
 
 In whrit manner 
 nnd form 
 appropriaiions 
 outoftliesnid 
 Funds may Ic 
 made. 
 
 Allowance to 
 present I'ro- 
 fessors wlio 
 shall retire 
 from office, on 
 or before 
 ' July, 1S53. 
 
 Surplus to lie 
 
 appropriated 
 
 liereafter. 
 
 Espenses of 
 Bursar's oirice 
 how paid. 
 
 ^ TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 
 
 for tl,e Governor in Council to appropriate yearly, such sum as shall lo 
 requiroJ to defray the current expenses of tlie said University of Toronto 
 inchuhuff Scholarships, Rewards and Prizes authorized by the twenty' 
 third and twenty-fourtli Sections of this Act, and to d.fi'ay the current 
 expenses of University College; including in both cases the care, main- 
 tenance and ordinary repairs of the property assigned for the use of the 
 said University or College, and with power to the Governor in Council 
 to decide .vhat shall be deemed ordinary repairs as distinguished from 
 permanent improvements. 
 
 UL In making such appropriations for the current expenses of the 
 said University, or of University College, or of Upper Canada Rova- 
 College and Grammar School, it shall be lawful for the Governoi- in 
 Council either to direct the particular purposes to which the whole or 
 any part of the sum appropriated shall be applied, or to place the whole 
 or any i,art of such sum at the .lisposal of the Senate of the said Uni- 
 vmity or of the Council of the said College, to be applied under the 
 p ov sions Statutes in that behalf, approved as aforesaid, and by 
 winch Statutes the said Senate or Council may place any sum or sun. 
 at the disposal of any Committee, or person or persons, to be applied 
 by th m or him according to the directions of such Statutes or in their 
 discretion, to purposes to be therein named. 
 
 LIII. It shall be lawful for the Governor in Council, to cause to bo 
 ve itdf VT; ""'^^ ""°"' ^''''' ' ^""^ -^ — li"S- one 
 
 Umversity of loronto, .ho M-ill not under the Thirty-third Section of 
 his Act, be Profc^ors in University College, and who shall resign their 
 
 1 1 " 7 \^'"^'^^^^T "^ ^^- University of Toronto on or before the 
 h St day of July, one thousand eight hundred and fifty-three; such 
 allowance to be payable at such time after the said first day of Jul v as 
 tlie Governor in Council shall appoint. 
 
 LIV. Any surplus of the said University Income Fund romainin. 
 at the end of any year after defraying the expenses payable out of the 
 same, shall constitute a Fund to be from time to time appropriated bv 
 Parliament for Academical Education in Upper Canada. 
 
 LV The expenses of the Bursar's office and the management of the 
 
 property aforesaid, shall be payable out of the said General Income 
 
 Fund hereinbefore mentioned, and shall be the first charge thereon, and 
 
 he Governor m Council shall from time to time determine what share 
 
 hereof shall be paid out of that portion of the said Fund belongino. to 
 
 Upper Canada College and Royal Grammar School 
 
sucli sum as shall be 
 Jiiivorsity of Toronto, 
 >rizotl by tlio twenty- 
 to dofray tho current 
 cases the caro, main- 
 ed for tho use of the 
 Governor in Council 
 s distinguished from 
 
 rent exj^enses of tho 
 ppor Canada Roya! 
 for the Governor in 
 which tho wliole or 
 I' to place the whole 
 !xto of the said Uni- 
 ! applied under the 
 aforesaid, and by 
 any mm or sun;8 
 sons, to bo applied 
 Statutes or in their 
 
 ncil, to cause to bo 
 not exceeding" one 
 )fossoi's in the now 
 ty-third Section of 
 shall resign their 
 o on or before the 
 fifty-three; such 
 irst day of July as 
 
 Fund remaining 
 )ayable out of the 
 
 3 appiopriated by 
 da. 
 
 !inagenient of the 
 General Income 
 'ii'go thereon, and 
 ■mine what share 
 uid bolonii'ino- to 
 
 TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 
 
 95 
 
 
 LVI. Tho Governor in Council shall from time to timoassJrrn for tlio ''or.ionsof 
 use and purposes of tho said University, of the said University Collorre i.X." i for" 
 and of Upper Canada Collogo and Royal Grammar School, respectivefv instuuto.'"" 
 Biich portions of the property hereby vested in tho Crown, as may be 
 necessary for tho convenient accommodation and business of the said 
 Institutions respectively ; and tho property so assigned for tho use of 
 each shall bo deemed to bo in the legal possession .snd under tho control 
 of tho Sejiate (jr Council of such Institution. 
 
 LVIL The Governor in Council may authorize such permanent (Governor .„ 
 improvements or additions to the buildings on the said property as may amhoriz"'"^ 
 be necessary for the purposes of the said Institutions respectively, and '^'"V'omu,. 
 may direct the cost thereof to be paid out of that part of the Permanent 
 Fund aforesaid hereby made aj^])licable to the support of the Institution 
 far the purposes of which the improvement or addition is made. 
 
 LVIII. For all tho purposes of this i\ct and of all accounts to be kept 
 Mid payments or exi.enditure to bo made under it, the fiscal year shall """''" '""'' 
 coincide with tho calendar year. 
 
 SCHEDULE. 
 To all to whom these presents shall come : 
 
 Whereas A. B. of i, entitled to receive a con- 
 
 veyance of the lands hei'einafter mentioned, which lands are part of 
 ceitain property vested in Her Majesty, under and by virtue of a Statute 
 of this Province passed in the sixteenth year of the reign of Her Ma- 
 jesty, under and by virtue of a Statute of this Province passed in the 
 sixteenth year of tho reign of Her Majesty, intituled, A>i Act lo amend 
 tho Laws relating to the Universilij of Toronto, hj separating its 
 junctions as a University from those assigned to it as a College, and 
 ly making letter provision for the management of the propertti thereof 
 and that of Upper Canada College; And whereas under the provisions 
 of the Statute aforesaid C. D. of , tho Bursar of the University 
 
 of and Colleges at Toronto, has been authorized by a Commission under 
 the Great Seal of this Province to transfer and convey any of the 
 property aforesaid to purchasers and others entitled to receive convey- 
 ances thereof: Now these presents witness, that the said C. D. as such 
 Bulbar, under and by virtue of the said Commission and the said St:;- 
 tute, and in consideration of the sum of paid therefor 
 
 
 
 iSi 
 
 ^ 1 
 
 
96 
 
 TORONTO UNIVERSITY. 
 
 by tho sfiid A. 13. licreby giants, transfers and conveys to tlio said 
 A. B. his lioirs and assigns for ever (or as Ike case ma// be) all that 
 certain parcel or tract of land being Lot, tfec. (as the case may be) 
 which said land is bounded or may bo known as follows, (fee, (describe 
 the land by its houndaries and insert any rcscrvutic J, conditions or 
 provisos.) In witness whereof tho said C. D., as Bursar aforesaid, has 
 hereunto set his hand and aflixod the seal of his office, this 
 day, &c. 
 
 Signed, sealed and delivered ) 
 in presence of j" 
 
 CD. 
 
 Bursar. 
 
 [L. S.] 
 
 
 
:)nv'e}s to tlio said 
 c maij he) all tliat 
 the case ina>j he) 
 0W8, (fee, (dcscrihe 
 c jy conditions or 
 arsar aforesaid, has 
 30, this 
 
 sar. 
 
 [h. S.J 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 GENERAL REGULATIONS FOR THE ORGANIZATION, GOVERNMENT AND 
 DISCIPLINE OF COMMON SCHOOLS IN UPPER CANADA ; 
 
 Adopted hij the Council of Puhlic Instruction as authorized hy the Act, 13th and 
 14:th Victoria, Chapter 48, Section 88. 
 
 Section 1.— Hours of Daily Teaching, Holidays and Vacations. 
 
 1. Tho hours of teaching each day shall not exceed si:.-, exclusive of all the time 
 allowed at noon for I'ecrcation. Nevertheless, a less number of hours for daily teaching 
 may bo deternnned upon in any school, at tho option of the Trustees. 
 
 2. Every alternate Saturday shall be a holiday in each school. 
 
 3. There shall bo three vacations during each year; tho first, e'ight dr,-, at Easter- 
 the second, the first two weeks in August ; tho third, eight days, at Christmas 
 
 4. All agreements between Trustees and Teachers shall be subject to the forecroin-r 
 regulations ; and no Teacher shall be deprived of any part of his salary on accoimt ol' 
 observing allowed Holidays and Vacations. 
 
 Section 2.— Duties of Tmstees. 
 
 1. The full and explicit manner in which tho duties of Trustees are enumerated and 
 stated m the several clausesof tho twelfth section of tho Act, renders it unnecessary to 
 do more, in this place, than make some expository remarks on the nature of the general 
 duties of Irustees, and the relations subsisting between them and the Teacliers whom 
 tliey employ. Tho law invests Trustees with most important functions; they are a 
 corporation, and as such, the ownership and control of the School site. School-house 
 and al the property attached thereto, is vested in them ; they are to provide and furnish' 
 the School-house and premises, and appan^us and text-books for the School ; and thev 
 alone have authority to employ tho Teacher. Their duties are, therefore of the 
 greatest importance, and they should be well understood. ' 
 
 2. While the Trustees employ the Teacher— agree with him as to the period durinir 
 winch he shall teach, and the amount of his remuneration— the mode of teaching is at 
 the option of the Teacher; and tho Local Superintendent and Visitors alone have a 
 righao advise him on the subject. Tho Teacher is not a mere machine, and no 
 irustee or parent should attempt to reduce him to that position. His character and 
 ins interest alike prompt him to make his instructions as efficient rnd popular as 
 possible; and if he does not give satisfoction, ho can be dismissed according to the 
 terms of his agreement with his employers. To interfere with him, and deprive him 
 ot his discretion as a Teacher, and then to dismiss him for inefficiency, which is the 
 natural and usual result, is to inflict upon him a double wrong, and frequently injures 
 t^e pupils themselves, and all parties concerned. It should then be distinctly under- 
 stood, as essential to the Teacher's character, position and success, that he judge for 
 
 
 I 
 
 ri\ 
 
 
 
 1 1, 
 
98 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 himself n.s to tlio moc o of toacliinrr i„ his scliool, includinrj of ooiirso, tl.o classification 
 of pupiLs^ as well as (ho manner of instructing them. It i,s, nc.voi(hol..ss, the .hit v of 
 b ]J,y ''° ^ '" conduotetl according to the rooulati.^is authorized 
 
 3. It is therefore important tliat Trustees should select a comiietcnt Tcaclior T/ic 
 best leachcr ts ahvmjs the cheapest. Ho teaches most, and inculcates (ho I.cst habjis 
 ot learnmg and mental development, in a given time; and time and mmy habits are 
 worth more than money, both to pupils and their j.arents. Trusted ^^\u> pay a 
 leachcr fairly and i)unctually, and treat him properly, will seldoni want a oood Teach 
 er. lo employ an incompetent person, because he offers his inc.mpetenrsorvices for 
 a small sum, is a waste of money, and a mockery and injury of the youth of the 
 neighbourhood. Wo entirely concur with the Kutiomd Board of Education in 
 Ireland, in the following estimate of the qualities of a good Teacher •— 
 
 "A Teacher should be aperson of Christian Sentiment, of calm temper, and discre- 
 tion; lie should bo imbued with the spirit of peace, of obedience to the law and of 
 oya ty to hi.s Sovereign ; lie should not only possess the art of communieatinrr knowledrre. 
 but be capable of moulding tlio mind of youth, and of giving to the i")wer which 
 education confers, a useful direction. Tliese are the qualities for which Patrons (or 
 irusteos) of Schools, when making choice of a Teacher, should anxiously look " 
 
 4. I rustees will always find it the best economy to have a commodious School- 
 liouse, Ivept comfortable, and properly furnished. It is as difficult fur munU to lo'irn 
 as it IS for the master to teach, in an unfurnished and comfortless school-house 
 
 6. In the selection of Books to be used in tlio school, from the general list authorized 
 according to law, the Trustees should see that Ui one series of Keadi no- books one 
 Arithmetic, or one for the beginners and another for the more advanced pupils! ohc 
 Geography, .tc, should be used in any one school, in^rder that (ho scholars may be 
 classified in the several branches which they are studying. Heterogeneous school 
 books (however good each book may be in itself) rende." classificatfon impossible 
 increase the labour and waste the time of the Teacher, and retard the prooToss of the' 
 pupils. But the leacher and pupils labour at the greatest disadvantao-o,\hen thev 
 aro compelled to use books which are as yarious as tho scholars names. '^ 
 
 Section 3. — Duties of Teachers. 
 
 The sixteenth section of tho School Act prescribes, inexplicit and comprehensive 
 terms, ho duties of Teachers; and no Teacher can legally claim his salX Ivho d ire 
 gards the requirements of the law. Among other things, the Act requires each 
 Teacher o « maintain proper order and discipline in liis school, according to the forms 
 and regulations which shall be provided according to law." The law mikes it \Z 
 o?lf/-''//"'-^-''''^"''''-;''^r 0/^.^../. to provide tho form" 'Z thf ?ol!c^ 
 
 If St £SlJi;5Ine^t^^Zf "^"'^'^"^ '-' ''' ^'"^'^^^^ ^' ^-^- 
 It shall be the duty of each Teacher of a Common School •— 
 1. To receive courteously the Visitors appointed by law, and to afford them eyerv 
 
 2.^To keep the Registers accurately and neatly, according to the prescribed forms- 
 which IS the more important under the present School Act, as the 31st section of il 
 authorizes the distribution of the local school fund according to the averac^e a tndm ce 
 of pupils attending each school. vciu^l auenciance 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 99 
 
 ', tlio clnssificntion 
 lieli'ss, the <lufy of 
 ilfitioiis autlioiizt'd 
 
 It Toaclior. The 
 :o.s tlio licst ]iabi(H 
 Iti'ojicr liabits aro 
 istecs who ])av a 
 Hit a o-ood Toach- 
 Kilont scrvicos for 
 tlio youth of the 
 of Education in 
 
 mpor, ami discre- 
 o the law, and of 
 ■atiiig knowledge, 
 ho power, which 
 liich Patrons (or 
 usly look." 
 modious Scliool- 
 r jMipils to leani, 
 lool-liouse. 
 al list authorized 
 iding books, one 
 meed pupil?, one 
 scholars may be 
 ^geneous school 
 tion im])ossible, 
 ! progress of the 
 :ago, when they 
 
 I coinj)reheiisive 
 ilary who disre- 
 t requires each 
 iig to the forms 
 iw makes it the 
 nd the Council 
 nee of Teachers 
 
 )rd them every 
 f the school ; to 
 iter remarks in 
 
 ates the 
 
 pupils, 
 
 ?scribed forms; 
 st section of it 
 age attendance 
 
 . . 1.) dasflify tho ch.ldron according to tho bocks asod ; t.) .tudy th.xso books him- 
 iclf.and tx. toacii acx'ordnig t^. the improved method rwommended in th.-ir prufacoH 
 
 4. lo obsorvo bunw-lf, hm<1 to impress upon \\w. mind, of tho pupils tho great rule 
 ot rcgnlanty and ord.T,— a timp; and a plack kou kveuvtiiino, and KvcuYTiiiNa irr 
 
 ITS I'aoriill TIMIi! AND IM.AOR. 
 
 T. H?'''A*r'"'il'' T ^'' r l",t'^q^t «nd example, clkanmnk.h.nkatnkhh and DEonNor. 
 Lo oltect Lhis, the ioadior fihould set an oxamplo of cleanliness and neatness it. his 
 ovvn person, iuul m tlie stato and gonoral appearance of the sdiool. lie should also 
 satisfy himsrlf.by persona m.i.ect.on every morning, that tha children have Had theii- 
 hands and aces vvash.d, their hair combed, and clothe, cleaned and, when necossury, 
 mended. Iho sclmol apaitments, f.,., should bo swept and dusted every evening. 
 
 0. lo pay tlic .trKt,..t attention lo the morals and general conduct of hie ininils 
 and to oimt no opportunity of inculcating (he principles of Truth and Hoxk.sty- the 
 jktics ot respect to superiors, and oLodienco to all poisons placed in authority ovor 
 
 Hv!;,?^'"'u ?''7"'^ Ibr tho improvement and general welfare of his pupils, to 
 tioat llrom with kindness combined with linnncss; and to aim at governincr them by 
 their allections aiin rea5;)n, raihor than by haishtuss and severity '^ '^ •' 
 
 8. To cultivate kindly and airectionate feelings among his pupils; to discountenance 
 quarrdling, cruelty to animals, and every approax^h to vice. 
 
 rtf;cTioN .[.—fjuties o/ Visitor.^. 
 
 1. Tho a2nd section of tho C.'ommon School Act of 1850 provides that all Olerffv- 
 men recogni.ml by law, of whatever denomination, Judges, Members of the I .e.^islatuil 
 Magistrates, Members of County Councils, and Aldermen, shall be SchodViHitoi^- 
 and the 3ord section of tho Act pi'e^cribes their lawful dutie;< ' 
 
 2. The parties tlius authorized to act as Visitors, have it in 'their power (o exert an 
 mimenso mlhienco m eevatiiig tho character and promoting the eIRciency of the 
 schools, by identdymg t he.nsdvo. with Ihem, by visiting them, encouragirg tl.o pupils 
 a.dmg and counsel. ng leacher^ and impro.ssfng upon parents thdi- interests ind 
 duticsm iho cduca 101. of their offspring. Jn visiting schools, however. Visitors sliould 
 in no instance, speak dispa.'ngingly of tho instructions or managomont of tho Te-jcher 
 m the presence ot tho pupils ; but if they think ii; neoo.sary to g-ivo any advice to tl.e 
 leacher they should do It privately.^ They ar. al.o desLl t communicSe to I ! 
 local or Chief Superintendent any thing wind, they shall (hink important to the inter- 
 ests of any sd.ool visited by them. The Lr,v recommends Visitor., - csperialhj to 
 attend the Qmrlcrlj/ Examinations of the Schools^ It is hoped that all Visitors 
 will fed ,t both a duty and a privilege to aid, on e.idi occasions, by their p.v.ence and 
 influence While it ,s competent to a Visitoi' U, engage in any cxorcises\d,ich sha 
 not be objected to bv tho authoritie;^, of the school, it is ex-pected that no Visitor will 
 introduce on any such occasion, any thing calculated to wound or give ofldice to tho 
 fedings of any class of his fellow Christians. 
 
 3. The local Superintendents are School Visitors, by virtue of their oflice, fmrl their 
 oomprehensivo duties, as such, aro stated with sufficient minuteness in the 3id clause 
 ofthoSIstsedionofthe School Act. While each local Superintendent makes the 
 carelul inquiries and examinations required by law, and gi\es privately to tho Teacher 
 and rrustees such advieo as ho may deem expedient, and such counsel and encourar/o- 
 nient to tho Pupils, as circumstances may suggest, ho will exhibit a courteous ."nd 
 conciliatory conduct towards .^11 persons with whom he is to communicate, and pursue 
 
 wi'lS Scb^^^^^ ''"'^ '' "^^-"'^ ''''••"'' ''^"'^"'^' ''^"'^ ""'^^''^^^'' ^'"'^ ^f 
 
 
 
 •1 
 
 m 
 
 
100 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 4. Too Hlrong a rcooninioiidatiun cannot bo givou to tho w.tnbllsliinent of Freo I'liblic 
 Libmrior, in tho various Townsliips, and JScliool Sections. A Township Library 
 with an auxihary in each School Section, ini<,'ht, by means of a (.'oniparatively Hniall 
 8uni, supply popular and useful reading for tho young people of a whole Township. 
 It is submitted to tho serious attention of all School Visitors, ns well as Trustees and* 
 
 Other friends of tho didusion of useful knowledge. 
 
 Section 
 
 i».- 
 
 ■ Constitution and Government of Schools in respect to Religious 
 and Moral Instruction. 
 
 As Christianity is the basis of our whole system of Elementary Education, that 
 principle should pervade it throughout. Where it cannot bo carrieil out in mixed 
 Schools to tho satisfaction of both Roman Catholics and Protestants, tho law provides 
 for the establishment of soparato Schools. And tho Common School Act, fourteenth 
 section, socuring individual rights tis well as recognizing Christianity, provides "That 
 m any Model or Common School established under this A(;t, no child nhall bo required 
 to read or study in or from any religious boolc, or to join in any exercise of devotion 
 or religion, which shall bo objected to by his or her parents or guardians: Provided 
 always, tli;it within this limitation, pupils shall bo allowed to rea'vo such rehV'ious 
 instruction as their parents or guardians shall desire, according to the general regula- 
 tions whi.h shall bo provided according to law." ^ 
 
 In the section of tho Act thus quoted, tho principle of religious instruction in tho 
 schools is recognized, tho rcstiictioif within whicli it is to bo given is stated, and the 
 exclusive right of each parent and guardian on tho subject is secured, without any 
 interposition from Trustees, Superintendents, or tho Government itself; thereforo it 
 shall bo a matter of mutual voluntary arrangement between tho Teacher and tho 
 parent or guardian of each pupil, as to whether ho shall hear such pupil recite from 
 the Catechism, or other summary of relig-ious doctrine and duty of the pereuasiou of 
 such parent or guardian. 
 
 Tho Common School being a day, and not a hoarding school, rules arisinrr from 
 domestic relations and duties are not required ; and as the pupils are under the "care of 
 their parents and guardians on Sabbaths, no regulations are called for in respect to 
 their attendance at public worship. 
 
 Opening and closing Exercises of each day. 
 ^ 1. With a view to secure tho Divine blessing, and to impress upon tho pupils the 
 importance of religious duties, and their entire dependence on their Maker, the Coun- 
 «il of Public Instruction recommend that the daily exercises of each Common School 
 be opened and closed by reading a portion of Scripture and by Prayer. The Lord's 
 Prayer, alone, or the Forms of I»rayer hereto annexed, may bo used, or any other 
 prayer preferred by the Trustees and Teacher of each Common School. But 
 tho Lord's Prayer shall form a part of tlio opening exercises; and the Ten Com- 
 mandments shall be taught to all the pupils, and shall be repeated at least once a 
 week. _ But no pupd shall bo compelled to bo present at these exercises ao-ainst 
 the wish of his or her parent or guardian, expressed in writing to the Teacher 
 of the School. 
 
 FORMS OF PRAYER. 
 I. BEFORE ENTERINO UPON THE BUSINESS OF THE DAV. 
 
 Jjet m Pray. 
 Lord, our Heavenly Father, Almighty and Everlasting God, who hast safely 
 brought us to the beginning of this day, defend us in the same by thy mighty power; 
 
 
eiit of Fioo I'ublic 
 owimliij) Library, 
 iii[)arativoly small 
 wliolo Township. 
 I urt Truatocs, lujd 
 
 ct to EcHgiov^ 
 
 Education, that 
 ioil out in mixed 
 tho Jtnv provides 
 )1 Act, fourteenth 
 , provider, " That 
 shall bo required 
 erciso of devotion 
 rdians: Provided 
 such religious 
 10 general rogula- 
 
 in^truction in tho 
 is stated, nnd the 
 ircd, without any 
 self; therefore it 
 Toaclier and tho 
 l)upil recite from 
 tlio persuasion of 
 
 lies arising from 
 inder tho care of 
 for in respect to 
 
 1 tho pupils the 
 laker, tho Coun- 
 IJommon School 
 er. Tho Lord's 
 ed, or any other 
 I School. But 
 I the Ten Com- 
 \ at least once a 
 ixercises against 
 to the Teacher 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 101 
 
 
 hnman knowledge, we fSil not constantly to ."voTaer lat \1 " "wl' 7 
 
 wiso unto salvation ; that so, through Thy mercy wo mav d .i v 1 ? l > !""^ '' 
 
 orgivo us our trespas,sc8, as wo forgive them that trosn.ss In If , \ i ' '""' 
 
 H. AT THE CLOSE OF THE UUSINESfl OF TUB DAY. 
 
 Ijct tis Pray. 
 
 Most Merciful ( Jod, wo yield Thee our humhlo and hearty (hanks i\n- TI, v T,' ,*I i 
 care and preservation of us this day, and for the progre^ wLc Tl^u l.s L f T ^ 
 to make m usofu earninir: wo nr-iv Thro t. i.nn,.;,,? ■ , ' ^ t'"Jihlcd us 
 
 instriictions wo havo recel x. ^ 1 Uot Vh^ ^^^ ''"'' '"'"''' ''^^'^'''' «'^^»^l 
 
 and eternal welfare;\rr;;^:,o^rw^^^^^^^^^^^^.^.T^ 
 
 cur thougius, words and actions. May Thy good Providence S S ,Tl "."'"' '" 
 durmg tho approaching iuterval of ,cst -ind rolavXn Twi ^ ^ T^ '"''''l' "'^ 
 prepared to eSer on tht duties of tho^morlw, wfcw 1 1 V rboroftt"'{ 
 mind ; and preserve us, we beseech Thee, now and ever, bo oJtw ardly „ onH^^ r" 
 and inwardly m our souls, for tho sake of Jesus Christ, Thy .C oSoS. I«:^"" 
 
 Ligliten our darkness, wo beseech Thee, O Lord • nnd I.v Th.r „ \ . 
 
 forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive them that trespass i.rSf ?,!. ^, ^,'^' "'^^ 
 
 Adopted hy tho Council of Public Instruction for Upper Canada. 
 Education Office, Toronto. 
 
 tIS. "■"'"' '""' >■» "»•' ^ "- 0™-»«' School,, if total ty „.„- Board .r 
 
 who hast safely 
 mighty power; 
 
102 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 OENERAI, hUhUS AND REGULATIONS FOR THE GOVEiJiaJENT OV GRAil- 
 MAU SCHOOLS IN UPPER CANaDA, 
 
 Prescribed hy the Council of Public Listruction, under the authovily of the Gram 
 
 niar School Act, 16 Vicl. cap. loJ, and approved &!/ 
 
 the Governor General in Council . 
 
 HJiCTiON l.~QmUiJicatioi\for the admission, of Pupils into t/w Grauininr Schf>ol 
 
 1. The regular periods for the admission of piiitils conimeiicino' ciuw oal studies 
 lifill be immediately after the Cliristmas and after the Summer Vaoations; but the 
 admissioi: of pujiils in En;?lisli studies aloiio, or of those pupils who liwp Jili'oady com- 
 menced the study of the Latin language, may ial<e phice at the eoiiiirionceinent of 
 each Term. The examinations for the admission of pupils sliali be coiuUioted by the 
 Head Master; a^ also examinations for such Scholarships, Exhibitions ?in<l Prizes as 
 may iiave been instituted by Municipal Councils as authorised by law,-^ or by other 
 corporate bodies, or by private individuals, lint the Board of Trustees Tnav,'if they 
 shall think proper, associate other persons witli the Head Master in the exainiimtions 
 for .such Soholarskips, Exhibitions or Prizes. 
 
 2. Pupils ill order to bo admitted to the Grammar School, !nust \»t ;ible — 1. To 
 rea • intylligibly and correctly any passage from any common leading b'lo!:. 2. To 
 spell correctly tlie woi'ds of au ordinary sentence. 3. To write a fair hand. 4. To 
 n'ork readily questions in the simple and compound rules of arithmetic, and. in reduc- 
 tici^and simple, proportion, j. Must know the elements of English Craramav, and 
 be able to parse any easy dentcnee in piose; and 0. Must be acquaintod with the 
 • lefiniti'Mi-; ;uk1 oiitlinos of Geogiaphv. 
 
 Section 2. — Course of Study. 
 
 1. Pupil;. projKiring \hv the University, arc re^'i^'Vfr/ to study those subjects onlv 
 winch Will (junlif}' t'oem tlir matriculation. 
 
 2. Any pupil studying the English branches alone, may have an oi)tion as to (he 
 partii!;!-xr subjects of his study ; but \v^. may not, without the special permission of the 
 Hea(l Master, select any subject not included amongst those prescribed for the class, in 
 which he has been placed on examination, 
 
 ^ a. 'Ihe Puj)!Ls siiall be arranged in classes corresponding to their respective degr^m 
 of proficiency. There may be two or more divisions in each class; and each pupil 
 shall be ad\'anced from one class or division to another, according to attainments in 
 scholarship, and no fastei'. 
 
 4. Drawi.ig includes Linear, Map, Geometrical, and Ornamental Drawincr, 
 
 . ._ _ ^ 
 
 *llic X.ipper Canada Municipal Corpnratlova Acl, \-i Vict., rhap. 81, section 41. riirictR tint Hi' !\Tunicinal 
 /oiirici, 01 eicli County bii.ill hnvu power and autliority to make a lly-law or By-laws icr eacii. all. or anv of 
 till.' Inil vviiiu imrposei', tliP.ti3iOMy:— ..^^^ivui 
 
 ptVftVr/. Kor tlio imr.Jiasc an ". r,c(iiiircment of such real iiroperty as ninv lie required for ro-itity Ornmnmr 
 s-clioo! |) r|.o«i?. nail (oi-i!iocroclion. prctcrvaiion, iuiprovcmunt, ami repair of CoumyL^choc! llousca for tne jse 
 oft.rnmnirb.;iiooIsin sucn pnns of the Coiiniy. or within any City or the lihcrllca thereof, lyiii" within the 
 boi.nn.-irM- 01 such <.ouuty, .vstlie -/arils of the p opie most require; (or tlie snle and liisposil of the siiiiie wiieii 
 110 loiuer rc(]uirc(l, and for making au-li provisi ^ in aid of eucix Uraniinar Scliools as they may deem exi.e.ient 
 for the ndvan-enii-nt of education in tne same. ' ' ' 
 
 Fovrihlii. Tor malting sojiio permanent pro- isi. n for derrnying, out of tlie puh.> fuiul.s of e.-ic!i Cotintv. the ex- 
 penso of the riiten(laricf ftt the seat of the IJn vorsity of Toronto, an 1 of rh.it of Lppcr Canad.i ( 'olle.'e .ind Koyai 
 Onnnin.ir bciVToUlioro. o( such and poiimny y ihe pupils of the diniTent l^ildic (Jruiiniar Sdiools of suc^^ 
 a.•^ >hall 1)0 (ferrous of, and tii tli opinion c f the re^peclive Maste-s of «uch Gram.nr:' ^choo.s. f\m\\ lie of com- 
 |)<:i-iitaitninmei)::i foroiiterin., ii '.o com pe.i lion for any of tlie Soholr.r^hips. lixhi'dtioim, or otlier rimilnr Prizet 
 oriere.l tn- t.!icli (jmversily o; «,u nge, lo com petition niMOiitrst such pupils; hut whi -h puuils, from the niahihtv of 
 their pareiitaorKuardmnB io incur the necessary wpense of ...uch alteiidancc, miiht fitlieiwisc tie deprived of ilie 
 0|>porMMii!y of competing for llius-tmo. 
 
 Ififikl!/. Kor the emlowmenl of 8ueh and so many Fellowsi.ipc, Poiiolarshipo, I'Jxh 'diions. and oiher simifai 
 I'risjos III ifie University of Toronio, or in Up[ier Can-i.ln College .■.ni! Kovnl Gninmnr S.-liooi tlieie, to he open te 
 
 Irf-ilicM f.-r i!ie ni' .';ir-i4;rnieut of Irariiins aiuonjMt the youth of uucJi County. 
 
iNT OF GRA3I- 
 ly of the Gram- 
 
 ' iiv/bniiir Sck(>ol 
 
 ; t'iaw oal studies 
 loiuious; iMit the 
 avp ulioiuly com- 
 ijiiiirioureinent of 
 'cimluoted by the 
 ills nnd Prizes as 
 iw,* or l.y other 
 tecs mi\y, if they 
 ;he c'xajninations 
 
 hi ;ib!e— 1. To 
 g book. 2. To 
 ir iiaiul, 4. To 
 ic, atii.i in rediic- 
 i Ctarnniav, gnd 
 laintod with the 
 
 se subjects only 
 
 option as to the 
 
 lermission of the 
 
 for the class, in 
 
 ^pective dea^ivjc? 
 and each pupil 
 attainments in 
 
 ■awiu^. 
 
 tint 111 '. Municipal 
 r cacti, all, or any of 
 
 3r Comty Oramniar 
 1 IIousus for tiie ise 
 of, lyiiij; within itic 
 il of (lie s.iiue wiien 
 nay deem cxiciient 
 
 inch County, the ex- 
 1 t'ollCL'o aiul Koyal 
 DOlflof such Count?, 
 s. sli.nli lio of coin- 
 otiio: riniilar Prizei; 
 from the innhility of 
 3 lio (lc[)rive(l of ilic 
 
 8. nnd oiher 8iini?,'ii 
 there, to l.c open te 
 U:cy iiiny dojni ex- 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 103 
 
 
 Section S.— Ooeminff am' Closim, Exercises of each day. 
 
 h^S'f^'tr^T'"'" "^'Vu' 'l^^ '"^^"^ ''-'''''^ '^^'^' ^^'■'^">'"'>'' ^^''liool, .i,«ll 
 be left to the judoTUfmt of thu iJoaid of Tmste'^s, 
 
 f.Z'iV^^"-1""T,*''''",'''''i^ themselves of the r(X.oinit,eii(!Htions on this subject, rn.d the 
 onns pronded by tho Ccu.ioil of Publi. I.i^lmction l^r Upnor Ta^vida \y^^xZdZ 
 Common School.. See Common ^'chool .Hco,,l;,.ion.. ^ ' ^ 
 
 Section -L—BuUch of Ihe Head Master and Teachers. 
 
 LhArf r'fi^'"' Master and Teacher oi' a (.'.■aininar School .shall puT.ctuallv ob.orvo 
 the hour. fo. openino- and disnu.ssino- the School ; shall, dumii? school hoiu'«, ftiithfullv 
 fnln^l rfl ^^''^P>'^'"\«-'vioo; .hall .ec that the exercise of U^ 's^o 1 b^ 
 
 die pupil, the pnnc.j.Ies and morals of the Clnislian Reli£>-ioM ospeciallv thos. viituoB 
 ofpiety, tmth patnoti.n. and luunani^, which are the bSi. of hL .nj iVo^oin S 
 the cement and ornanient of society. --^uum, uu.i 
 
 2. Eveiy Head Master shall heap the dailv, woeklv and ..uniteriv n.-iskr of hi. 
 .icliool, according to the forms and inMruclicns authorised bv iL Tl.o fk-arl Master 
 
 t:^J:::r- "^r'^ ^— «-■ S^^''0.>1 ^^l aho mal<o^he ob,:orvation". d C 
 U.e Me eoioloo-ical Journal required by the IGth .section of tho Grammar School Ac 
 16 Vict, chap. 180; in addition to which every Head Master shall kce,, a^l caurt^ ' 
 
 hM^ Th^H ' 1 M '''""ruT "'"^ ^'"^^'"S "^^"'^^» V«pil in each .nl^jUl of 
 fiiastud es. Iho H«u.l Ma.ster .shall also p.-^pare Ihe annnal ar,.! ..r^mi-annn.-J letm-. 
 of hw school required according- to laM". ' 
 
 3 The Head Master ?hall practice' such di^^ipline in hi. .chooi us Avoold be orci- 
 eiaed by ajudiciou. parent iu'hi. t^nnily; nvoidi4 corporal puni«h:non(, exin'X; 
 
 a.ecord otthe oflences and pumslunent., for the inspection of the Trustee'. ;t" or 
 before the next public examination, wheu s.id record .hall be .ler^royod 
 H,tl u'. r"' ""■^'^*^'"^^"^> "' '\;!<>'^'"'' "'• ^vilful oppo-sitiou to hi,, authority, tlu, 
 he trnnfn "'" '' ,-"''"f " '"''"' ^T\ "'^^^^^"'''"S ^'^ '^»« «^^^<^^>'' ^'>»-tlnvith inf-inrinr. 
 
 to the Chairman of the Board of Tn.stea.. But no bov shall bo ovp,-!!..] -.^it ut ir 
 authority ot the Board of Trustees. " ^f -"■ i ailuxc au. 
 
 5. When the example of any pupil h xery hurtful to the .eiiuoK .-m.i in u!l c-mi 
 where re (,r.n,-Uiou appeais hopelea^, it shall be the duty of the Head Master i' ththo 
 ^prot,at,on o the Bo^ird of Trustees, to suspend or c^el such pu^l V ! f i.c c od 
 But any pu,>,l under this public censure, who shall Jxpre.s to the ifoa Maoeri^^ 
 regret for such cour.se of conduct, a.s openly and as explicitlv .■!. the c,.i I'v reoufr 
 «^j wuh ,he approbation of the Boanl and Heii Ma.te, bo Ju^aT^I 
 
 C. The Trustees havino; made such provisions relative to ihe >,>hn.,t hou..- -irid il^ 
 Wendp., as aro reqmi^d by the second clause of the eleventh se-tiou t f t! .'^"Lr " 
 roar School Act, IG Vict., cai). 18G, it s}-" ' - - ^ ■ " - - - - '*'"" 
 
 TiGi ."tLtciitioii to ihe 
 
 cap, 
 
 be the duty of the Head M.aster f( 
 
 I 
 
 if 
 
 -ii 
 
 If ^1 
 
 'ill 
 
 of the .school house; he shall .al 
 
 proper veiiiilaiion and temperature, a.^ well ;.is to the clea;il 
 
 ines.s 
 
 ^0 presc-ibe such rules f^r the u'o of tbe vard ai:d out- 
 
104 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Vy>\ 
 
 buildings coimccted with the school house, fis will ensuio their being kept in a neat 
 and proper condition; and ho shall be held responsible for any want of neatness and 
 cleanliness about the premises. 
 
 7. Care shall be taken to have the school house i-eady for the reception of pupils 
 at least f /ken minutes before the time prescribed for opening the school, in order to 
 afford shelter to those that may arrive before the appointed hour. 
 
 Section 5. — Duties of Pupils. 
 
 1. Pupils must come to the school clean in their person and clothes. 
 
 2. Tardiness on the part of pupils sliall be cousidtred a violation of the rules of the 
 school, and shall subject tlie delinquents to such penalty as the nature of the case may 
 require, at the discretion of the Head Master. 
 
 3. No pupil shall be allowed to depart before the hour appointed for closing school, 
 except m case of sickness or some pressing ouiergency; and^hcn the Head Master's 
 consent must first bo obtained. 
 
 4. A pupil absenting himself from school, except on account of sickness, or other 
 urgent reason satisfactory to the Head Mastoi', forfeits his standing in his class i*nd his 
 right to attend the school for the term. 
 
 5. No pupil shall be allowed to remain in the school, unless he is furnished with 
 the books and requisites required to be used by him in the school ; but in case of a 
 pupil being in danger of losing the adva jtagcs of the school by reason of his inabihtr 
 to obtain the necessary books or requisites through the poverty of his parent or guar- 
 dian, the Board of Trustees have power to pi'ocure and supply such pupil with the 
 
 ^ books and requisites needed. 
 
 6. The tuition fees, as fixed by the Board of Trustees, whether monthly or quarterly, 
 shall be payable in advance; and no pupil shall have a right to enter or continue in the 
 school or class until he shall have paid the appointed fee. 
 
 Sectiox 6. — Terms, Vacations, Daihj Exercises, and Holidays.^ 
 
 1. There shall be four Terms each year, to be designated, the Winter, Sprino-, 
 Summer, and Autumn Terms. The Winter Term shall begin the 7th January, and 
 and the Tuesday next before Easter; the Spring Term shall begin the Wednesday 
 after Easter, and close the last Friday in June; the Summer Term shall begin the 
 second Monday in August, and end the Friday next before the 15th October; the 
 Autumn Term shall begin the Monday following the close of the Summer Term, and 
 shall end on the 22nd December. 
 
 2. The Exercises of each day shall not commence later than 9 o'clock, a.m., and 
 shall not exceed six hours in duration, exclusive of all the time allowed at noon for 
 recreation, and of not more than ten minutes during each forenoon and each after- 
 noon. Ncvoi-thcles>', a Ic^s number of hours for daily teaching may be determined 
 upon in any (Jrammar School, at the option of the Board of Trustees. 
 
 3. Every Saturday shall be a holiday; or if preferi'od by the Board of Trustees and 
 Head Master of any (Irani .ar School,' the afternoons of Wednesday and Saturday in 
 each week shall be half holidays. All days declared by law to be public holidays, 
 shall bo holidays in each Grammar School. 
 
 * 1. riim rcgulntioi) applies to T'liion Grnrnmnr niid Common Scliools, na ihB law provi.Ies for llic union of 
 Common Schools witli Grammnr Schools, net llie union of the laller with the former. 1 n all casea, therefore in 
 which Common Schoola are united wiiii the Grannnar Schools, the Union Schools are subjected to the regulations 
 wlucli are here prescribed in respect lo Grammar i?chools. 
 
 2. The several clauses of the fto'cw//t section oftic Grammar Pchool Act empower Hoards of Trurtees to pre - 
 scrihe any dunes, or make any regulations, in connection uJUi their respective schools, which are not provided 
 for by. or are not inconsislent with, the Fi-ncrai regulations prescri! ed bv tlie (^nsmril of I'iib'i" Inptr' rtion -r-' 
 «pprbvcd by tlie Governor ii- 'ifluncil. '^ t, - - , — .• . .!• . « t ,at:i 
 
 7. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 106 
 
 g kept in a neat 
 of neatness and 
 
 option of pupils 
 liool, in order to 
 
 ■ the rules of the 
 of the case may 
 
 )r closing school, 
 I Head Master's 
 
 ickness, or other 
 his class and his 
 
 furnished with 
 but in case of a 
 I of his inability 
 
 parent or guai'- 
 pupil with the 
 
 lily or quarterly, 
 r continue in the 
 
 Idays/^ 
 
 Winter, Spring, 
 th January, and 
 the Wednesday 
 shall begin the 
 :h October; the 
 nner Term, and 
 
 ;lock, 
 
 and 
 
 , a.m., 
 ved at noon for 
 and each after- 
 ■ be deterrained 
 
 of Trustees and 
 .nd Saturday in 
 public holidays, 
 
 Mes for the union of 
 II cases, therefore, in 
 led 10 the rcgulationii 
 
 sof Trurtces (opre- 
 lich are not provided 
 Mic InFfruction, axA 
 
 4. The public ha f-yearly examinations required to bo held in each Grammar 
 School by the fiftli clause of the eleventh section of Act, 16 Vict., cap. 186, shall take 
 place, the one immediately before the Christmas liolidays, and the other immediately 
 boforo the Summer vacation. ^ 
 
 Adopted by the Council of Public Instruction for Upper Canada, on the 26th day 
 of December, 1854. ^ 
 
 Approved by the Governor General in C!ouncil, as intimated to he Chief Super- 
 intendent on the 15th February, 1855. 
 
 Education Office, ) 
 
 Toronto, 15th February, 1855 \ 
 
 NORMAL SCHOOL, TORONTO. 
 
 In accordance with the requirements of the Common School Act of 1846, the 
 Council of Public Instruction established in 1847, the above institution, for the train- 
 ing ot young persons as School Teachers. The following are the Terras of Admission 
 adopted by the Council of Public Instruction for Upper Canada:— 
 
 ^ Ji' T^^* iJr ^•^°^i-^"°ual Sessions of the Normal School shall commence oa the 
 15th day of May, and the 15th day of November of each year, (and if those fall upon 
 feunday, the day following,) and continue for a period oi Jive months each— to ba 
 concluded by a Public Examination, and followed by a vacation of one month. 
 
 2. That no Male Student shall be admitted under eighteen yeais of ao-e, nor a 
 J^ emale Student nnder the age of sixteen years. [2]— Those admitted musf produce 
 a certificate of good moral character, dated within at least three months of its presenta- 
 tion, and signed by the clergyman or minister of the religious persuasion with which 
 they are connected; [3]-thoy must bo able to read and write intelligibly, and be 
 acquainted with the simple rules of Arithmetic, and with the elements of Geography 
 and English Grammar; [4]— must sign a declaration of their intention to devote 
 themse ves to the profession of School-teaching, and that thdr object in coming to the 
 JNormal School is to qualify themselves better for the important duties of that 
 profession. ^ 
 
 3. That upon these conditions, candidates for school-teaching shall be admitted to 
 tlio advantages of the Institution without any charge, either for tuition, the use of the 
 Library, or for the books which they may be required to use in the School. 
 
 4. That the Teachors-in-training shall board and lodge in the city in such houses 
 and under such regulations as are appro^•od of by the Council of Public Instruction! 
 
 5. Ihat a sum at the rate of five shillings per week, (payable at the end of the 
 bession,) shall be alloAved to each Tcachcr-iu-training, who, at the end of the /fy^i 
 besswn, shall bo entitled to a Provincial Ccitificate. ' 
 
 6. That all candidates for admission into the Normal School, must present them- 
 selves during the/rs^ loceJc oHha Session, otherwise they cannot bo admitted; and 
 their continuance in the School is conditional upon their diligence, progress, and 
 obs^ervance of the General Regulations prescribed by the Council. 
 
 /. That all communications be addressed to the Reverend Dr. Rykrpok, Chief 
 huperintendont of Schools, Toronto. 
 
 » ?;-"T^°^.';'^ 'T'J? ^'^•^^[ing, for Students, may be obtained at the Houses approved 
 by the Council of Public Instruction, at about 15s. per week. 
 
 i: 
 
106 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 GENERAL RULES AXD REGULATIONS 
 TO BU OBSeilVKD tN THK NORMAL 8CH00L VOH UPPER CANADA. 
 
 Adopted by the Cmincil vf Public ImtmctiQufor Upper Comda. 
 
 1. All tho Tcachers-in-training are required to assemble in the jMonnal School every 
 jnornuig, at the appointed hour, when tho Roll will l)o called, and any jici^on failing 
 to answer to his or her name, will bo called upon to explain the cause of 8uch iiregu- 
 iarity, and the explanation, if not deemed satisfactory, will be submitted to the con- 
 sideration of the Chief Superintendent of Sehoo's. 
 
 2. Any one compelled by sickness, or other unavoidable necessity, to absent him- 
 self or herself, will be required to forward a written explanation to tho Heai.1 Master. 
 
 3. The Teachers-in-training shall board and lodge in tho city, in such houses, and 
 under such regulations as are approved of by tho Council of Public Instruction. 
 
 ^ 4. Each Teacher-in-Lraining is ro(]uiied, every Friday afternoon, fiom three to four 
 o'clock, punctually to attend the classes for separate religious instruction by the 
 Clergymt^n of the religious persuasion to which he or she respecliv(!ly belongs. Anv 
 Students absenting themselves from these exercises will bo required (o Tbrward a 
 written explanation of such absence. 
 
 5. The Teachers-in-training aro expected to lead orderly and regular lives, to bo 
 in their respective lodgings every night before Half-pnst JS'ine o'clock, p.m, and to 
 attend their respective places of woiship with sti ict regularity. Any improprieties of con- 
 duct will he brought under the special notico of the Chief Superintendent of Schools. 
 
 C. It IS expected that all the Tt^achers will conform strictly to the appointed hours, 
 conduct themselves with dccorun. and pi'opriety, not merely when on the premises, 
 but when coming to and leaving thein; and attend caiefully to the studies marked 
 out tor their instruction. 
 
 UPPER CANADA COLLEGE. 
 
 Tliis Institution is under the government of tlio Senate of Toioulo Univeisity ; the 
 Pnncipal and Masters cairying into eftoct such regulations as may be from time to 
 time passed by it. 
 
 The following are all that it is necessary to publisli here: 
 
 AH fees shall be payable in advance. Xo scholar admitted into any class, or per- 
 mitted to receive tuition, until he shall first have received a ticket of admission. 
 
 TERMS : 
 
 Autvmn — From end of Sunnner Vacation to November 30th. 
 Winter— Vrom 1st December to end of February. 
 Sprinri~¥vom 1st March ta May 15, or Wednesday nearest thereto. 
 Summer— Yrom May 15 to July il, or Wednesday nearest thereto. 
 Sunmicr Vacation of about seven weeks, from end of Summer Term. 
 
 J'EES iOR TUITION : 
 
 College Forms, .__ _.. £2 10 per Term. 
 
 Preparatory Form, 115 q a 
 
 Commeicial Department, 1 15 -' 
 
 HE3IDBNT SCnOOL HOUSK : 
 
 Board, Lodging, &c., (exclusive of Tuition). .. £1 10 per Term. 
 The regulations for the boarding-house aro, that every bov, upon entering, shall 
 provide himself with a silver fork and s]ioon, and bedding; o'bserve tho houro fixed 
 tor Kt,tted duties, and give obsdionoo fo the directions of the Master in charge. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 
 CANADA. 
 
 fa. 
 
 nal School every 
 y }iei'son failing 
 3 of such iir^u- 
 ittecl to the con- 
 
 , to absent liim- 
 Heail Master, 
 uch houses, and 
 istniction. 
 )in throe to four 
 truchon by the 
 be]oiif(s. Anv 
 xl <o lor ward a 
 
 liar lives, to bo 
 cic, }).m, and to 
 roprieties of con- 
 sent of Schools, 
 tppninted hours, 
 Dn the premises, 
 Htudics luarked 
 
 University; the 
 e fi'oni time to 
 
 n.y class, or per- 
 diuission. 
 
 0. 
 
 UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, TORONTO. 
 
 f Term. 
 
 Tenri. 
 
 entering, shall 
 he hours fixed 
 I'harge. 
 
 
 This College is under the Government of a Council, consiflting of the President, 
 Vice-President, and Professors. Tlio number of ProfoBsors, is 10 ; and the following 
 ai'O the departments in which they deliver Lectures :— Greek and Latin Chasics, 
 Logic, and Rhetoric; History and EnoH.sh Literature; French, German, Spanish, and 
 Italian; Metaphysics and Ethics; Mathematics and Natural Philosophy; Chemistiy 
 and Chemical Physics; Mineralogy and Geology; Zoology and Botany; Agriculture 
 and Meteorology. There is also a Lcciturer on Oriental Literature, comprehending 
 Hebrew, Syriac, Chaldee, and Arabic. 
 
 STUDENTS. 
 
 There are three classes of Students admissible to the College: L Matriculated 
 Students: those who have passed the matriculation examination in any University in 
 Her Majesty's do.iiinioiis; 2. Malrkulunls: tho.-e who desiio to qualify themselves 
 for passing an examination in the sul jccts ajipdinted by the Univci'sity of Toronto for 
 students of the standing of two years from malriculation; and 3. Occasional Students: 
 those who desire to attend, during an academic year or term, such courses of lectures 
 as they prefer. 
 
 Candidates for admission sl^ Matriculated Student^ are required to produce certifi- 
 cates of good conduct, and of having p.isse.l the matriculation examination. 
 
 Candidates for admission a< Matriculants, are required to produce certificates of good 
 conduct, and of having completed the fourteenth year of their age, and in addition, to 
 satisfy the professors, on examination, that they have the requisite qualificalioius for 
 entering on the coui'se of study which they purpose pursuing. 
 
 Candidates for admission as Occasional Students, are not required to produce any 
 certificates, or to pass any examination. 
 
 Matrieulated_ Students and Matriculants are required, during tlioir attendance ou 
 lectures, to reside in licensed boarding houses, or in such other houses as have been 
 selected by their parents or guardians, and approved by the President of the College. 
 
 TERMS, 
 
 The academic year consists of two terms: the first extending from October Isfc to 
 December 20th; and the second from January 7lh to May 18th. 
 
 HXAMlNATIOSe. 
 
 An examination is held at the end of each term in the subjects of lectures during 
 that term. Prizes of books will be given for proficiency in each department, as evinced 
 at the two examinations. Separate pi-izes aie offeied for competition amongst Occa- 
 aional Students. 
 
 llEUGIOfS KNOWLEDGK. 
 
 Lecture rooms are provided, and suitable hours will be .set apart for the religiousi 
 instruction of the students by ministers of their respective denominations. 
 
 UBRARy. 
 
 The Library contains a small but valuable collection of works in the difi'erent- de- 
 partments of science and literature. The number of volumes exceeds 6,000, and the 
 selection has been made mainly with a view to their practical utility as books of 
 reference. 
 
 The Library is open every day (excepting Siidays), from 10 to » o'clock, .-uid tlic 
 students are jidmissiblo, 
 
 MUSEUM OK NATURAL HISTORY. 
 
 The object of this Museum, whicli has been but recently established, is to affor<:l 
 
 ii ,| 
 
 I " 
 
108 
 
 11 J 
 
 Ml ' ' 
 
 It 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 A room har, been suitably fitted up for receiving the specimens, and the foUowinrr 
 atatement will show the progress which has been aheady?nade: ^ 
 
 Of Maramah'a, there are about 50 specimens, affording examples of most of th^ 
 orde. and me udmg some rare and highly interesting speci?s!b3s sM^^^^^ ^ 
 
 bn,^L ! '. ir ^'^- *''^°i'* ^^^ specimens, of which above 200 are ah'eadv set un- 
 
 Of Reptiles, there are upwards of 70 species. 
 Of Fishes, about 20 species. 
 
 The Botanical Collection has been commenced 
 
 APPAUATUS ILLUSTRATIVE OP NATURAL PIIILOSOPHV 
 APPARATUS ILLUSTRATIVE OF CHEMISTRY AND CHEMIC Vl'"! 
 
 71'T.nn ''^rf,!'?"^^'?/ products is about 1,200, and of Minerals 
 
 IT^A • 1 1 1 r, , TABLE OF FEES. 
 
 Matriculated Students and Matriculants £2 
 
 Occasional Students, for 1 course of Lectures,' of 
 
 6 or 5 in each week, £1 5 
 
 " 4 or 3 in each week, .....' 015 
 
 " 2 or 1 in each week, q 10 
 
 lor 3 courses of Lectures, o iq 
 
 For any number of courses above S,. .../,.,[[[ 4 
 
 10 for the academic yeai'. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 « 
 u 
 u 
 (( 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 u 
 u 
 u 
 u 
 
 PROGIiAMME OF STUDIES m THE PROVIN-QIAL MODEL SCHOOL 
 
 i, TORONTO. 
 
 BOYS DEPARTMENT. 
 
 „, Mrst Division. 
 
 Elementary Arithmetic, Calculator, Writing or Drawing on Slate, Obiect Le=son. 
 Spelling, Geography, Singing, Gymnastics. ^ ' ^ Lessons, 
 
 ■r> .-,.., Second Division. 
 
 Iractical Arithmetic, Theoretical Arithmetic, Mental Arithmetic Writing Hi.fnrT 
 Geography, Singing, Natural History, Grammar, Cxymnasticr *' ^ 
 
iuients of Zoology 
 f Natural History, 
 o\v, paying special 
 
 and the following 
 
 OS of most of the 
 s skulls, horns, &c. 
 ro already set up ; 
 ular caro lias been 
 
 5ive and valuabla 
 ^ rare and beauti- 
 ction of MoUusca, 
 es. 
 
 bv contributin/y 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Third Division. 
 
 109 
 
 Practical Arithmetic, Theoretical Arithmetic, Mental Arithmetic, Geoffrapbv, Hia- 
 tory, Grammar and Composition, Writing, Spelling and Dictation, Natural Histoi-v. 
 Dramng, Singing, Gymnastics, Natural Philosophy, Book-keeping, Geometry, Algo- 
 
 GIRLS DEPARTMENT. 
 
 First Division. 
 Elementary Arithmetic, Calculator, Writing or Drawing Lessons, Object Lessoiks 
 Spelling, Geography, Singing, Calisthenics, Plain Needlework. 
 
 Second Division. 
 Practical Arithmetic, Theoretical Arithmetic, Mental Arithmetic, Writinrr, IHstoiT. 
 Geography,_ Singing, Spelling and Dictation, Natural History, Gramm°ar, Calis- 
 thenics, Plain Needlework. 
 
 Third Division. 
 Practical Arithmetic, Theoretical Arithmetic, Mental Arithmetic, Geography, His- 
 tory, Grammar, and Composition, Writing, Spelling and Dictation, Natural History, 
 Drawing, Singing, Calisthenics, Natural Philosophy, Domestic Economy, Plain 
 Needlework, Algebia, Geometry. 
 
 f,! 
 
 itrative of Statics, 
 20 of Optics, IC 
 
 lYSICS. 
 
 used in the Aits, 
 ruments illusti'a- 
 y, Thermo-Elec- 
 
 3 academic yeai'. 
 
 u 
 
 u 
 u 
 
 'L, TORONTO. 
 
 Object Lessons, 
 'riting. History 
 
 LIST OP SCHOOL BOOKS, 
 
 Sanctioned by the Council of Public Instruction for Upper Canada, for nse 
 
 in Common Schools : 
 
 First Book of Lessons. 
 
 Second " 
 
 Sequel to Second Book. 
 
 Third Book of Lessons. 
 
 Fourth « 
 
 Fifth " (Boy's.) 
 
 Reading Book for Girls' School. 
 
 Introduction to the Art of Reading. 
 
 Spelling Book Superseded. 
 
 English Grammar. 
 
 Key to " 
 
 Lennie's English Grammar. 
 
 Kirkham's « « 
 
 Epitome of Geographical Knowledge. 
 
 Compendium of " " 
 
 Geography Generalized, by Prof. Sullivan. 
 
 Introduction to Geography and History, 
 
 by Professor Sullivan. 
 Morse's Geography, 
 Fii-st Arithmetic. ' 
 Key to " 
 
 Arithmetic, in Theory and Practice. 
 Book-keeping. 
 
 Key to Book-keeping. 
 Elements of Geometry. 
 Mensuration. 
 
 Appendix to Mensuration. 
 
 Scripture Lessons, (0. T.) No. 1. 
 
 « « (O.T.)No. 2. 
 
 " « (N. T.) No. 1. 
 
 " " (N. T.) No. 2. 
 
 Sacred Poetry. 
 
 Lessons on the Truth of Christianity. 
 Set Tablet Lessons, Arithmetic. 
 
 « « Spelling & Reading. 
 
 " " Copy Lines. 
 
 Map of the World. 
 
 " Ancient World. 
 Europe. 
 Asia. 
 Africa. 
 America. 
 England. 
 Scotland. 
 Ireland. 
 Palestine. 
 
 
 id ii 
 
 til 
 
110 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 I 
 
 PROGRAMME OF STUDIF^S fN THE GRAMMAR SCHOOLS OK UPPER CANADA. 
 
 nnd Com- 
 J Historjr, 
 
 First Clasfi. 
 
 . J-""'""!''"-^. ^^''^•" ""'! <^'""""a'-, Cornelius Nopos, English Gi-ani.nar 
 po^ on, Antlnnetic a,K Al^u:ol)rn, Outlinos of Geography an.l Genera 
 Wnting, Drawing, Vocul Mii.sic. 
 
 /Second Class. 
 Latin Grammnr and Exorcises, Ciesar's Commentaries, Eiemcr)tary (Jroelc Enfflisl, 
 
 NlrTlT L ''w .^'"'^.T ''''^•' ^H?"" ^^'''"'y^ ^^'^^«^y of Britain, ElomeL of 
 JNatural History, Writing, Drawing, Vocal Music. 
 
 Third Class. 
 ^ Latin Prosody ami Exorcise. Ovid and Virgil, Greek Grammar and Exerciacv 
 Xenophon's Anabasis, French Grammar and Exercises, Elementary El.etor c iud 
 Logic, Commercial Arithmetic, Algebra, Euclid, Bb. L and IL, Ancient Geo^hy 
 
 D^;"^ vSmuST ^''^ '" '''■""' ^'"^"^^ ^'^^'^"^^' ""''^'^^'y -^' ^^^^ 
 
 Fourth Class. 
 Latin Exercises and Composition in Pioso and Verso, Virgil and Cicero Grepk 
 Proscjdy and Exercises, Homer's Iliad, Greek Testament, '(Ludan,) F en rGJanrar 
 and J^xercises, Christian Morals and Evidencop, Algebra, Euclid, B. HI and IV 
 Definitions B. V. and VL, Ancient and Medi.TvaI Geography, G cdin AntiouitL' 
 Histx.ry of France, History of Canada, Physiology, ElciLL c^f Chenrtrv S ^ 
 Uook-keoping, Vocal Music. - ' -^'""'"b' 
 
 Fifth Class. 
 Lal^in Composition in Prose and Verse, Horace, Greek Prosody, Homer's Odv<=sev. 
 trench Grammar and Ora and Written Translation, Fcn6Ion's Dialogue deaS 
 Moheres Dcs lourberies de Scapin, Outlines of Englisl, Literntur.^ ComnoS 
 Elements of PoHtical Economy, Elements of Piano Trigonon " y MeiS^^ 
 Surveying, Outlines of EgyjUian History, History of Spain and Portu A Natmj 
 
 LIST OF TEXT-BOOKS FOll Gli.mUR SCHOOLS IN IIITER CANADA 
 
 PRE8CUII3ED BY THE COUNCIL OP PUBLIC INSTRUCriON, UNDER THE AUTIlOniTV OV 
 THE ()TH SECTION OF THE GRAMMAR SCHOOL ACT, IG VIC. CH. 18G. 
 
 fNom-Tlio Cimmmar School Trust<?09 can select, such text-books from tl.e followine li.L a« 
 
 LATIN. 
 
 Arnold's Fii^t and Second Book,,. Arnold's Prose Composition,.. Anthoii's Latin 
 ^d Engl^h Dictionary,.. Bullion's Adam's Gr..m mar,.. Edinburgh Acad my ^S 
 ments^. E.on Grammar. White's, Yonge's, etc.,. ..Kaltschmidt's Latin and En- 
 glish Dictionary, 12mo. (Chambers' Educational Course.) 
 
 OREE^. 
 
 Arnolds First Book . .Arnold's First Prose Composition, .. AiTiold's Second Proee, 
 Composition, Arnold's Reading Book,.. Bullions' Grammar,.. Edinburgh Acade^ 
 ^d r.i?'r tV ^r^-"™"'--., Homer's. Routledge's... Anthon's Prosody, .. Lidd^W 
 and Scotts Greek Lexicon, abridged,.. Donnegan's Greek Leiieon. 8vo 
 
 *»'*'..■, 
 
UPI'ER CANADA. 
 
 (iiiimar nnd Uoin- 
 Gcner.d Historj, 
 
 ly Oroi'k, Engliali 
 iiliii.etic, Algebra, 
 itaiii, Elouicnta of 
 
 ar and Exorciseiv 
 ary Blictoric audi 
 iciciit Geoo;ra|)liy, 
 pliy antl Geology, 
 
 (id Cicero, Greek 
 French Grammar 
 B. III. and IV.; 
 
 :cian Antiquities, 
 iiniEstiy, Diawing, 
 
 iomer's Odyssey; 
 logiies des Morte> 
 le, Conipositioib 
 Mensuration and 
 'oitua-al, .Natural 
 ng, Vocal Music. 
 
 R CANADA, 
 
 S AUTIIORITV OV 
 
 n. 18G, 
 
 following list, as 
 cs be permitttd to 
 
 . Antlion's Latin 
 
 Academy Riidi- 
 
 Latiu and En- 
 
 's Second Proee 
 burgh Academy 
 osody,.,Lidd«l) 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Classical Dictionaries. 
 
 lU 
 
 Smfth'8 Classical Dictionary 
 
 in', ilhistrated,. .Smith's Smaller Claf^ical Dictionary, 
 amith J 8nialler Dictionary of Antiquities, . Rich's (V)mpiinion to Latin Dictioniu-y and 
 Greek Lexicon,.. Baird's Cliissical Manual. 
 
 l-'RKKOH. 
 
 Merlets Grammai,. .Mcrlet's La Traducteur, . .Morlot's Dictionary of Difficulties 
 Arnold'H First Book,. .Arnold's Vocabulary,. .N.>ol and Chapsal.s Gianmiar, (in 
 l'rench,)..Collot',s Levizac's Grammar,.. Collot's Pionouncing Reader,. Collol's In- 
 terlinear Roador,. .Collol's Anecdotes and Questions,. .Collot's Dialogues and Phrases, 
 
 Collot's French and English Dictionary,. .Surronne's How Manual. .Spiers and 
 burrennos French nnd English Dictionary. 
 
 KNOUSH. 
 
 Lcnnie'K Giamrnai,.. Bullions' (iranthiar,.. National Grammar,. .Sullivan's Gram- 
 mar,.. Art of Reading. (National Series,). .Sullivan'ri Dictionary r.f Derivations, 
 Sulhvaus Lnglish Dictionary,.. The National Pujadors,. .Third Book, .Fourth Book 
 Fifth Book,. .Sixth Book,. .Sullivan's Spelling Book Supoiseded,. .Sullivan's Literary 
 Class Book, ..Whately's Lessons on Reasoning,. .Whately's Lessons on Christian 
 Evidences, or tho Truth of Christianity,. .Whately's Introductory Lessons ou the 
 British Constitution,.. Political Economy in Chambers' Educational Com^e, Spald- 
 ing R English Literature, . . Reid't^ Rudiment*^ of English Composition. 
 
 MA.TIIEMA.TIC8. 
 
 Arithmetic in Theory and Practice. (National Sorios,) . .Thomp.^on's, (JarncsL.L.D., 
 Glasgow,) Arithmetic,.. Thompson's, (James, I;.L.D., Glasgow,) Al^robra, LooraiV 
 Treatise^ on Algebra,.. Cnlenso's, Simsoii's Euclid,. .Colenso's Algebra, Part L,.. 
 Potts' Euclid, .. Monsurntion and Appendiv, (National Series). 
 
 OEOGRAl'IIY AND IlISTOlty. 
 
 Sullivan's Introduction to Geography and Histmy,. .Sullivan';i Geography Gener- 
 alised,.. Ei)itomo of Geogra{)hical Knowledge, (National Scries,). .White's Element-i 
 of General Hi.story,. .White's History of Great Britain nnd Ireland,.. White's History 
 of France,.. Putz's Ancient Geography and History. By Arnold and Paul...Putz's 
 Mediicval Geography and Hi;-U.ry. By xVniold and "Paul,.. Putz's Modern Geography 
 and History. By Arnold and Paul,..Johnston's General School Atlas,..Jolmston'8 
 Physical Sdiool Atlas,.., Toll n.-^ton's Classical School Atlas,.. Pilau's Pliysical and 
 Cliis.sical Geography, (Companion to .Tohnstou's Clai^sical Atlas.) 
 
 PIIYSrCAJ, i5CIKNCE. 
 
 Third, Fouiili and Fifth National Readers, .. Youman's Chemistry, with Coloured, 
 Chart,. .Olmsted's School Philosophy,. .Johnstons four Chans of Natural Philosophy, 
 with Hand-Books,. .Patterson's Zoology, Parts I. and IT. 
 
 MISOKLLANEOUS. 
 
 Ilullah's Manual of Vocal Music,. .Mulhauser's Writing Manual,. .Mulhauser'a 
 Models,... National Copy Linos,.. .National Book-keeping,. . .Drawing-books and 
 materials authorised by the Department of Science and Art England; and those in 
 the Catalogue of tho Educational Depository. 
 
 if 
 
 ■I! 
 
 A 'r 
 
 m 
 
 ii-^« 
 
 |::«l 
 
112 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 PROGRAMME OK .STUDIES IN UPPER CAJfADA COLLEGE. 
 
 The curriculum of studios in this Colloffo is (Vwuht] sn na f ■ •(. ♦!. 
 of such M iviah nni„ n r^,„-.I '-'" 'tgc 13 uuKiea SO as to Huit tho requirementi* 
 
 f.l!l ♦! • • ^ P"'*^'^ commercial education for thoir sons, aa diatincuiahed 
 
 from those requiring a more classical one. ' "'«""g"'8tiea 
 
 The following are the subjects of study in tho Classical Dei-aktment: 
 
 Seventh Form. 
 
 MS^f''"H?^''''''N^?"^"'p''' Scriptuio, (English and Greek,) History C Ancient 
 Med aeval and Modern ) Natural Philosophy, kathematics, EnHi h cSs ti^^^^^^ 
 
 a^dlSS^^Sr'' '"''''' '^'''''-^ -' On^am^ental'Sn^VoTal 
 
 Sixth Form. 
 
 The Latin and Greek Languages, Scripture, (English and Greek) Historv in.l 
 Geogmphy, (Ancient Mediaeval and Modern,) Naluraf Philosophy SsiSS2^ 
 phy Mathematics, English Composition and Reading, English AuUiors Sh 
 Arithmetic, Architectural and Ornamental Drawing, Vocd andS^lt^entaf MuS ' 
 
 Fifth Form.. 
 
 Fourth Form. 
 
 V^^tJf^\^,^ ^'r^ Languages. Scrii)turo, History and Geography, Natural 
 Philo ophy. Mathematics, English Composition and Reading, French IrithnS 
 
 Third Form. 
 
 ^orW^Ll'fr ^"°S"^g^' (P/o«o^y co^'K^encecl,) the Greek Language, (the Elements.) 
 Scr pturo, Geography, Modern History, (of Great Britain ^nd CnnnA \ A , -iV ?^ 
 Wridng, Dictation, Reading, French, fealural Pllsoph" (S^^eS:^ ^^^^^^^^ 
 Geometry and Algebra, (Elementary,) Drawing, Vocal andVlnstrumentol mS ^'^ 
 
 Second Form. 
 
 First Form. 
 Preparatory Form. 
 The following m the subjects of Bludy in the Commeecul DsrAUTMENT •_ 
 
 
lleop:. 
 
 t tho reqin'rementi* 
 s, as distinguished 
 
 ITMENT : 
 
 History, (Ancient 
 I Composition and 
 il Drawing, Vocal 
 
 eek,) History and 
 Physical Geogra- 
 Authors, French, 
 •uracntal Music. 
 
 ;rapliy, (Ancient,) 
 
 Composition and 
 
 and Ornamental 
 
 ography, Natural 
 end), Ai-ithmetic, 
 'ocal and Instru- 
 
 3, (the Elements,) 
 ada,) Arithmetic, 
 ts of Machinery,) 
 ental Music. 
 
 itic, History, Dic- 
 i Grammar and 
 
 etic. Geography, 
 rawing, Music. 
 
 pelling, Reading, 
 
 ITMENT : 
 
 :hmetiCj Writing, 
 tation, Composi- 
 etrical Drawing, 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 lid 
 
 In tho Claflsical Department, portions of the standard Lj,tin and Greek authors nm 
 
 position «. wo.ks of c,„,„bi:t ,:,„?i;"i A'xrLoto^iitr"' '" ""'"■ 
 
 In the Mathematical Dnnnidnnnt *v,« «.„„,i„..,i ri'_... , , „ "I"-^"-. 
 
 Pu^ ami AmoU'8 IInml-lSok,_;,itli other worta ' t'Cogrnpliy, 
 
 annum, with tuition; and two to free tuition-all tcriablo for three ^'ca^! ^'' 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF TOi|ONTO. 
 
 This Institution is formed after tho model of the University of London If is 
 goveiTied by a Senate, composed of the Chancellor, Vice-Chancello,- and o hei' mem 
 .oTfU/;'^'°"' ''T'"'?/V '° '^'^r'' ^^«P«'trnents are annual yappoi7ted ft 
 AgrtuUur' " ^'"' ^''^^""''' ""'^ ""'''' ''''' ^'^P'^"^^^ '"' Civi/En,^Lerfng and 
 
 FACULTY OF AltTS. 
 
 The degrees conferred in this Faculty are B.A. and M.A. There iro twn n.nrin« ^f 
 proceeding to the degree of B.A. Acirding to one, the reqi^sl^es are-^ '"" '^ 
 
 m Haying passed an examination in the subjects prescribed for Candid -ites for 
 Matriculation. (2) Being of the standing of four j^ai^ flom Matriculation (3 hIv^ 
 mg passed m each of these years an examination in tho subjects pres.'"bed fir ench 
 such year of he course appointed for Undergraduates in the Faculty a1 
 
 Accoixling to the other mode of proceeding to the degree of B.A., the requisites are- 
 
 (1) Having passed an examination in the subjects prescribed for StiuSs of tl^ 
 standing of two years from Matriculation. (2) Beini of the standino- of 1 li 
 from Matriculation. (3) Having passed in oil of thfse years an exaSinat on in^ the 
 
 Candidates for Matriculation according to the first mode, are required to producA 
 Ihefagr '' of good conduct, and of having completed\ie HtVyea^^^^^^ 
 
 Candidates for Matriculation, according to tho second mode, are required to nrodu.« 
 similar cei^ficates of good conduct, and of having completed the 1 GthVea tlSr age 
 
 the^lfgi^e ' " "''■ '"'"^^'"'^ '" ^''''''''' ''"^''"'^^ '' a qualificationfm: 
 
 There are also two modes of proceeding to the deo-ree of M.A 
 
 According to one, the requisites are— " 
 
 (1) Being of the standing of one year from admission to the degree of B A /2\ 
 Havingpassed the appointed examination in tho subjects prescribed for Candidit!; 
 for admission to the degree of M.A. '^ancimates 
 
 According to the other, the requisites are— 
 ^9^^ Wn^"'"^ ""V^'" f .'l'^'"^ ^^.^^'"^ y^''' ^'•^™ admission to tho degree of B A 
 ^SrS TE " ""''"'''' ^''''''^''^ ^'' ^""^^^^^^^^ ^'^' admlsion to the 
 
 ; li! 
 
 ♦! 
 
 I 
 
 iii 
 
 ir 
 
 
114 
 
 APPP.NDIX. 
 
 i..i! 
 
 PROUKAMMK OFHTUDIIW rKK.^CRIDKl> l\Y Tim HHVATK OP TUB UNIVERSITV OP TORONTO 
 ron COLLKUiCrt IN AKflUAIION WITH TIIR UNITKHmty. 
 
 MA'J'lilLUI.ATION. 
 
 ORKEK AND LATIN LANOUAGKS. 
 
 Homer, IlintI, b. I., . . Liiciiti, Vit^, ami Cliaroii,,.CowHr, do Hollo Gnllico, IJb. V. 
 imd VI.,.. Virgil, yllJnoid, 15. ll.,..'J>analalioii frotn EngliHh into Latin I'roso. 
 AdiUl'ional for Honors and Scholarshijm. 
 Houuif, Iliad, \\. VI.,. .Iloinor, Odyswy, U. IX.,. . Lucinn, Monippija, and Tirnoii,. . 
 Horace, Odos, li. I.,. .Virgil, A)m\(\, BIl I. and llI.,..Tianj*!ati()U from English int« 
 Ijiitin VorHO. 
 
 AtATHKJIATlOS. 
 
 ALOanilA, AND AltlTHMETrc. 
 
 Ordinary rules oi' Aritliinotic,.''- Vulgar and Decimal Fraction.^.. Extraction of 
 Squaro Iloot. .First four rules of Algebra. (Colensu'a Algebra.) 
 
 OKOMirriiY. 
 
 Ewclid, U. T. (Colenso'H Edition of Sinison's.) 
 
 Additional for Honorn and Scholarships, 
 
 VI,«KnUA. 
 
 Proportion and Progression, .. Siinplo and Quadratic EquatioriH. 
 
 aKOMETRY. 
 
 Enclid, Bb. XL III. and IV. 
 
 " ELEMENT.S OK l^ATURAL l^HILOSOPIfY. 
 
 MKCIJANICS. 
 
 Explain the composition and resolution of .statical forces. 
 DcBcribo the simple machines (miiclianical powers). 
 Define the centre of gravity. 
 
 Gire the general lawn of motion, and describe the chief cxperimontfi by which they 
 raay be illustrated. 
 State the law of the motion of fulling bodies. 
 
 HynilOSTATICS, IIVDUAUI.ICS, AND PNEUMATICS. 
 
 Explain the prcHiniro of liquids and gassea : it-i equal dillusion, and variation with 
 tho depth. 
 
 Deiino specific gravity, a'.id sliow how tho specific gravity of bodies may bo ascer- 
 tained. 
 
 Describe and explain the barometer, the syphon, tho common pump and forcing 
 pump, and the air pump. 
 
 ACODsrioa. 
 
 Dosoribo tho nature of sound. 
 
 OPTICS. 
 
 State the laws of reflection and reiraction. 
 Explain the formation of images by simple lenses. 
 
 ASTRONOMV. 
 
 Motion of tho earth round it-s axis and round tho sun: with applicationg of these 
 movements to explain the apparent movement of the sun and stars, tho length of days, 
 and the change of season; explanation of eclipses and the moon's phases. 
 
Ratty OP TORONTO 
 
 llo tinllico, Hb. V. 
 Latin I'loso. 
 
 ]nifl, and Timoji,.. 
 IVom Kiiglifih int« 
 
 ruH,,. Extraction of 
 
 nts bj which they 
 
 ind variation with 
 :lios may bo ascer- 
 lurap and forcing 
 
 )licatlon3 of these 
 he length of days, 
 luises. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 116 
 
 iilonta. 
 the 
 
 ELEMENTS OF OHKifrSTRY. 
 
 Properlio«ofmattor,agp:ro.ation,(TyHtalh-zntio,N..heinioalamnity,dofuu-toc^^ 
 
 iioat: natural and artificial Ronroos; its offoct«. Expansion: sohMs, liquidg mms. 
 
 1 ho n.ometor : conduct...,. ; radiation ; capacity ; chango of for,,. ; li<n.of« tion -'sE^ 
 
 I he atn.o.sp hero: ,t« general natu.-o and cona.tion ; it« co.npo. en pS C" ,* 
 
 Chlorine and iodine, as compared with oxygon 
 
 dZTo( iurUv""trwl"' ""• '■'" "'""^■^'•''^'•« «"*1 ««^«'; it« "<iU.ral statoH and 
 tZtLVhl^'^ M '^"'^'■'."v«'' ^^"t^'-. «r>''»J,' water, rain water. Pure water: 
 cflcct^ ot heat and cold on ,t; its co,npou,.d ..atu,-e; it« olcMonts. 
 
 ^c::^:rtz^^;: "^^^•' ^'^^'^-^''-^ -^^ ' ^^- p-p-t- and us.. 
 
 ^s^ilu : their ..ature geneially. Sulphates, niti-ates, cai-bonatcs. 
 
 Motds gonenilly : ,ron, copper, lead, tin, zinc, gold, silve.-, platinu.n, mercury. 
 
 poSn! ^"■'''""''" ''"'"'"'' '^' ''^'""^'^ ""^^ """"'^^ ^^^^*^«5 thoir ultimate com- 
 
 MODERN LANGUAGES. 
 ,, ENGLISH. 
 
 trraramar, and Composition. 
 
 FRENCir. 
 
 Grammar, and Translation from French into English. 
 
 Additional for Honours and Scholarships. 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 Rendering of English Verso into Prose,.. Composition. 
 
 rRENCII. 
 
 Feu61on, Dialogues des Mort8,..Moli6ro, Les Fourberics des Scaplu. 
 
 HISTORY AND OEOGRAPHV. 
 
 .f N"''i"'n 'J"Sli* History to prc-sont lirao,.. Outline, of Roman History to death 
 
 Additional for Honours and Scholarships. 
 
 rei'TtdTiu7aSltwi°a! '^'-P»""-"'»'°'^ °f Spain and Portugal in tLo 
 
 SCHOLARSHIPS. 
 The following are offered for competition amoiigst candidates for admission: 
 
 Hist^l^tf ^Ge:X '" """"^ ''''' '' ''' ""'''' '''' "^^"^ '-^-^-' ^^'^'^ 
 Four, of the value of £30 per annum each, in Mathematics. 
 
 witIZt;':„d G:ography.f" "°"" '"''' '" "■" ^''«"^'' ^"^ ''-"'='' '»"8"»i«». 
 
 One, of the valim of -fiao r^a^ <>r>r>,,~ ,v *t-- x-m ,. , » -kt . • -i- ., 
 Chemistry. ' '"' '^ ^^ ™' ^^' '"'' i-lumonts oi ^atuiai Pii.loaophy and 
 
 M 
 
 r'l 
 
 f I 
 
 iKi 
 
 •" 41 
 
 !fil 
 
 ira 
 
116 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 si: 
 
 fii 
 
 into 
 
 Four, of tlio value of JC30 per annura each, for general proficiency in the fcubjecte 
 for all students. 
 
 Each of these scholarships is tenable for one year; but the scholars of each year arc 
 eligible for the scholarships of the succeeding year. 
 
 FIRST YEAR. 
 
 GREEK AND LATIIST LANGUAGES. 
 Homer, Iliad, 13. IX.,. .Homer, Odyssey, B. I.,. .Xenophon, Anabasis, B. I.,. . Virgi 
 ./Eneid, B. VI., . . Ovid, Fasti, B. I., . . Sallust, Catalino, . . Translation from English iut 
 Latin Prose. 
 
 JddUional for Honours and Scholar sh'qis. 
 Homer, Iliad, B. X.,..IIonior, Odyssfv, B. X.,..Xonop]ion, Anabasis, Bb. II. and 
 HI.,.. Virgil, yEneid, Bb. VII. and Vl J I.,.. Sallust, Jugurtha,.. Translation from 
 English into Latin Verse. 
 
 MATHEMATICS. 
 Arithmetic, . . Algebra. (Colenso's.) . . Euclid. (Colenso's Edition of Simson's.) . . 
 Plane Trigonometry, as far as solution of plane triangles. (Oolenso's) 
 Additional for Honours and Scholarships. 
 Plane Trigonometry. (Colcnso's.) 
 
 MODERN LANGUAGES. 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 Composition,.. Orthographical forms of the English Language,.. .History of the 
 English Language. 
 
 Additional for Honours and Scholarshijis. 
 History of English Literature, temp. Chaucer. 
 
 FRENCH. 
 
 Translation from English into French,.. Moliere, L'Avre,. .Voltaire, Alziro. 
 
 Additional for Honours and Scholarshijts. 
 Moliere, Le Tartuffc. 
 
 mSTORY. 
 
 Outlines of Ancient History,., British History, to Saxon invasion. 
 Additional for Honours and Scholarships;, 
 
 Biography of the ages of Pericles and Augustus,. .Ethnological elements of Ancient 
 History. 
 
 METAPHYSICS AND ETHICS. 
 
 Logic. (Walker's Edition of Murray 's.)..]S'aturnl Theology. (Paley's.) 
 
 Additional for Honours and Scholarships. 
 
 Logic. (Whatley's or Mill's.).. Cicero, deNaturaDeorum,B. I. and II.,.. Cicero 
 Tusc. dispnt., B. I. 
 
 NATURAL SCIENCE. 
 Elements of Natural History. (Patterson's Zoology ; Henfrey's Botafiy.) . . Elements 
 of Mineralogy and Geology. (Dana's Manual of Mineralogy ; Hitchcock's Geology.) 
 
 "ORIENTAL LANGUAGES. 
 
 IIEDUEW. 
 
 Grammar, from the beginning to the end of irregular verbs. (Gcsenius'.) . .Genesis, 
 
 "Optional. 
 
ly in tlio (;ubjects 
 3 of eacli year arc 
 
 ?is«, B.I.,. .Virgil, 
 rom English into 
 
 lasis, iJb, II. and 
 LVanslr.tion from 
 
 1 of Simson's.).. 
 
 ...History of the 
 
 re, Alziro. 
 
 iments of Ancient 
 
 Paley's.) 
 
 ind 11.,.. Cicero, 
 
 fifty.) . . Elements 
 icock's Geology.) 
 
 nius',).. Genesis, 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 11' 
 
 oliaps. I. II. in. lY. an.l V.,. .P,';alni«, I. II. III. IV. and V.,, .History of the Ilebrew 
 Languago and Literature. 
 
 SCHOLARSHIPS, PRIZES, AXD CERTIFICATES OF HONOUR. 
 
 Tho following Scholareliips are ottered for competition amongst Students of the 
 standing of one year from Matriculation: 
 
 Three in the Greek and Latin Languages with History. 
 
 Three in Mathematics. 
 
 One in the Natural ^Sciences. 
 
 Two hi the English and French Languages with History. 
 
 One in Ethics and Logic. 
 
 One in the Hebrew Language. 
 
 Four for general proficiency in the subjects appointed for all Students. 
 
 Each of the Scholarships is of tho valiie (>f £;30, and is tenable for one year; but 
 Scholars of each year are eligible to the Scholarships of tho succeeding year. 
 
 Prizes of books of the value of £b are offere<l, amongst those who are not candi- 
 dates for Honours or Scholarshij^s, in each department for proficiency in tho sulnects 
 appointed for all Students. 
 
 Certificates of Honour will bo given to those Students who have been placed in the 
 first class in any department. 
 
 SECOND YEAR. 
 
 GREEK AND LATIN LANrxITAGES, 
 Homer, Hind, B. XIII.,..Homor, Odyssey, B. 11... .Demosthenos Olynthiacs,. 
 Horace, Odes,.. Cicero, Orat. in Catilinam, ..Translation from English 'info Latin 
 Prose. '"^ 
 
 Additional for Ilonovrs and Scholarship!!. 
 Homer, Iliad, B. XVHL,. .Homer, Odys.sev, B.XIL,. .l)eiiir.:^thenos, Pbilinpies, 
 Horace, Epodes,.. Virgil, Georgics, Land 11.,.. Cicero, pro Mi lone and riiil. IL " 
 Translation from English into Latin A'erse. 
 
 :\IATIIEMATICS. 
 Statics, Dynamics, Hydrostatics, with jircNiinis pass siib)ecfs. (Goodwin's Course 
 of Mathematics.) 
 
 Additional for ffonours and ScholarshijJS. 
 Analytical Conic Sections. (Hymors'.).. Newton's Principia, section let. (Evans' 
 edition.).. Rudiments of Diff. and Integral Calculus. (Do Morgan's.) 
 
 Fundamental rules and theorems for a single independent v.inable and application 
 to plane curres. ' ' 
 
 Newton's Principia, sections II. and HI. (Evans' edition,) with previous subjecta. 
 
 MODERN LANGUAGES. 
 £N'GI.Isn. 
 
 Composition,. .Rhetorical Forms,. .History of English Literature, temp. Elizabeth. 
 
 FIIENCH. 
 
 Translation of English into French,. .Voltaire, ZaiVe,. .Moliiire, Le Fcstin do Pierre, 
 .History of Provencal Literature. (Sismondi's Literature of the South of Europe ) 
 History of France to Francis L (Boimechoses History of France.) • 
 
 GERMAN-. 
 
 Grammar, Adler's Reader, parts 1, 2, S, an.l 5,.. History of German Literature to 
 the 17th century. (Mcnzels, translated by C. C. Felton.) 
 
 f-; 
 
 I 
 
 Ms 
 
 III 
 
118 
 
 Al'PENDlX. 
 
 
 Additional for Honours and Scholarshrps. 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 Sliakespeaie, Cyniboliuo (analysis of,). .Etymology. 
 
 FUEN-CII. 
 
 Racine, Ipliigt;nie,..Laniartine, Vovagos en Orient, vol. 1. 
 
 GERMAN. 
 
 Scliillei', Don Carlos. 
 
 HISTOllY. 
 Outlines of Medi:oval History,.. English History to the death of Stephen. 
 
 Additional for Honours and Scholarships. 
 Biography and Litei'ature to the death of Stephen. 
 
 METAPHYSICS Ai^Q ETHICS. 
 Paley, Evidences,.. Cicero, de Officiis, and de Aniicitia. 
 
 Additional for Honours and Scholarships. 
 
 Butler, Analogy, . . Cicero, de Nat. Deorum, B. IH., . . Cicero, Tuscul. Disput. Bb. II. 
 and V.,. . Cicero, Academ. Qujest. B. I. 
 
 NATURAL SCIENCES. 
 Chemistry and Chemical Physics. (Fownes' Elements of Chemistry ; Gregory's 
 Manual of Chemistry ; Lardner's Hand Book of Heat and Electricity.) ' 
 
 RHETORIC. 
 Campbell, Philosophy of Rhetoric. 
 
 Additional for Honours and Scholarships. 
 Aristotle, Rhetoric, .. Cicero, de Oratore. 
 
 CIVIL POLITY. 
 Elements of Political Philosophy and Economy. 
 
 • ORIENTAL LANGUAGES. 
 HEBREW. 
 
 Grammar continued to the end of Syntax,.. Genesis, Chap. XXXVIl. to the end 
 of the Book,.. Psalms VI. to XXV.,..Lowth's Lectures on Hebrew Poetrv. 
 
 both these lan<Tuao:es. 
 
 Candidates for admission as students, who produce satisfactory certificates of r'ood 
 conduct, and of having completed the sixteenth year of their age, by passino- aii ex- 
 aun"nation in the subjects appointed for the second year of this course, can attain the 
 staiidii'g of two years, and be admitted to the degree of B.A., after two years instead 
 of four. Such candidates may exercise the options stated in the preceding paragraph ; 
 bit when an option is exercised, they will be required to pass in the oniTtted depart- 
 ment an e:;amiuation in the subjects appointed in that department for students of the 
 standing of one year. 
 
 'Optional. 
 
eplien. 
 
 Bisput. Eb. II. 
 
 ry; Gregory's 
 
 11. to the oDu 
 aetrv. 
 
 quired to take 
 either at their 
 Ural Sciences," 
 le German, or 
 
 eates of good 
 passing an ex- 
 can attain the 
 I years instead 
 ii,i>' paragraph ; 
 nitted depart- 
 tudents of the 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 119 
 
 SCHOLARSHIPS, PRIZES, AXD CERTIFICATES OF HONOUR 
 
 The following scholarships are oifored for competition amongst stndents nf the 
 standing of two years from Matriculation, and those candidates for admission a3 stu- 
 dents who possess the qualifications previously stated: 
 
 Three in the Greek and Latin Languages with History. 
 
 Three in Mathematics. 
 
 Two in tiie Natural Sciences. 
 
 Two in the Modern Languages with IL'story. 
 
 One in Metaphysics and Ethics. 
 
 One in the p:iements of Civil Polity with History and Rhetoric. 
 
 One in the Hebrew Language. 
 
 Two for general proficiency in the subjects appointed for all students. 
 
 Each of these scholarships is of the value of £30, and is tenable for one year; but 
 the scholars of each year are eligible to the scholarships of the succeeding year. 
 
 Prizes of books of the value ot' £5 are offered, amongst those who are not candi- 
 dates for honours or scholarships, in each department, for proficiency in the subjects 
 appointed for all students. 
 
 Certificates of honour will be given to those students who have been placed in the 
 first class in any department. 
 
 THIRD YEAR. 
 
 GREEK AND LATIN LANGUAGES. 
 Herodotus, B. II,.. Horace, Satires and Epistles,.. Sophocles, CEdipus Rex,. .Livy 
 Bb. XXI. and XXIL,..1'ranslation from English into Latin Prose. 
 Additional for Honours and Scholarships. 
 ^schylus, Prometheus,.. Sophocles, (Edipus, Coloneus,.. Plato, Apology and 
 Crito,.. Cicero, pro Lego Manilia, pro Archia, pro Ligario, and Phil. 1, Terence 
 Phormio,..Livy, Bb. XXIII. XXIV. and XXV.,.. Translation into Greek Prose and 
 Latin Verse. . 
 
 MATHEMATICS. 
 Optics and Acoustics. (Goodwin's Course of Mathematics.) 
 
 Additional for Honours and Scholarships. 
 Diff". and Integral Calculas. (De Morgan's.).. Analytical Geometry of two and 
 three dimensions. (Salmon's and Hyniers'.).. Theory of Algebraic Equations. 
 (Hymers').. Analytical Statics. (Todhunter's.).. Dynamics of a Particle. (Sando- 
 mau's.).. Analytical Hydrostatics. (Miller's.) .. Geometrical Optics. (Griffin's.) 
 
 MODERN LANGUAGES. 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 Composition,.. Logical and Rhetorical Forms. 
 
 FRENCH. 
 
 Composition on a given subject,. .Racine, Athalie,. -Lamartine, Voyages en Orient, 
 vol. 2,.. History of French Literature from the Troubadours to the l7th century. 
 (Sismondi's Literature of the south of Europe.) . .History of France from Francis I. to 
 Louis XVI. (Bonnechose's.) 
 
 GERMAN. 
 
 Goethe, Tphigenia aufTauris,.. Schiller, Der Nefi'c als Onkcl,.. History of German 
 Literature from 17th to 18th century. (Menzel's.) .. History of Germany from tirao 
 of Charles V. to peace of Westphalia. (Kohlrauseh's.) . .Translation into German. 
 
 t:' 
 
 I 
 
 I I, 
 
 I 
 
 i> l| 
 
 ,^l 
 
fw9i' 
 
 120 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 3 iM 
 
 
 I 
 
 Additiuiuil /or Honours and Scholarships. 
 
 ENULISII. 
 
 Sliakspearo, Macbeth (Aiuil)'sia of.) 
 
 FRENCH. 
 
 llotrou, \^enco.slas,..Bo.ssuet Discours sur I'Listoiro Univorselle. 
 
 GERMAN. 
 
 Schiller, Maria Stuart. 
 
 HISTORY. 
 
 Outlines of Modern History,, .li^nglish History from the death of Stephen to death 
 of lleury VII. 
 
 Additional for Honours and Scholarships. 
 
 Biography and Literature to death of Henry VH. 
 
 NA.TURAL SCIENCES. 
 Natural History: (Agassiz and Goidd'a Comparative Physiology; Carpenter's 
 Zoology ; (iray's liotanieal Text Boole) 
 
 Qoiieral and Cotnpanitive I'liysiology. 
 View of the Amiiial Kingdom. 
 Vogetablo Orgiinugiaiiliy and Physiology. 
 View ot tlu! A't'getahlo Kiiigdoiu. 
 Applied Chemistry. (Knapp's Applied Chemistry.) 
 
 METAPHYSICS AND ETUICS. 
 Locke, Bb. 11, IH, IV,..Paley, Moral Philosoidiy. 
 
 . Additional for Honours and Scholarships. 
 Macldntosh, Dissertation on the progress of Ethical Science,. .Xenophon, Memora- 
 bilia,.. Cicero, l)e Finibus,.. Cicero, Acadeni. Qiia?«t. B. H. and De Fato. 
 
 CIVIL POLITY. 
 Paley, Political Philosophy. 
 
 •ORIENTAL LANGUAGES. 
 
 HEBREW. 
 
 Psalms XL, CXXXHI, CXXXVH,. .Isaiah, Chaps. IV. VII SIV. and LIL 
 
 t'lIALDKK. 
 
 Grammar. (Winer's,).. Daniel, Chaps. 11. and III, .. History of the Chaldeo Lan- 
 guage and Literature. 
 
 N.B. — StudiMits presenting themselves at this examination are not required to take 
 "the Creek and Latin Languages" and "the Modern Languages," but either, at their 
 option. Neither are they required to take "Mathematics" and "the Natural Sciences," 
 but either, at tlieir option. They may also take either the French or the German, or 
 both these languasxes. 
 
 SCHOLARSHIPS, PRIZES, AND CERTIFICATES OF HONOUR. 
 The following scholarships are offered for competition amongst Students of the 
 standing of three years from Matriculation: — 
 
 Three in the Greek and Latin Languages \\(ith History, 
 
 Three in Mathematics, 
 
 Two in the Natural Sciences, 
 
 Two in Modern Languages with History, 
 
 One in Metajihysics and Ethics, 
 
 *Optional. 
 
iphcu to death 
 
 ; Carpeutor'tt 
 
 )lioij, Memora- 
 ito. 
 
 nud LIL 
 
 Clialdeo Lan- 
 
 "quired to take 
 either, at tlieir 
 ural Sciences," 
 ho German, or 
 
 tudents of the 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 121 
 
 Ouo in Civil Polity with History, 
 
 One in the Hebrew Langiuige, 
 
 Two for general proficiency in the subjects appointed for all Students. 
 
 Each of these scholarships is of the value of ilSO, and is tenable for one year. 
 
 Prizes of books of the value of £5 are oti'ered amongst those not candidates for 
 Honouis and Scholarships in each department, for proficiency in the subjects appoint- 
 ed for all students. 
 
 Certificates of Honour will bo given to those students who have been placed in the 
 first class in any department. 
 
 FmAZ EXAMINATION OF CANDIDATES FOR DEGREE OF B. A. 
 
 GREEK AND LATIN LANGUAGES. 
 Euripides, Medea, .. Thucydides, li. I.,.. Juvenal, Sat. Ill, VH, VIII, X,.. Tacitus 
 Germania and Agricola, .. Translation from English into Latin Prose. 
 
 ilATHEMATICS. 
 Astronomy, with previous pass subjects. (Goodwin's Course of Mathematics.) 
 
 MODERN LANGUAGES] 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 Exercises in Principles of Composition, Grammar, and Etymology, based on 
 selected passage?, .. History of the formation of the English Language, and its Philo- 
 logical Elements, Celtic, Classical, and Germanic or Anglo Saxon, ..History of Litera- 
 ture from Chaucer to Spenser. 
 
 FRENCH. 
 
 French composition on a given subject,. . Corneille, lo Cid,..Moli6re, le M6decin 
 malgre lui,. .History of French Literature from the 17th century to the present time. 
 (Choquet's.,) . . History of France from Louis XVI. to Louis Phillippe. (Bonnechose's.) 
 
 OEiiMAN. 
 
 Lessing, Nathan dor Weise,..Wieland, Abderiten, vok I.,.. History of German 
 Literature from the 1 8th century to the present time. (Menzel's.) .. History of Ger- 
 many tVom the Peace of Wesphalia to the present time. (Kohlrauscli's,) . .Translation 
 into German. 
 
 HISTORY. 
 
 Greek Literature and Art from batik) of Marathon to end of Peloponnesian War, . . 
 Roman Literature and Art from end of First Punic War tu the Death of Augustus,. . 
 British Literature and Art from Death of Henry VII. to Death of James *I. 
 
 NATURAL SCIENCES. 
 Mineralogy and Geology (including Physical Geography.) (Dana's System of 
 Mineralogy; Do la Beclie's Geological Observer,). .Practical Chemistry. (Fresenius'.) 
 
 METAPHYSICS AND ETHICS. 
 Reid, Intellectual Powers (Sir W. Hamilton's Ed.,).. Stewart, Moral and Active 
 Powers. 
 
 CIVIL POLITY. 
 Political Economy. (Mill's.) 
 
 ^ORIENTAL LANGUAGES. 
 
 IlEUKEW. 
 
 Job, Chaps. III., IV., v., VL, Vn.,..Pioverb,s, Chap. I., II., Ill.,..Ecclesiastes, 
 Chaps. L, Xil. 
 
 ♦Optionul. 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 !"«i;i 
 
 tvm 
 
 v\ 
 
 III 
 
122 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 
 i ! 
 
 
 ' m 
 
 CHAIDFS 
 
 Daniel, Chap. IV. to end of VII.,. .Ezra, Chap. IV. to VII. 
 
 RYRIAC. 
 
 ^ Grammar. (Phillips',).. The Parables in the New Testament,.. History of the 
 Syriac Language and Literature. 
 
 N.B.— Students presenting themselves at this examination are not required to take 
 «tho CJreok and Latin Languages" and "the Modern Languages," but either, at their 
 option. Neither are they required to take " Mathematics" and " the Natural Sciences," 
 but either, at their option. They may also take either the French or the German, or 
 both these languages. 
 
 FINAL EXAMINATION OF CANDIDATES FOR MEDALS. 
 
 I.— GREEK AND LATIN" LANGUAGES. 
 
 yEschyhis, Prometheus, .. Sophocles, (Edipus, Coloneus,.. Euripides, Medea 
 Aristophanes, Nubes,. .Pindar, Olympic Odes,. .Thucydides, B. I.,.. Plato, Apology, 
 and Onto,.. Aristotle, Poetics, .. Longinus, de Sublimitate,.. Lucretius, Bb. V. and 
 VI.,..Plautiis, Aulularin,.. Terence, Phormio,. .Pcrsius, L, II., III., V and VI 
 Juvenal, HL, VIL, VIII., and X.,..Livy, Bb. XXI-XXV,. .Tacitus, Germania, and 
 Agricola,..lacitus, Histories, .. Translation into Greek and Latin prose and verse. 
 
 II.— MATHEMATICS. 
 
 Arithmetic, . . Algebra. (Colenso's.) . . Plane Trigonometry. (Colenso's ) Spher- 
 al Trigonometry. (Hann's.) . . Conic Sections. (Hymers'.) . . Analytical Geometry.' 
 (Salmon's and IIymers'.)..Dillerential and Integral Calculus. (De Moro-an's.) 
 Theory of Algebraic Equations. (Hymers'.) . . Difterential Equations. (Hyiners') 
 Statics. (Todhunter's.).. Dynamics. (Sandeman's and Griffin's.) .. Hydrostatics 
 
 (MillCT's.)_. . Geometrical Optics. (GrilHn's.) . . Acoustics, . . Plane AstTOnomy7"7Hy- 
 
 (Godfrey's.).. Newton's Principia, Sees. I., IL, HL, IX., 
 
 mers'.) . . Lunar Theory, 
 and XL (Evans' Ed.) 
 
 IIL— MODERN LANGUAGES. 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 Exercises in Principles of Composition, Grammar, and Etymology, based on 
 selected passages,. .History of the Formation of the English Language and its Philo- 
 logical Elements, Celtic, Classical, and Germanic or Anglo-Saxon,. .History of Litera- 
 ture from Chaucer to Spenser, .. C h'itical Analysis of one of Shakspeare's Historical 
 Plays, . . Critical Examination, in Style, Rules of Composition, and Prosody, of a Poem 
 of Spenser, Milton, Cowper, or Wordsworth. 
 
 FRENCH. 
 
 Corneille, le Cid,..Mohere, le Medecin inalgre lui,.. Chefs d'CEuvres des Anciens 
 Poetes,..La Bruyero et Theophraste,. .History of French Literature from the llih. 
 century to the present time. (Choquet's.) .. History of France from Louis XVI to 
 Louis Phillippe. (Bonnecho.se's.) .. Poetry of Troubadours et Trouveres compared 
 analyzed, and rendei-ed into French prose. (Sismondi's Literature of South of Europe ) 
 . .French Composition on a given subject, .. Oral Questions answered in French. 
 
 GERMAN. 
 
 Lessing, Nathan der Weise, . . Wieland, Abderiten, vol. I,..Kotzebue (vol XVII) 
 Eduard in Schottland (Analysis of) . . Klopstock, Der Messias, 1st and 2nd Cantos 
 History of German Literature, from 18th century to the present time. (Menzel's) 
 ..History of Germany from the Peace of Westphalia, to the present time. (Kohl- 
 rausch's.).. Translation into German. ' ^ 
 
Ustory of the 
 
 quired to take 
 either, at their 
 ural Sciences," 
 le German, or 
 
 es, Medea,., 
 ato, Apology, 
 •; Bb. V. and 
 ^ and VI.,.. 
 revmania, and 
 and verse. 
 
 d's.) . . Spheri- 
 1 Geometry., 
 Moigan's.) . . 
 (Hyiners'.) . . 
 Hydrostatics, 
 nomy. (Hy- 
 tl.. Ill, IX., 
 
 y, based on 
 ind its Philo- 
 Jry of Litera- 
 3's Historical 
 y, of a Poem 
 
 des Anciens 
 om the l^th 
 ouis XVI. to 
 2s compared, 
 1 of Europe.) 
 French. 
 
 (vol. XVII.) 
 
 id Cantos, . . 
 
 (Menzel's,) 
 
 me. (Kohl- 
 
 APPFNDIX. 
 
 123 
 
 IV.— METAPHYSICS, ETHICS, AND CIVIL POLITY. 
 Paley, Natural Tbcology,. .Paley, ]']vidences,.. Butler, Analogy, .. Paley, Moral 
 Philosophy,.. Paley, Political Philosophy,. .Stewart, Moral and Active Powers,.. 
 Mackintosh, Dissortatiim on the Progress of Ethical Science,. .Mill, Political Econom}', 
 ..Locke, on tJio Human lJii(I(MvtaiKling,..l^rown, Philosophy of the iiiiiid,..Mor('lfs 
 History of I'liil i!-o,iliy,. .lleid, Intd'elual Powers. (Sir W. Haiiiiltoirs Ed.).. 
 Xenophon, Mcnioiabilia,. .Aristotle, Nicomachean Ethics,. .Aristotle, Metaphysics, 
 Bb. 1., and XI.,.. Cicero, I)e Katuia Deorum,.. Cicero, Do Fiiiikus,. .Cicero, Tuscul. 
 Dispnt.,.. Cicero, Do Olliciis and Do Amicitia,.. Cicero, Acadeni. Qu.Tst. and Do 
 Fato. 
 
 v.— CHEMISTRY. ZOOLOGY. AND BOTANY. 
 VI.— CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND GEOLOGY. 
 
 MEDALS, PRIZES, AND CERTIFICATES OF HONOUR. 
 Gold Medals will be given to the students who have been placed fir.st of the first 
 class in the departments previously stated — viz : — 
 
 I. Greek and Latin Languages. 
 II. jMathematics, ])ure and mixed. 
 
 III. Metaphysics, Ethics, and Civil Polity. 
 
 IV. Chemistry, Zoology, and Botany. 
 
 V. Chemistry, Mineralogy, and Geology. 
 VI. Modern Languages. 
 Silver Medals will be given to those who have been placed in any position below- 
 first in the first class in the above-named departments. 
 
 Prizes of books of the vahie of £5 are oti'ered in each department for proficiency in. 
 the subjects appointed for all students. 
 
 FACULTY OP LAW. 
 
 The Degrees conferred in this Faculty are LL.B and LL.D. 
 
 LL.B. 
 There are four modes of proceeding open to a Candidate for this degree, viz : 
 
 I. According to this mode the requisites are — 
 
 1. Being of the standing of five years from Matriculation. 
 
 2. Having produced a certificate that he has been admitted to the degree of B.A» 
 
 3. Having passed the several examinations prescribed for Students in'the Faculty 
 , of Law in Schedule A. 
 
 II. According to this mode the requisites are — 
 
 1. Being of the standing of three years from Matriculation. 
 
 2. Having produced a certificate that he has been admitted to the degree of B.A. 
 
 3. Having passed the third, fourth, fifth and sixth Examinations prescribed for 
 
 Students in the Faculty of Law in Schedule A. 
 
 III. According to this mode the requisites are — 
 
 1. Having produced a certificate that he has been admitted to the degree of B. A. 
 
 2. Being of the standing of three years from Matriculation in Law. 
 
 3. Having passed the third, fourth, fifth and sixth Examinations prescribed for 
 
 Students in the Faculty of Law in Schedule A. 
 
 IV. According to this mode the I'equisites are — 
 
 1. Being of the standing of three years. 
 
 2. Having produced a satisfactory certificate that ho is of the age of 21 years. 
 
 3. Having jiasFod all the Examinations prescribed for Students in the Faculty of 
 
 Law in Schedule B. 
 
 I ': 
 
 I A 
 
 ; i 
 
 !• ^ 
 
 IM 
 

 i r 
 
 124 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 SUBJECTS OF EXAMINATION. 
 
 SCHEDULE A. 
 MATRICULATION KXAMINATIOX. 
 
 Ileddie's Enquiries, Historical and Elomontaiy, in tlie Science of the Law,.. The 
 three portions of Duinont's edition of JJonthain's Morals and Lo^jislation, which con- 
 tain the Principles of Legislation, the Principles of a Civil Code, and the Principles of 
 a Common Code. 
 
 SECOND EXAMINATION. 
 
 Blacl<stone's Comtnontaries, vol. 2,. .Williams on Heal Property,.. Watkins's Ele- 
 ments of Couveyancina'. ^,..„., 
 
 •' O THIRD EXAMINATION. 
 
 Stephen on Pleading, . . Taylor on E vidence, . . Smith on Contracts. 
 
 FOUUTII EXAMINATION. 
 
 Smith's Mercantile Law,.. Story on Bills of E.xchange,.. Story on Promissory 
 Notes,.. Story on Partnership, .. Story on Agency. 
 
 FIFTH EXAMINATION. 
 
 Smith's Manual of Equity Jurisprudence,.. Story s Equity Jurisprudence,.. Sug- 
 den s Vendors and Purchasers,. .Coote on Mortgages,. .Jarman on Wills, 
 
 SIXTH EXAMINATION, ; 
 
 Justinian's Institutes,. .Gibbon's Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire, with 
 Guizot's and Wankoing's notes, Milman's last edition,.. Arnold's History of Rome, 
 vol. 1, chap. 15, .. Hallam's Constitutional History,.. Constitution of the British 
 Commonwealth,.. lilackstone's Commentaries, vol. 4,..Reddie'8 International Law 
 Story's Contlict of Laws, .. Practice of the Courts of Law and Equity. ' 
 
 SCHEDULE B, 
 
 MATRICULATION EXAMINATION. 
 
 Reddie's Enquiries, Historical and Elementary, in the Science of Law,.. The throe 
 portions of Dumont's edition of l^enthara's Morals and Legislation, which contain the 
 Principles of Legislation, the Principles of a Civil Code, and the Principles of a Com- 
 mon Code,.. Williams on Real Property,.. Watkins' Elements of Conveyancing. 
 
 SECOND EXAMINATION. 
 
 Stephen on Pleading,.. Taylor on Evidence,.. Smith's Mercantile Law,.. Smith on 
 Contracts,.. Story on Bills of Exchange,.. Story on Partnership, .. Story on Agency. 
 
 THIRD EXAMINATION. 
 
 Smith's Manual of Equity Jurisprudence, .. Story's Equity Jurisprudence,.. Sug- 
 den's Vendors and Purchasers, . . Cooto on Mortgages, . . Jarmun on Wills, 
 
 FOURTH EXAMINATION. 
 
 The same subjects as in the Sixth Examination in Schedule A. 
 
 LL.D, 
 The following are the Lectures in tliis degice : 
 
 1. Having been admitted to the degree of LL.E, 
 
 2. Being of the standing of five years from the degree of LL.B. 
 
 SCHOLARSHIPS. 
 There are ten Scholarships in the faculty of law, each of the value of £50. 
 Each of them is tenable for one year, but the Scholars of each year are elio-ible for 
 the Scholarships of the succeeding year. ' ^ 
 
'the La\v,..Tbo 
 itioii, which con- 
 the Principloa of 
 
 -Watkins's Eic- 
 
 on Promissory 
 
 'iTKlonce,..Sug- 
 Vilis. 
 
 ti Empire, with 
 
 istory ol" Kome, 
 
 of the British 
 
 ernational Law, 
 
 aw,.. The tliroo 
 liich contain the 
 eiples of a Com- 
 iveyancing. 
 
 law,.. Smith on 
 ory on Agency. 
 
 I'lulence, . . Siig- 
 
 ^ilJs. 
 
 )f £30. 
 are eligible for 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 FACULTY OP MEDICINE 
 
 Do 
 Do. 
 ])o. 
 Do. 
 Do. 
 Dj. 
 coiii'BO of six iiiuuths, 
 
 do. 
 
 do. 
 
 The degrees conferred in this faculty are M. B. and M. J). 'J'lio reiiuisitcs for 
 
 admission to the degree of M. B. are — 
 
 Ist. Having jjassed the Murtriciilution Examination. 
 
 2nd. Having completed the '21st year of iiis age. , 
 
 3rd. Having pursued medical ntudies for the jx-riod of at least fotir years; and 
 
 having regularly attended Icftuies in the following branches of medical education fov 
 
 the respective periods hereinafter set forth, viz. : 
 
 Auatomy 2 courses of six months. 
 
 Physiology Do-' do- 
 
 Practical Aniitoiny 
 
 Theory and practice of medicine 
 
 Prim iples and practice of surf!;ery 
 
 Midwifery and diKeases of women and children 
 
 Therapeutics and Pharmacology 
 
 Chemistry 
 
 Botany Jk ■ 
 
 Practical Chemistry Do. 
 
 Medical Jurisprudence Do. 
 
 4th. Having attended for at least 12 montlis the practice of some general hospital 
 having not less than fifty beds; and having attended, during six months, clinical lec- 
 tures on medicine and surgery. 
 
 5th. Having pursued some part of the prescribed conrse of studies for the period 
 of 12 months, under the direct superintendence of some licensed medical practitioner, 
 and producing a certificate of such study. 
 
 6th. Having passed, in this University, an examination in all the subjects specified 
 
 in article 3. 
 
 N. B. Certificates of all the rofpiisites (exce])ting 2 and 6) must bo deposited 
 with the registrar, at least 14 days before the first day of the examination ai)pointed 
 for candidates for tho degree of Bachelor of Medicine. Candidates will be also 
 required to deposit at the same time certificates of good conduct. 
 
 2nd. Tho following shall be the requisites for admission to the degree of Doctor 
 of Medicine, viz : Having been admitted to the degree of Bachelor of Medicine. 
 
 SUBJECTS OF EXAMINATION. 
 
 MATlilCULATIOX. 
 
 GREEK AND LATIN LANGUAGES. 
 
 Homer, Iliad, B. T.,. .Luciaii, Vita, and Charon, .. Ciesar, de Bello Gallico, Lb. V. 
 
 and VI.,. -Virgil, ^ueid, B. If. 
 
 MATHEMATICS. 
 
 ALGEDR.A. AND AUITIlMliTIC. 
 
 Ordinary rules of Arithmetic,. .Vulgar and Decimal Fractions,.. Extraction of 
 Square Root,. .First four rules of Algebra— (Colenso's Algebra.) 
 
 GEOMETRY. 
 
 Euclid, B. I. — (Colenso's edition of Simpson's.) 
 
 ELEMENTS OF NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 MECHANICS. 
 
 Explain the composition and resolution of statical force.s, .. Describe the sinjplo 
 machines (mechanical powers,) .. Define the Centre of Gravity,. -trive the general 
 
126 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 laws of motion, ami tle.'«cril)o tho cliiof oxporiments by which thoy may bo illustrated 
 ..State the law ot* tho niotioti of falling bodies. 
 
 IIVOROSTATU'H, IIVDHAUMCH, AND I'VKUMATICH. 
 
 Explain the iM'cssuro of licpiids and gases ; its equal ditiusion, and variation with 
 the dei;t'),..])etiiie Hpccilic gravity, and show how the specific gravity of bodies may 
 bo ascortM iijd,. .Describe! and explain tho barometer, tho siphon, tho common pump 
 and forcmg-puni]), and tho air-pump. 
 
 ACOUSTICS. 
 
 Describe tho nattire of Sound. 
 
 OPTICS. 
 
 State tho laws of reflection and refraction,.. Explain the formation of images by 
 sunplo lenses. ° •' 
 
 ASTRONOMV. 
 
 Motion of tho Earth round its axis and round tho Sun ; with applications of these 
 moveuients to explain the apparent'movement of tho sun and stars, tho length of 
 days, and tho change of seasons— explanation of Eclipses and tho Moon's phases. 
 
 ELEMENTS OF CHEMISTRY. 
 Properties of matter, aggregation, crystallization, chemical affinity, definite equiva- 
 lents,. .Combustion, flame ; nature of ordinary fuel ; chief results of combustion-- 
 t. c, tho bodies produced,. .Heat: natural and artificial sources ; its cff'ccts, Expan- 
 sion ; sojids, liquids, ga^es,.. Thermometer: conduction; radiation; capacity; 
 change ot form ; liquefaction; steam,.. Tho atmosphere: its general nature and 
 condition ; its component parts,... Oxygen and nitrogen: their properties,. .. Water 
 and carbonic acid. Proportion of these substances in the air,. . .Chlorine and iodine, 
 as compared with oxygen,. .Water: its general relation to the atmosphere and earth; 
 Its natural statas and degree of purity.. ..Sea water, river water, spring water, rain 
 water,.. Pure water ; effects of heat and cold on it ; its compound nat'iiro ; its ele- 
 ments,.. Hydrogen : its proportion in water; 'its chemical and physical properties. 
 Sulphur: ])hosphorus, and carbon generally,.. Nitric acid, sulphuric acid, carbonic acid", 
 hydrochloric acid; thoir properties and uses,.. .Alkalies: earths, oxides generally, 
 Salts: their nature generally. Sulphates, nitrates, carbonates,. .Metals generally— 
 iron, copper, lead, tin, zinc, gold, silver, platinum, mercury,. .The chief proximate 
 elements of vegetable and animal bodies; their ultim-ite composition. 
 ELEMENTS OP ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY. 
 ■Patterson's Zoology. .Henfrey's Botany. 
 
 MODERN LANGUAGES. 
 
 ENGLISH. 
 
 'Grammar and Composition. 
 
 FRENCH. 
 
 Grammar, and Translation from French into English. 
 
 IIISTOKY AND GEOGRAPHY. 
 
 Outlines of English history, to present time,.. Outlines of Roman History to death 
 o{ Nero,.. Outlines of Grecian History, to death of Alexander,.. Outlines of Ancient 
 and Modern Geography. 
 
 SCHOLARSHIPS. 
 
 There are ten Scholarships in the Faculty of Medicine, each of the value of £30. 
 
 Each of them is tenable fur one year, but the Scholai-s of each year are eligible for 
 she scholarships of the succeeding year. 
 
 my, 
 
nay bo illustrated 
 
 nd variation with 
 ty of bodies may 
 common pump 
 
 on of images by 
 
 )lication9 of these 
 u-s, tlio length of 
 [oon's phases. 
 
 , definite equivn- 
 of combustion — 
 effect'',.. Expaii- 
 tion ; capacity ; 
 neral natui-e and 
 )perties,. . . Water 
 lorine and iodine, 
 phere and earth ; 
 iring water, rain 
 nature ; its ele- 
 ical properties,., 
 lid, carbonic acid, 
 des generally,,. 
 ?tals generally — 
 chief proximate 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 127 
 
 History to death 
 lines of Ancient 
 
 I value of jeso. 
 r are eligible for 
 
 The followiiig is the distribution of the Scholarsliips: 
 
 'I'lireo amongst matriculants,. .Tbrot; amongst students of the standing of one year 
 from Matriculation,. .Two amongst Students of tlio standiiig of two years from 
 Matriculation,. .Two amongst students of the standing of threo years from Matricu- 
 lation. 
 
 SUBJECTS OF EXAMINATION FOR THE SCIIOLARSIVS. 
 
 FIUST YEAU. 
 
 Anatomy of the Bones, Muscles and Ligaments ; and of the viscera of the Abdomen 
 and Thorax, .. General Anatomy and Physiology of the organs of Locomotion, Diges- 
 tion, and Circulation,.. Inorganic Chemistry, Heat and Static Electricity. 
 
 SECOND VEAU. 
 
 Anatomy,.. Physiology,.. Organic Chemistry, Light, Electricity,.. Botany,.. Ther- 
 apeutics and Pharmacology. 
 
 THIRD YEAR. 
 
 Medicine, . . Surgery, . . Midwifeiy, . . Medical Jurisprudence, . . Conjparatise Anato- 
 my, . - Practical Chemistry. 
 
 CIVIL ENGINEERING. 
 
 The requisites for obtaining the diploma in Civil Engineering are: — 
 Having ])assed an Examination in the subjects appointed for Candidates for 
 Matriculation in Civil Engineering — being of the standing of two years from Matri- 
 culation, and having passed in each of these years an Examination in the subjects 
 prescribed for each such year of the Coui-se appointed for Students in ci\il Engineering. 
 
 SUBJECTS OF EXAMINATION. 
 
 MATRICULATION. 
 
 MATHEMATICS. 
 Arithmetic, .. Algebra, (Colenso's).. Euclid (Colenso's edition of Simpson's), Bb- 
 
 L n. in. IV., Detinitions B. V. and B. VI, The nature and use of Logaritluis 
 
 (Colenso's),.. Plane Trignometry, as far as Solution of Plane Triangles (Colenso's.) 
 
 ELEM.xnTS of NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 
 
 MECHANICS. 
 
 Explain the composition and resolution of statical forces, .. Describe the simple 
 
 machines (mechanical powers), .. Define the centre of gravity, Give the general 
 
 laws of motion, and describe the chief experiments by which they may be illustrated,. . 
 State the law of the motion of falling bodies. 
 
 HYDROSTATICS, HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS. 
 
 Explain the pressure of liquids and gases ; its equal difiusion, and variation witli 
 the depth, .. Define specific gravity, and shew how the specific gravity of bodies may 
 be ascertained,. .Describe and explain the barometer, the siphon, the common pump 
 and forcing-pump, and the air-pump. 
 
 AconsTics. 
 
 Describe the nature of sound. 
 
 
 11 
 
 
128 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 ?J 
 
 Ol'TICfl. 
 
 ^ Stntfl tho laws of rfifl(>ctii)n nnd r(.'frnction,..F]xplnin tlio fornmlion of iinnfcfl by 
 fitinplu' louses. " 
 
 ASTIIONOMV. 
 
 Motion of tlio earth round its i\\\h iw\ round tlio 8ini; with applications of these 
 tnoveiiKMils to cxpl.iiii tli<! (ipparciit niovcnirnt of the Sun and Stars, llio length of 
 dap, and the cliango of rfcasons — oxplan'ition of Kclipscs and tho Moon's phases. 
 
 KI.KMHNTS OF (rUKMFSTUV. 
 
 Properties of iiiatlrr, au:<.Tcf.'ation, crystaliizulion, choniical affinity, dffinato eqniva- 
 lents,..Ci)nilinstiou, tlaine; natnro of ordinary fuel; chief results of combustion — i. c, 
 the bodies produced,.. If cat; natural and artificial sources; its etVects. Kxpansion; 
 solids, liquids, j,'ases,..Th('riiionieter; conduction; radiation; capacity; change of form ; 
 liquefaction; slwnn,. .'J'lie atMiosphorc: its general narmoand «'ondition; its component 
 parts... Oxygen and nitrogen; their luoperties.. .Water an<l carbonic acid.. .Propor- 
 tions of these! substances in the air,.. Chlorine and iodine, as compared with oxygen... 
 Water : its general relation to tho atniosphoro ami earth ; its natiu'al states and de- 
 gree of purity.. .S(,'a water, river water, spring water, rain water... Pure water: ettects 
 of heat and cold on it; its compound nature; its element s,.. II 3d rogen : its proportion 
 in water; its diemical and physical properties,. .Sulphur, phosphorus, and carbon 
 generally,. .Nitric acid, sulphuric acid, carbonic aci<l, livdrochloric acid : their properties 
 and U8es,..AIkalii's, earths, oxides generally,.. Salts': their nature generally. Sul- 
 phates, nitrates, carbonates,.. Metals generally: iron, copper, lead, tin, ziric, gold, 
 silver, platinum, inercury,.. The chief proximate elements of vegetable and animal 
 bodies; their ultimate comjiosition. 
 
 ELEMENTS OF M [NEH A IX)GV, GEOLOGY AND rilYSTCAL OEOGRArilY. 
 (Dana's Manual of Mineralogy ; Hitchcock's Gcolrigy; Huff's Physics of the Earth.) 
 
 MODERN LANGlTAdES. 
 KXOUSII. 
 
 Grammar and Comiwsition. 
 
 FRENCH. 
 
 Grammar, and Translation from French into Englisli. 
 
 HISTORY AND GKOGRArifY. 
 Outlines of English History to present time. 
 " Komai'i « to death of Nero. 
 « Grecian " to death of Alexander. 
 " Modern Geography. 
 
 DRAWING. 
 
 riJiSJ' YEAR. 
 
 MATHEMATICS. 
 Euclid XL, 1 to 21, and Descriptive Geometry (Geometrie Descriptive par G 
 Monge; or Heather's Treatise on Descriptive Geometry.) 
 
 STATICS, DYNAMICS, HYDROSTATICS. 
 
 (Goodwin's Course of Mathematics.) 
 
 CHEMISTRY. 
 (Fownes's Elements of Jhemistry; Lardner's Hand-book of Heat and Electricity.) 
 
 GEODIOSY. 
 (Simms's Mathematical Instruments; Williams's Practical Geodosv.) 
 
 DRAWING. 
 
on of iinngcs by 
 
 lications of tlicse 
 118, llic length ot" 
 ooii's iilmses 
 
 , dcfiimto cqiiivn- 
 oiiiLustion — {. c, 
 its. Kxi)aiision; 
 oliniigo of form ; 
 n; its coin])onent 
 ic aciil.. .Propor- 
 l with oxygen... 
 il stritcs mill do- 
 ll re Mater: ottcds 
 II : itH proportion 
 HUH, and oarhon 
 : tlioir properties 
 fjeiienilly. Sul- 
 , till, zinc, gold, 
 ublo and animal 
 
 ".KOGUArilY. 
 OS of tli(" Eartli.) 
 
 scriptivo par G 
 
 and Electricity.) 
 
 Al^PENDIX. 
 
 J29 
 
 MODEllN LANGUAGES. 
 
 KNOMHII. 
 
 Composition,. .Rlictoricnl Forms,.. History of English Literature, tomp. Elizabeth. 
 
 FUKNCIf. 
 
 Translation from Eiiglisli into Fn'iich,. . V'oltairo, Zniro,. .Moliero, lo Festin do 
 Pierre. .. liintoiy of Pioveii(;:il Literature (Sismoiidi'K Literature of tho South of 
 Europe),.. History of Franco to Francis L (BonneehosoV) 
 
 msTDllV. 
 
 Outlines of Mcdi.Tval History,. .English History to tho death of Stephen. 
 
 SKCOXD YEAR. 
 
 MATHHMATICS. 
 Spherical Trigonometry (Hanu's) and Stereotomy (Loroy's.) 
 
 OPTICS. 
 
 (Goodwin's Couiso of Mathomatica.) 
 
 APPLIED CHEMISTllY. 
 (Knapp's.) 
 
 MINERALOGY. 
 (Dana's System of Mineralogy.) 
 
 GEOLOGY. 
 (De la Bccho's Geological Observer; Logan's Geology of Can.ida.) 
 
 niYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. 
 (Somerville's.) 
 
 CIVIL ENGINEERING. 
 
 Including Principles of Architecture and Engineering Finance. 
 
 DRAWING. 
 
 MODERN LANGUAGES. 
 
 KNOLISir. 
 
 Composition,.. Logical and Rhetorical Forms. 
 
 FnENCII. 
 
 Composition on a given subject, ..Racine, Athalie,..Lamartinc, Voyage en Orient, 
 History of French Literature, . . Histoiy of France, from Francis I. to Louis XVI. 
 (Bonnechose's.) » 
 
 HISTORY. 
 
 Outlines of Modern History,. .English History from the death of Stephen to death 
 of Henry VII. 
 
 SCHOLARSHIPS. 
 
 Five Scholarships of the value of jG30 each are offered for competition in this 
 department, three amongst Matriculants, and two amongst Students of the standing 
 of one year from Matriculation. Each Scholarship is tenable for one year, but tho 
 Scholars of each year are eligible for tho Scholarships of the succeeding year. 
 
 m 
 
130 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 DECISIONS OF THE CHIEF SUPERINTENDENT OF SCHOOLS 
 
 ON QUESTIONS mOPOSED BV LOCAL SCUOOL AUIIIOKITIKS. 
 
 1.— Alteration of School Section Boundaries— Lcvijln'j AddiUonal Rates. 
 
 " 1. The object of the 4th clause of the 18th 3>jction of the act was not to deprive 
 a township council of the power of altering- the boundaries of any >chool section without 
 the consent of the majority of such school section ; the object of the act was to prevent 
 changes fi'om being clandestinely made in the boundaries of school sections, without 
 giving all parties concerned notice of any alteration or aherations [jroposed, that they 
 might have an opportunity of putting the council in possession of all they mio-ht wish 
 to say for or against such alterations. But, after all parties have thus had an oppor- 
 tunity of a fair hearing, the township council has authority to make any alterations in 
 the boundaries of school sections it may judge expedient,' provided such altei-ations 
 take etfect only on the 25th December or at the close of each year, so as not to derange 
 the calculations or proceedings of the trustees in the course of the year. The only case' 
 in which the formal consent ol the inhabitants of school sections' is requisite in order 
 to an alteration in their boundaries, is in uniting two or more sections into c 
 
 "2. The last part of the resolution of tiie School Section meeting, coii...uiing the 
 words " and no taxation," is null and void, and of no more effect than if it had not 
 been adopted ; i\& the last part of the Yth clause of the 12th section of the act expressly 
 authorises the trustees to levy any additional rate they may think necessary to pay the 
 balance of school expenses ; and this rate, as the attorney general has decided, cannot 
 be merely on parents sending children to the school, but must be on all the rateable 
 propeity of the school section. 
 
 II. — Schools— how to he supported, 
 " It is contrary to law to levy a rate on children of school age without regard 
 to their attending the school ; or, in other words, to tax a man accorciing to the nui'nber 
 of his children between 5 and 16 years of age. The school act authorizes three modes 
 of providing f..r the expenses of the school— namely, voluntaty subscription, rate-bill 
 on parents sending children to the school, and rate on property ; and if the sum author- 
 ized by either of these modes of supporting the school be insufficient to defray all the 
 expenses inciirred by t^ie trustees, they then have authority, by the latter part of the 
 7th clause of the 12th section, to levy any additional rate on the property of the whole 
 section, not, — as the law officer of the crown hjis decided, — merely on parents sendmo- 
 children to the school to pro»'ide for the payment of such expenses. * 
 
 ill.—IicsponsibiUii/ of Trustees— Divisions of School Sections— Mettinffs—U7iion— Sections— 
 
 Who arc Freeholders and Householders. 
 
 "1. If the Trustees of a school section do not keep open their school, though 
 abundantly able to do so, the constituencies that elected such persons as trustees, must 
 suffer the consequeiices of their conduct, like the constituencies of an unfaithful member 
 of parliament or of a municipal council. 
 
 " 2. The 4th clause of the 18th section of the act states the wav, ard the only way, in 
 which school sections can be divided and their school-house pro'perty thus dispose'd of. 
 
 " 3. Tlie electors who ueglecL to attend the anuu;d school meeting of their section, 
 have uo just reason to complain of any decisions of such meeting, any more than the 
 
iOOLW 
 
 'iatcs, 
 
 not to deprive 
 section witliout 
 was to prevent 
 ■ctions, witliout 
 ised, that they 
 ley might wish 
 
 had an oppor- 
 y alterations in 
 ich alterations 
 not to derange. 
 
 The only case 
 ]uisito in order 
 to c 
 
 coiii.v.iiing the 
 .11 if it had not 
 le act expressly 
 sary to pay the 
 lecided, cannot 
 ill the rateable 
 
 vithout regard 
 to the number 
 es three modes 
 iptioii, rate-bill 
 le sum author- 
 < defray all the 
 ter part of the 
 y of the whole 
 arents sending 
 
 on— Sections — 
 
 chool, though 
 
 iiustees, must 
 
 ithful member 
 
 le only way, in 
 us disposed of. 
 f their section, 
 noro than the 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 131 
 
 electors who neglect to vote at the election of a councillor or member of the legislature 
 liave just reason to complain of the result of such election. But by the 1 2tlUfciause of 
 the liith section of the act, trustees, if they think proper, can call a special meetincr for 
 any school purpose whatever. '^ 
 
 " 4. Ail that an annual school meeting lias power to do, is enumerated in the 
 several clauses ot the 6th section of the act. All else that an annual school raeetinff 
 may resolve to do, is null and void, as if it had not been done. The trustees alone 
 and not any public meeting, have the right to decide what teacher shall be employed: 
 how much shall be paid hi'ii; what apparatus shall be purchased; what repairs, &c 
 sliaii be made; how long the school may be kept open ; in short, every thino- that they 
 may think expedient for the interest of the school. See clauses 4 and 5 of the 12th 
 section No special school meeting called hy the trustees (and nobody else has the 
 right ot calling a special school meeting) has a right to decide or discuss any other 
 matter or matters than snch as are specified in the notice of the trustees callincr such 
 meeting;^ as provided in the 12th clause of the 12th section. * 
 
 "5. Each union school section is to be regarded as a section of the township within 
 the limits ot which its school-house is situated, and to receive its apportionment from 
 such township only. The only exception is. where the children of school acre iu any 
 such section were reported, for 1850, partly to the local superintendent of one township 
 and partly to the superintendent of another. In any such case, the apportionment 
 was made by this department to each such township accordingly; but in all cases 
 Avhere the children m union school sections were reported for 1850 to the superinten- 
 dent ot one township only, the apportionment for 1861 must bo made by the superin- 
 tende-it of such township— including both parts of tlie school fund. This year, and in 
 time to come, there will be no exception to the general rule. 
 
 "6. The father of whom you speak, had no right to vote at the school meeting to 
 which you refer. If he had rented the house of his son, and occupied it, he and^his 
 •son would have both had a right to vote— the one as householder, the other as free- 
 holder. But the father was neither; he was only an inmate in his son's house." 
 
 IV .— Assessment for School Apparatus. 
 
 School Trustees have ample authority to include the expense of their school 
 apparatus and all other expenses of the school in the rate on property asses.sable ; nor is 
 It necessary to call a meeting in regard to the purchase of the apparatus, as the 4th 
 and 5th clauses ot the 12th section of the act, leave all such matters to the discretion 
 ot the trustees. 
 
 y.— ^Vko decide upon t/ie amount and collection of School Expenses. 
 
 "The majority of the trustees of any school section has the rio-ht to decide 
 what expenses they will incur for school aj^paratus, salaries of teachers^ and all other 
 expenses of their school— see the 4th and 5th clauses of the 12th section of the School 
 Act. The trustees are not required to refer to any public meeting whatever, as to the 
 nature or amount of any expenses they may ju.lge it expedient' to raise, to promote 
 the interests ot the school under their charge; they have only to leave to the decision 
 ot a public meeting, the manner in which such expenses shall be paid ; and then if 
 such meeting does not provide adequate means to defray the expenses incurred, the 
 trustees have auth .rity by the latter part of the Tth clause of the 1 2th section of the act, 
 to provide for ihe balance of such expenses by assessing the property of their section." 
 Yl.~Trustces' rigid to assess the property of absentees— Corporate Seal. 
 
 " I regret that you will have to go to law to sustaia the undoubted right and 
 powers ot trustees, as the very point denied in your case was brought up in the 
 Legislature when the Bill was under discussion— it having been argued that if the 
 N 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 i ^ J 
 
 ■MIHpiMMMIi 
 
132 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 trustees could assess tho projierty of absentee landlioldors, such landliolders ouojht to 
 have thoi-iglit of voting- at the school niectiDgs of the section of such tiustces. In 
 accortianci- with this view, the word " resident," in the original draft of the bill, ^vas 
 struck out bcfoie the word " frcehoMcis," in the iiud line of tiie 5th section of the act, 
 " Cut it is ini|ioriaiit tiiat vou see that every stop you have tai<eu, or may take, bo 
 according to the provisions of the act, as to the inauuer of proceeding, that no mere 
 technitar advantages may be taken of you. You will recollect that a seal should be 
 used in your corporate acts." 
 
 VII. — Pmjmcfd of school nJ/iccrs—W/wt is a six monihf.' school. 
 
 " 1. The 40th section of the School Act defines the school fund to bo the 
 Leoislative school grant and an e(]uai sum raised by local assessment; and the 45th 
 section re(iuires the payment of that amount for the salaries of teachers alone. What 
 a county council raises over and above that amount, it can of course expend in payment 
 of local superintendents, but the 4th clause of the 27th section of the act does not 
 permit the payment of per centage to local treasurers for the receipt and payment of 
 school moneys. . 
 
 " 2. Tho keeping of two schools open three months by qualified teachers m a school 
 section, is no compliance with the provision of the law for keeping a school open at 
 least six months of the year, or a male and female sc-.hool under the conditions specified 
 in the latter part of the 5th clause of the 12th section of the act. No child could 
 attend both schools at one and the same time; and therefore they both amount to 
 nothing niore for the children in the school section, than one school during threemonths. 
 Asthe'sectionin question did not comply with the provisions of the School Act in 1851, 
 you cannot, according to the 2nd clause of the ;51st section, pay any i)art of the school 
 fund of the present year to such school section; but if the trustees will comply with 
 the provisions of the act this year, I would advise you, under the 5th clause of the 35th 
 section, to aid them to the amount of their forfeited apportionment of 1851." 
 
 VIII. — Female votes at school meetings. 
 
 "The question whether female freeholders or householders have a right to 
 vote at school meetings, has several times been mooted; but has not been brought 
 befoie the Court of Queen's Bench for legal decision. They have voted in Toronto, 
 Brantford, and, I believe, in some other places; and although some complaints or 
 remarks have been made about their voting, their votes had been received, and have 
 not been legally contested by any jiarty. . 
 
 "tl'ivino^ examined the laws relating to the elections of both municipal councillors 
 •ind m'eml^M-sof the Lecislatme, I find that women are expressly precluded from voting 
 at such elections. See^r2th Vic. ch. 27, section 46, and r2th Vic. ch. 81, section 57. 
 From these acts, it appears phvn that, where women are not expressly excluded from 
 the ri'.ht of votino- at an election, they possess that right under the same condition as 
 m-ile<'''and especially when they are included in all such words importing singular 
 number and masculine gender, as expressly provided in the " Interpretation Act," 12th 
 
 Vic. ch. 5, clause 7. , . , i • i .i i i x- 
 
 " The Court of Queen's Bench alone has authority to decide the legal question 
 finally but, in the meantime, I think the female as well as male " freeholders and 
 hous4V.]ders" of a school section have a right to vote at all lawful school meetings of 
 
 such section." 
 
 IX — Tr/ta< shoidd be specified in notices of Annual and Special meetings. 
 •at is the'duty of trustee, to specify the obj^'Ct or ol^joets of f^nyjpfaal .dxocA 
 meetino-, but not of an annual meeting; and nothing but what is specified m the 6th 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 133 
 
 olilers oujjht to 
 11 tiustH^s. In 
 of the bill, 'was 
 
 L'tioTl of tlie JK't. 
 
 r may take, bo 
 ;•, that no meio 
 seal should be 
 
 ind to be the 
 ; and the 4.5th 
 i alone. What 
 Liud in payment 
 he act does not 
 and payment of 
 
 hers in a school 
 I school open at 
 ilitions specified 
 No child could 
 joth amount to 
 ig three months, 
 wl Actin 1851, 
 irt of the school 
 ill comply with 
 luse of the 35th 
 1851." 
 
 ivo a right to 
 ot been brought 
 Dted in Toronto, 
 e complaints or 
 eived, and have 
 
 cipal councillors 
 ded from voting 
 .81, section 57. 
 Y excluded from 
 me condition as 
 porting singular 
 ition Act," 12th 
 
 9 legal question 
 ' freeholders and 
 lool meetings of 
 
 et'tvgs. 
 
 I' xpcc'fil school 
 
 !;ified iu the 6th 
 
 section of the Scliool Act can be considered at an annual school meeting; neither can 
 anything not snecitied in the notice of the trustees, be considered at a special school 
 meeting." 
 
 X. — Iii(//ilf! of 7'rndces and school mcdinris, 
 
 " It is with the majority of the trustees of a school section, and not with any 
 public meeting whatever, to decide how long a school shall be kept open, what teacher 
 shall be cuiployed, how much shall be given him, and what money shall be expended 
 for repairs, sciiool books, ajiparatus, &c. See the Vl\\\ section, clauses 4 and 5 of the 
 S>.'hool Act. All that any public meeting has a right to say in regard to school 
 expenditure is as to tlie manner in which it shall be provided; and if the means 
 adopted at any school meeting are not sutHcient to pay all the expenses which the 
 trustees may deem expedient, the latter part of the 7lh clause of the 12th section of 
 the School Act ent powers trustees to raise the balance by assessing all the rateable 
 jiroperty iu their school section." 
 
 XI. — Collcclion of former years? rates, 
 
 "The law does not limit the trustees as to the time when they shall collect 
 school rates re(piired for any particidar purpose; so that you have the same authority 
 to levy and collect the school rates to pay a debt contracted in 1850 and 1851, as if 
 you had levied them the day after the holding of the school meeting which decided 
 on paying the salaries of the teacher by a rate on property. 
 
 XII. — Efcd of resolutions of school meeVmgs. , 
 
 "If the school meeting to wdiich you refer specified in its resolution the amount per 
 moTith or per quarter, which should be paid for the attendance of each ])upil at school, 
 you onght to impose that sum; and then, if the sums thus imposed, tt)gether with the 
 apportionment from the school fund, did not pay the salary of youi' teacher, and all 
 other expenses of your school, you would, under the authority of the 7th clause of the 
 12tli section of the act, have authority to assess the property of the school section for 
 the balance. 
 
 "If the school meeting did not resolve upon any particular sum to be paid for the 
 attendance of each child, then you, as trustees, ought to levy the rate-bill per child 
 attending the school at the sum you have usually levied, and then assess and collect 
 whatever balance you may require to j'ay your teacher's salary and other expenses of 
 the school, as authorized by the latter part of the 7th clause of the 12th section of the 
 act referred to. 
 
 " By the 4tli and 5th clauses of the 12th section of the School Act, you will ob.serve 
 that it is the trustees, and not any public meeting, that have the right to determine 
 everything as to kee|)iiig open the school, employing the teacher, and de*' mining the 
 amount to be raised and expended for school purposes in their section." 
 XIII. — Attendance &c, vot to invalidate a school meethig. 
 
 "Then If there are only three persons present at an annual school meeting, 
 they have the same ))ower to act for the whole section, as if there wee one hundred 
 present. All the electors of a count}', or township, or school section, have a right to 
 vote at the elections held for each ; but if any electors do not attend to exercise their 
 right, they cannot complaii of the result of any snch election." 
 XIV, — What properly is assessable in a section. 
 
 "The assessor or colleco.-'s roll is the sole guide as to the propeity assessable 
 in any school section. It makes no difierence w liethcr one-half or the whole of a pro- 
 pertv lies in a school section, it is all liable to be assessed for the school purposes of 
 such section, and, of course, not for I hose of any other school section." * 
 
 • tSee also the provisions of the 1 (ith section of the Bupplemeulaiy Act, page 46. 
 
 I 
 
 i I 
 
134 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 XV. — Power of majority of school corporation— Jiate-bills. 
 
 "By the Interpretation Act, 12th Vict., ch. 10, section 5, clause 24, it is expressly 
 provided that the majority of the members of any corporation whatever, have authority 
 to act in behalf of sucii corporation, and bind the minority by their acts. Two trus- 
 tees, therefore, l)ave authority to contract with a teacher, and determine the amount 
 of his salary and the terras of paying- it.^'' 
 
 "In reference to the resolution pioposed at the late annual meeting of your school 
 section, stating that the teacher's salary be collected by rate-bill froni" the parents and 
 guardians of scholars attending the school during the year 1852, I remarlc, that it is 
 contrary to certain express provisions of the School Act, especially the latter part of the 
 7th clause of the 12th section. The majority of a school meeting may determine, 
 within the limits prescribed by the act,f the manner in which their school shall be 
 supported; but they have no authority to say that a certain portion of the inhabitants 
 of their section shall pay all the expenses of their school. 
 
 " You, as trustees, have authority, under such a resolution, to levy the rate-bill you 
 may have been accustomed to impose upon parents sending children to the school, 
 and provide for the balance (if there should be any) of the teacher's salary, and other 
 expenses of your school, by assessment upon the "property of your school section, as 
 prescribed in the latter part of the 1th clause of the 12th section of the act." 
 
 XVL— School meetings cannot prescribe an assessmerd not authorized by law.— What 
 
 are teaching days, 
 
 «No school meeting has authority to tax a man according to the number 
 of his children of a certain age; nor has any school meeting authority to say what 
 descrijition of landholders or freeholders shall be taxed for school purposes. Whatever 
 sum or sums are raised in a school section, for school purposes, otherwise than what 
 may be raised by subscription and rate-bill, on pai'ents sending children to the school, 
 must be raised by rate on all the prop(irty of the school section as given in the assessor 
 or collector's roll. See 9th clause of the 12th section of the act. 
 
 " Your trustees, therefore, have no legal authority to carry into effect either of the 
 resolutions which \ou enclose. As no lawful manner has been resolved upon whereby 
 the trustees can raise the balance of the teacher's salary over and above the amount 
 of apportionment from the school fund ; they can do so, by assessment, under the 
 authority of the latter part of the 7th clause of the 12th section of the act. Or, if 
 they think proper, they can call a special meeting to consider the subject again. 
 
 "The number of teaching days in each month is, all the secular days of each month 
 not specified as holidays in the 1st section of the general regulations prescribed by 
 the council of public instruction." 
 
 ^yil-— Hate-hills— Fffcd of an unnval meeting refusing proviso for school expenses— 
 Aidhority to call special meetings— Annual meetings— Neglectful Trustees. 
 "1. An annual or special school section meeting has authority to say 
 'whether a school shall be supported by rate-bill, at a certain amount per quarter; but 
 such meeting has no authority to say whether a child attending one week or one month 
 shall pay for the whole quarter. The last part of the 8tb clause of the 12th section 
 of the School Act, makes it the duty of the trustees to adopt a monthly, quarterly, or 
 half-yearly rate-bill, as they may judge best. The trustees can, if they think proper, 
 impose a rate-bill of one sh illing and three pence per month (which is at the rate of 
 
 TTP^n^P '^^J°"*^y °^^''^ corporation cannot act without notifying their college or colleges— 
 
 t No rale-bill can exceed Is. 2d. j- t month per pupil. 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 135 
 
 it is expressly 
 liave authority 
 ;ts. Two trus- 
 ne the amount 
 
 of your school 
 ho ])arcuts and 
 nailc, that it is 
 iter part of the 
 nay determine, 
 school shall he 
 ;lie inhabitants 
 
 le rate-bill you 
 to the school, 
 ary, and other 
 lool section, as 
 e act." 
 
 •j—W/iat 
 
 the number 
 y to say what 
 es. Whatever 
 nse than what 
 to the school, 
 in the assessor 
 
 t either of the 
 upon whereby 
 •e the amount 
 nt, under the 
 le act. Or, if 
 !t again. 
 )f each month 
 prescribed by 
 
 expenses — 
 ecs. 
 
 )rity to say 
 • quarter; but 
 or one month 
 12 til section 
 , quarterly, or 
 think proper, 
 at the rate of 
 
 B or colleges — 
 
 three shillings and nine pence per quarter), and raise whatever balance may be required 
 to make up the teacher's salary, etc., by jissossuient, as authorized by the latter jiart of 
 the 7th clause of the 12th section of the act. 
 
 " 2. Trustees have no authority to levj' a rate-bill for less than one month. 
 
 " 3. It is not lawful for any school meeting to adopt a resolution against all school 
 tax, as the latter part of the Vth clause of the 12th section expressly authorizes the 
 trustees to levy a tax on property, if necessary, to make up the balance of a teacher's 
 salary, and other expenses of their school. 
 
 " 4. If a majority of a special school meeting, called for that purpose, does not resolve 
 upon any method of providing the teacher's salaiy, then the trustees have authority to 
 provide for the whole balance of the teacher's salary, over and above the amount of 
 the apportionment from the school fund, by assessing the property of the school sec- 
 tion, as authorized by the latter part of the Vth clause of the 12lh section of the act. 
 Thus adopting no resolution at such meeting as to the mode of providing for the teacher's 
 salary, is eq'iivalent to resolving in favour of a free school ; for, in such circumstances, 
 the trustees have no authority to impose a rate-bill on parents sending children to the 
 school ; they must raise whatever balance they require under the authority of the clause 
 last referred to. 
 
 "5. The trustees have authoritj'-, under the 12th clause of the 12tli section of the 
 act, to call as many special school meetings as they please, and for any school purpose 
 whatever. 
 
 " 6. No other parties than the trustees of a school section have authority to call a 
 legal meeting of the voters of such section, except the local superintendent as provided 
 in the supplementary act. 
 
 " 7. Each annual school meeting must be held the hour of the day, as well as on 
 the day specified by law. If any annual school meeting under your jurisdiction, was 
 held at 6 o'clock, p.m., instead of at 10, a.m., of the day specified by law, the proceedings 
 of such meeting are null; but, according to the 5th section of the act, the old trustee 
 continues in office until his successor is elected, as authorized in the proviso of the 9th 
 section. 
 
 " 8. A trustee can be sued by no other than the majority of his colleagues for any 
 neglect of duty. See 8th section of the act." 
 
 XVIII. — Hack school is for t]i£ children resident in the section, and not for non-residents. 
 
 "The trustees of a school section have no legal authority to admit to their 
 school any children not resident in their section. 
 
 "The 11th clause of the 12th section of the act has reference to the collection of 
 rates on the property of non-residents, but has no reference to the assumed admission 
 of non-resident children to the school. The school of each school section is for the 
 children of school age in that section, and for no others. In some instances, children 
 have been permitted to go to the school of a section in which they did not reside, but 
 not when it has been objected to by any party residing in the section, either to or from 
 which such children have been sent." 
 
 XIX. — A meeting cannot say that residents shall pay according to the number of their children, 
 
 "No school section meeting has authority to tax any man according to the 
 number of his children of school, or of any age. 
 
 " A school meeting has a right to vote that a rate-bill of T'^d. per month shall be 
 paid for each pupil attending the school. 
 
 " The trustees, therefore, of the section to which you refer, have a right, and it is their 
 duty to levy the rate-bill of v^d. per month for each pupil attending the school; but 
 they have no right, nor can they collect by law the proposed rate of 5s. for each child 
 
136 
 
 , APPENDIX. 
 
 ilW 
 
 resident m llie scliool section between tlie .-igos of 5 and 10 vears, wliotlier sucli oliil,! 
 attends the school or not. But if the .sciiool fund .•i|>(.oilionment, fur ihe year, and the 
 montlily rate-bill ot T.^d. per j.upil, are not sullieient to make up the salaVv uhidi Ihe 
 trustees may thmk proper to pay the teacher, and defray the other expenses „f iho 
 scli._)ol, the trustees have authority, hy the latter ])art of the 7lh cliiuse of the I'^th 
 section ot the School Act, to assess the property of the school section for the balance 
 tliey may requiie for such purposes." 
 
 XX.— iVo school meeting can pass a resolntion-io take nway from trustees a power ffivca ihem 
 
 hj Act of ParUament. * 
 
 "The 4th and 5th clauses of the 12lh section of the School Act, makes it the duty 
 ot the tiustees lo determine what expenses they will incur to support their school; and 
 the latter part ot the 7lh clause of the same section j.rovides, that if the s' m or ^nnis 
 provided tor at an annual or special school meeliMj.- are not sullicieut to pay the expenses 
 thus incurred the trustees shall have authority to assess the i)roperty of the section ami 
 collect !Uiy additional rate they may require, to enable them to meet their en:ra"-ements. 
 Where, tiierefore,a scliool meeting pass a resolution against any tax or school'late, the 
 majority ot the trustees have ample authority to levy and collect a property-rate for 
 ndiatever sum or suins they may require, over and above the amount of the school 
 tunc ap|.ortionment tor the year, to pay their teacher's salary and the other expenses 
 ot their school. Ihe proceedings of such a meeting, in short, enable and rciuire the 
 trustees to establish and support their school as a free school,— as thev have no autho- 
 rity to levy a rate bill on parents sending children to the school, accordino- to such 
 resolution. = 
 
 XXI.— «;?cciaZ mectmrjs can rescind a former meeting's proceedings. 
 "As the 12th section of the School Act authorizes the trustees to call a 
 special meeting of their section for any school i>urpose specified in such section, a 
 majority ot the trustees of your school section have authority to call a special meetino- 
 to resonsider the whole question of the mode of providing for the support of you'r 
 school, and rescinding or modifying any resolutions which may have been adopted 
 on tlie subject, at the annual or any previous school meetino-." 
 
 XXll.— Sub-apportionment of School Moneys by a Local Superintendent. 
 " The standard by Avhich all the schools are to be dealt with, for each ]nlf 
 year, is six months If, therefore, there are two schools with an average attendance 
 each of i^fty_ pupils, the one kept open three months and the other six, the latter is 
 entitled to twice as mucli as the former. When the school fund is distributed accord- 
 ing to the average attendance, time as well as attendance must be taken into account- 
 when It is distributed according to the length of time alone that schools are kei.t oneil 
 (as provided in the eighteenth section of the supplementary school act) attendance is 
 not taken into account. ^ / ^ 
 
 XXlll,— Refusal ti honour a Local Superintendent's Check by a Sub- Treasurer. 
 "Your only and sure resource is to sue the sub-treasurer for tlie amount 
 of your check upon him, as the treasurer or sub-treasurer is required by law to pay all 
 lawful orders of local supenntendents for school moneys, whether he has school moneys 
 in hand or not. See the first and fourth clauses of the twenty-seventh section of the 
 common school_ act of 1 850. You can sue and recover the amount of the check and 
 the interest on It from the time you first presented it; and if the treasurer had no 
 funds to pay it, he must look to the council to compensate him for any losses he may 
 have sustained by the suit or payment of the money." 
 
Al'PJBNDlX. 
 
 137 
 
 other sucli oliiM 
 iieyoar, and the 
 salary wliicli tlio 
 e.\j)eiisiis ot' llio 
 use of tlio 12tli 
 for the balance 
 
 ower r/ivm them 
 
 nl<es it the duty 
 leir school; and 
 he sMii or sums 
 )ay the expenses 
 
 tlie section and 
 irengan'onients. 
 •school rate, the 
 roperty-rute for 
 it of the school 
 1 other expenses 
 and reijuire the 
 
 have no aiitlio- 
 :ording to t.ucli 
 
 iteos to call a 
 such section, a 
 special nieetinii; 
 ipport of your 
 been adopted 
 
 ndcnt, 
 
 for each lialf 
 ige attendance 
 iix, the latter is 
 ributed accord- 
 1 into account; 
 1 are kept often 
 ( attendance is 
 
 'eamrer. 
 
 ' the amount 
 law to pay all 
 school moneys 
 section of the 
 the check and 
 isurer hud no 
 losses he may 
 
 XXIV .—Ill( (jal Resolution to compel parcnln to ilrfray all the expaiscs of a School— Liability 
 
 of Truntms. 
 
 "In reference to the resolution adopted at the annual school meeting, 
 (leclaring that all the expenses of the school for the current year, should bo ])rovided 
 tor by rate-bill on parents sending their children to the school, 1 have to remark that 
 it is null and void, boyond the imposing of the highest rate-bill jtermitted by law, — 
 )iaiuelv, one shilling and threejienco per month for each child attending the school. 
 No additional or other rjite-bill than this one shilling and threepence a month can bo 
 imposed by law upon any person for a cliild attending school. All theiestof the 
 expenses of the school must be provided for by a rate i.n all the taxable property of 
 the school section, 'ihis is the requirement of the law, and does not depend upon the 
 views of trustees, or the vote of a school meeting. 
 
 " If the trustees do not keep the school open six months of the year, and thus forfeit 
 the apportionment of the school fund, they become (according to the ninth section of 
 the supplementary school act of 1853) personally liable for the amount thus forfeited 
 anil lost to their section." 
 
 XXV. — Attendance from other school sections not lavful, except in certain cases. 
 
 "Trustees are under no obligations, and, strictly speaking, have no anthority 
 to admit any other than pupils resident in their own section, except in the case 
 provided for in the twelfth section of the supplementary school act of 1 853. If other 
 non-resident children are admitted to the school, the trustees nuist agree with their 
 parents as to the sum they are to pay, or to lay down a condition that each non- 
 resident pui)il shall pay a certain sum per month or per quarter. But such fees can 
 only be collected by suing, if the person concerned do not pay voluntarily. 
 
 " No parents can be compelled to pay a rate-bill for a child whom he does not send 
 to school. But he is liable to pay all other school rates of his section." 
 
 XXVI — Taxpayer's right to a School. — Interference by a Township Council. — Inviolability 
 
 of School Moneys. 
 
 "1. A person has a right to send his child to the school of any section in 
 which ho is taxed. 
 
 " 2. The proceeds of all property taxed within the limits of a school section must be 
 paid to the corporation of that section, whether the owner of it resides in such section 
 or not. A township council has no authority to give any oidevs as to the disposal of 
 any school moneys; much less has it authority to contravene the law of the land. 
 The county council alone has authority to levy the assessment ])art of the school 
 fund ; a township council has no authority to levy a school rate in any school section, 
 except at the request of the trustees of a school section, and subject to their order. 
 The only taxes for educational purposes that the school law authorises the township 
 council to levy, except at the request of the trustees of school sections, are for a town- 
 ship library and a township model school, as provided for in the second clause of the 
 eighteenth section of the common school act of 1850. 
 
 " 3. The ti-ustees canncc apply for library purposes, money raised for the pryment 
 of teachers. In vour case, the trustees might, as it were, borrow the surplus money 
 to which you refer for the purchase of a library, and refund it by rate, when required, 
 for the payment of your teachers." 
 
 XXVII. — Assessor's Jioll, the sole guide for Trustees in levying School Rates. 
 
 "The assessor's roll must bo the guide of trustees as to what property, or 
 portion of property, belonsing to any person is liable to pay school rates in their sec- 
 tion. The sixteenth section of the supplementary school act of 1853, contains direc- 
 
138 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 tions and requ.re.nents to assessor., as to the manner in which thoy nn.st «^.oss 
 property. Lut whether that roll is correct or not, tho trustees ,nust bo yuided b v U 
 
 ' « ;^^^Vi"-;V'^«'"'"^ «///'« term " Lot" in the School Acl.-Hclro.pecHvc Assessment. 
 
 Iho nieannig of tho term 'lot' in tho proviso of tho sixteenth section 
 ofthest.pple>n_eMtary school act of 1853, depends upon tho original sunov of ho 
 township It ,n sneli survey tho land was divided into portions tf two n he I or 
 0.0 hundred, or htty acres each, then a Mot' means that cplantity of land; t ^i. pro 
 vided the property does not consist of parts of two or m.!re lots ' ^ 
 
 or :^m~r ;s!:" ^""' "'' -'''''''' '^ '''' ^^^ ^ ^^^"- --^^^ ^^ ^^^^^ 
 
 XXIX.-Jiates levuJ on Property, not on Tndlvhlnals.-Law expenses incurred hj Trustees 
 
 to be borne by the section. 
 "All rates are levied on property, not on individuals; and if tho rates thn. 
 evied aro not ].aid, when called for, by tho persons resid nt on the pL ty ten 
 ^vhatever goods or chattels may be found on it are first liable to be seized ad sold fbr 
 ^e payment ot the rates. If „o goods or chattels for tho trustees to d tr in cL b 
 found, a return is made to the clerk of the municipality, and the rates w 11 be Lllo t.^l 
 in tlie same manner as tho arrears of other taxes/ (Se^ twent -sSmd 1 ,\^^^^^ 
 supplementary school act of 1853.) It is for parties b ^i .^^ in^h ed 't^ 
 o her property to settle between themselves in regard to the payme^^ "t^a c^ wi h 
 
 ^iii^^^r i^^iKt if ;sr ^"'^ ^''' ''' ^-^^'y- ^w find^^r!; 
 
 tulSy;' ''' ^'■''" '^' ''^''^ "^''''' ^'^ ''''''' ^^^='>^" ^f^^T act,-and not gla- 
 
 XXX.— l/,iion of Sections in adjoining Counties, how effected 
 
 unLd in h!^°^ '"''■''"' '•? '.'^•'^"""S townships in difierent counties can be 
 united in the same wiiy as school sections in adjoining townships in the same countv 
 «s provided or in the fifth proviso in the fourth clause of thLigh en h^^^^^^^^^^^ 
 he school act o 850, but not in any other way. Two sections in the sue town 
 
 fl T ^""•''^ f T""-^"^ ^"'" ^" '^' ^''' i>^'' ^^■^^^"'^^ '•^f^^'''<-^^l to. But a mere 
 vote of parties m school sections is not sufficient to unite them legally, but s pZer 
 
 prepare the way for parties authorized by law to do it. In animion "lool Sn 
 X sTctiot." ^' ""'" ''''''' '''''''-' ^^' ^" ^^^ -- niannerriuis in an? 
 
 XXXL-Fear of emharr assent from a small Ratc-BilL-Threat of a 3fandamus, protection 
 
 oj 1 rustees. ' 
 
 A special school meeting havuuj fixed the monthly rate-bill at seven-vence half 
 penny, and certain parties having threatened to apply for a Z^dlZ! nJ •; 
 ike trustees to collect it, the truste/s feared .nlarraZii:}:or:fa7:f meZt 
 metthar engagements. In this dilemma, they sought advii, preparatory Tollos- 
 zngahgher rate-Ml zn opposition to the decision of the meetLf The iixpZZ 
 of doing .so was thus pointed out :-. '' -^ '^'^ ^f^^^peaiency 
 
 "You should have no hesitation in carrying out the decision of the snecial 
 school meeting to which you refer. In doing so, it will not be necessary fbr X to 
 do more at present, than smiply to impose the rate-bill of seven-p.nc' haLVom y 4r 
 month lor each pupii ..trending school. It is not until the end of the year, 4 towalSs 
 
oy niuht n^sess 
 >o guided by it, 
 X section of tho 
 
 Assoss7ncnlg. 
 
 ctcentli section 
 il siir\oy of tiio 
 wo liiiiidrt'il, Ol- 
 id ; that i.s, pro- 
 
 rected in 1853, 
 •cJbi/ Tntstcea 
 
 the rates thus 
 
 property, tlien 
 
 ed and sold for 
 
 listrain can bo 
 
 ''ill be colleL'ted 
 
 section of the 
 
 ng landed and 
 
 of taxes; with 
 
 find it valued 
 
 the defence or 
 jich they have 
 -and not gra- 
 
 inties can bo 
 I same county, 
 3nth section of 
 e same town- 
 But a mere 
 but is 2:)roper 
 -^'-diool section 
 rustees in any 
 
 IMS, protection 
 
 n-jjence half- 
 lus to compel 
 of means to 
 "iry to impos- 
 inexpediency 
 
 f the special 
 iry for you to 
 alf-pcnny per 
 ir, or towai'ds 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 1^9 
 
 its close, that you will have to impose a general rate upon the property of the section, 
 to make up tlie balance required to pay the teacher's salary and other expenses of llio_ 
 school, as auiliorisoil by tl-o lattor part of the seventh dauso of the twrllih scclinn of 
 the sc I KM) I act of I806. in the mean time it will not bo nw<'ssary fur vdu to dtf.T 
 any explauHtion eillu-r of your intentions or of your conduct to the party wlio has 
 addn.'sscd to you the uncalled-for letter wliieh you havi' enclosed. Hy aetuii;- in the 
 manner I have indicated, it is not at all likely that the j.arties who wn-te tlu; letter e.m 
 obtain a mandamus; and even if they should succeed, all the expenses whieb you may 
 incur nuist be borno by ;he section, and can be c Ikrled by a rate upon the property 
 of the section. In all your ollicial proceedings you will '.)e particular to use your cor- 
 ])orato seal. Any op|)osilion you meet with will likely be on the part of those refus- 
 ing to ])ay the rate which you nniy impose at the close of the year. In sucli a case 
 the legality ot the matter can, it the opposition clxjose, be te.steil in the division court. 
 But from the twenty-fourth section of the supplementary school act of 185:), you will^ 
 see that ample protection will be affordiid you by this department, in the exercise of 
 your rights and the perfornumce of your duties." 
 
 XXXll.— Right of Tntdccn to obtain trgal advice. —Audiling of School Section Arconntn. 
 
 " 1. Trustees have a perfect right to procure such legal advice, at tho^ 
 expense of the section, as they may deem necessary to aid them in the pe'i'ormai.ce of 
 their duty in doubtful cases, such as those to which you refer. 'JMiey are reouired by 
 the seveu'th clause of the twelfth section of the school act, of 1851), to take 'all lawi'ul 
 means' to collect school moneys. Sometimes they may be doubtful as t(» the ' lawful 
 means' they should adopt. In such a case they should npi>ly i'or advice. 
 
 " 2. No advantage can or slioukl bo taken of an error in judgment on the part of 
 trustees in the matter, — the county courts being now courts of equity to a limited 
 amount, would sustain the trusteees in case of an appeal to them. 
 
 " 3. A school meeting has no authority to dispute the right (if the trustees to fix the 
 amount of the remuneration payable for the services rendered to the section. All it 
 can lawfully do is to see that the expenditure of the money collected, or received, is 
 duly accounted for. Mo arbitration is required in the matter." 
 
 XXXlll.— Trustees alone can fix the salary of the Teacher. 
 
 "The trustees alone have the right to increase the salary of their teacher 
 as they may judge expedient. That is their duty an<l privilege, as you will i>erceive 
 by the fifth clause of the twelfth section of the school act of 1850, which stales 
 expressly that it is the duty of trustees 'to contract with and em])loy all teachers for 
 (then) school section, and determine the amount of their salaries.' " 
 
 XXXIY —Persoval rcspomibility of Trustees for ncglcclivg to keep open a School. 
 
 "By the ninth section of the supplementary school act of 1853, trustees 
 are m^.de personally responsible for their neglect of duty in not koej.ing open a school, 
 a-iu thus entailing on the section the loss of its share of the school fnnd to which it 
 would otherwise be entitled." 
 
 XXXV.— Libraries must he under the control of a Corporation, and not of an Association, 
 
 of Subscribers. 
 
 "I have to state that unless the township council, as a corporation, as- 
 sume the responsibility of taking charge of the library books, you cannov, I regret to 
 say, avail yourself of the liberality of the legislature. You should hand the council 
 your contributions, and thus let it act in behalf of the township. In that case all par- 
 ties will have access to the library, free of charge, upon compliance with the rules and 
 regulations for the management of public libraries in Upper Canada. The trustees of 
 
 O 
 
 : ft 
 
 I 
 
140 
 
 AI'PENDIX. 
 
 i 
 
 eacl. Heotion concerned, could take charge of a portion of the general library, and thus 
 Uistnbuto the books over the entire townshii)." ^ 
 
 XXXVL—'Jhirm/nii Conndh can enfMkh nrnnch IMmmrit 
 "A ]nu„ici,,:,l council h„s f.ill autlioiily to .livido tlio library into as 
 niany branclu-s us ,t ,.l..as..s ... lon^ an it, ,.r sn„K, co,n|,ct(.nt ,,..rs.,„, or p.-rsous, on 
 ts b,.|,a (, become. r..siu„,s,l.|., for the n.anaj.-.,m...t ..f the library aiul safe keeping of 
 tlic boiiks, iis recpiire.l l.y the reiviiiuMonH of this .IrpMitnieiit 
 
 " 'J ''« 7"''^;' •-•"" •■'l'l;;'i"t.tl.e trustees, or other parlies, tu take charo-e of the library, 
 Avhiii! bbnr " '"'^' " responsible for the cost and nianngeinent of tlio 
 
 "The books can bo changed from one braneh library to anotlu-r. under the authority 
 the eonne,!-- bus pernmiing all iho resident, in the township to have access to aU 
 the Looks ot all the branches." 
 
 XXXYU.—Iniprovcmml of Nvfioul Premises. 
 «Tho 4th clause of the 12th section of the school act of 1850, makes 
 ho trusters the s,.!e judges as to vvhat sum or sums shall be exp..nded in a school sec- 
 
 shal or shall not be built, an.l vvhat kind of one if built. The power of a public 
 
 nieetmg „, sueh cases ,s given m the former part of the 7th clause of the saulo scc- 
 
 K>n and rehles to the manner m wh„h such sum or sums sliall bo p,ovided_the 
 
 latter part ot the clause giving the trustees (he power to provide by ra e on pro,,erty 
 
 tor any sums not j.n.vided f,,,. by a rate of a school niectin..-." ^ ^ ^ 
 
 XXXVnL-Jir,j.,u,;MUy of Tmdee. for the acts of pupils.-J\trt;es eompelkdto f,ive Deed 
 
 A pcr.so,i ^ohose prnpe,i>/ was sUvated near the Hrkoolhoase fcarinq that it miqht 
 
 reave iujary JronUhc scholars, wM to con.^d the trustees to <ju>e 'a bond for the 
 
 s%ct ''' ^''"''''' '^"-■^'""'' ^"' ''"^''^ "'^'""' ^'* ''"'' 
 
 "You should not of course give the 'bond' rcp.ired of you. If any 
 of the pupils siiould mjure the property of the person to whom you refer, he must 
 prosee-ute he parents or guard ans of such pupils.' The trustees clnnot as uue le 
 responsibdity ot the conduct of siieh jnipils. "ou'uo lue 
 
 " You can apply to the court of chancery to compel the ]ierson to give you the deed 
 Le promise.1 ;-m which case y.,u will adduee the report to ihich vou W^fand the be^ 
 ot other evidence you can obtain as to his agreement to do so." You can 1 .o to 
 your section ^vhat,e^■er expenses you may incur in securing a title, and the eison 
 resistmg will of course subject himself to expenses by his violatioi, of his engagenS' 
 XXXlX.~Mlhorily of the Tearher lo malntnin dimpline in the School '^ 
 
 "A teacher as Avell as parent should endeavour to govern cliild.e'n K,. fl • 
 afleetions; but a teacher as well as'a parent ouo.ht to exeids^ tmZ I '"' 
 than tenderness, in the government of children; and should sweh .so T 
 
 .se the rod. if he thinks it necessary to ensure obedience, a^io L^t [ •. :^, ::^:^| 
 disc.phne IS obedience on the part of pupils; and a teacher must use^ I ^, '.^^ 
 necessary to m.in am .t-nuld means if suflleient, but severe means'f h'thk 
 necessary. Should it be known or su],posed by pupils or child..- thZl) I ^ 
 or parent had no right to chastis. them'f',r disolL ie e J^ .o ^ . ', if "'' ''^''^Z 
 could not be maintained. If children are well m,^^] ■ I ' S":/''"'"^'"t 
 
 need the rod at sehool; but children liLl.lf'^ L^":;.'^^^^ ^^^^ 
 at home, generally have to be taught .t at school. The ^ ^^tdltlS^ 
 
ArPENDIX. 
 
 141 
 
 ibrary, and thus 
 
 ibi.'iry into as 
 , vv piTsons, on 
 1 .sat'o kt.'i'j»iiig of 
 
 ;•(' of 1 1 10 liliraiy, 
 i.-igTiiiont of tlio 
 
 Icr tlu' aiitliority 
 iivo aeco.Sij to all 
 
 f 1850, makes 
 ill a school sec- 
 r a scliDoI-Iiou.so 
 >\vor of a j)iiLlic 
 of the snino scc- 
 ! jiiovidcd — the 
 I'ato on pi'Ojierty 
 
 'led to (live Deed 
 iKj tinit itmUiht 
 '! a bond for the 
 t advice on the 
 
 you. If any 
 u refer, lie must 
 not assume the 
 
 'Q you the deed 
 kr, and the best 
 I can cliarge to 
 and the peison 
 5 engiigeuieuts." 
 
 :houl. 
 
 Idren by their 
 mne.ss, no loss 
 as the [larents, 
 inisito in school 
 all the means 
 ^ if he thinks it 
 l:at the teacher 
 ily government 
 ey will sekhjin 
 ' and obedience 
 acher that can 
 
 govern best by the least severit}', l^^ tlio best governor; bnt the riglit to nso it must 
 always be maiiit.tincd. In iliu United Stak-s, tin' highest coiiiis have di^cidetl tiial a 
 teacher, by virtue of bis oHice, apart from usage, Inisa right to mHict any punishnK'nt, 
 that is n(!('essary to eiifuce t)bciliciicc in his schunl, and if a conlrary dci'ision should 
 bo made by a magiHtnite in your case, you should appeal to a higher court. If, as tho 
 Sacred fc5cri|)ture8 state, tho parent that 'spareth the rod, hatetli his child,' the teacher 
 that does not use the rod when his orders are wilfully disobeyed, violates his duty and 
 wrongs the children placed under his charge." 
 
 XL.— Monthly Jiulc-bllli— Corporate Bial—Vohminry mJmr'ipilonn for the gvpport of 
 a School. — Cullidor, the .It/od of Tritf-tecs. 
 
 "1. MoNTriLV Hate-Dill.— If a rate-bill is levied at so much per month, 
 then eacli pupil admitted into tho school is liable to i»ay for ono calendar monih, 
 whether he attends the whole or only a few days of the n)onlh. The same rule of 
 interpretation applies to a (piarterly rate-hill; see proviso in the 8lh clause of the l2th 
 section of the school act of 1850. 
 
 " 2. Corpohate-Skal. — A school section must have a corporate seal. No act of 
 the trustees is lawful as a corporate act, unless a seal is used; but the tnivtees can 
 adopt any seal they pleas(>, although an ollicial s.^al wilh the luiiuber and <lesigiiatiun 
 of the section engraved thereon, is the best. If trustees sign agreements without a 
 seal, they are individually responsible for the i'ullilment of such agreemenls, but not 
 the corporation. 
 
 "3. VoLi-NTAKY SuDscuiPTiONS. — If a school meeting a(h)pts the method of vol- 
 untary subscription to support the school, each peist)n acts vohiiit;irily, in subscribing 
 or not, as he pleases, whether rich or poor; and when trustees have to resort to a rate 
 on property, (as authorised by the latter ].art of the Vth clause of the 12th section ot 
 tho school act of 1850,) to raise the balance reipiired to defray the expenses of the 
 school, they cannot levy any higher rate in the pound upon the jiropcrty of the man 
 who would not voluntarily subscribe a peimy to the school, than upon tlie prop 'rty of 
 the man who subscribed ten poiuids. 
 
 ''Trustees are not re(]nired to !>o throngh tlie whole section to solieit subscriptions. 
 It is as absurd as it is unjust, to impoH! upon them sueh a burden. They can, how- 
 ever, do so if they choose; or they can send a collector and pay him for "his trouble; 
 or they can let all come and subs^'iibe who i)lease, which is the true and liberal mean- 
 ing of the phrase, 'providing for the support of a school by voluntary subscription,' 
 Others have just as much reason and interest to C(nne to the secretary-treasurer and 
 subscribe, as trustees have to go and solicit them. ]}ut if live shillings'are not volun- 
 tarily subscribed, the trustees can raise all the rest they require by a rate on property, 
 as authorised by the latter part of the 7th clause of the 12th section of the school act 
 of 1850. 
 
 "4. Collector, an Agent. — The collector was your officer or agent, doing the 
 work which yon had appointed him to do, in consequence of wliieh, he was sii!;j^cted 
 to considerable expenses. It would be unjust as well as .lishonorable to throw such 
 expenses upon the collector — expenses ineurred in consequence of bis i>bedience to the 
 authority of the trustees, and in taking the legal steps leipiired to collect nionejs for 
 school section. 
 
 "Should the trustees refuse to indeinnily the collector, I wouM advisi; him to sue 
 them. The ^th clause of the 12th section of tho school act, authorises the trustees to 
 d collect sums 
 
 levy 
 
 P' 
 
 teacher, and all other ex| 
 
 )en 
 
 m 
 
 ■■X • 
 ■ 
 
142 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 tbeir fioliool, nnd thpy nrc the judges of such exponsos. In numGrous in«tnnoo«, tho 
 trustees Jiayo loviod tor law oxjietLses inclined in d(■}<;ndin^f thcnim.IvoM Muiiinst lu^mm 
 jvlu. iUm-i] th.-ir aiitliocity to do certain tliiiiirH; and thdr anthcrit to do so has boon 
 ji.-Id uiidoiil.t.-d. Tlio cxpcim-s in tlio ca-o of your collector, aro as cl.-arlv lawful an 
 It the trustcw instead of him hud been subject to expouHoa in tho perfonimncy of their 
 
 proper 
 
 GENERAL FORMS AND IN.STRUCTIONS EOR COMMON SCHOOLS. 
 
 Annual School Meeting Notick. 
 Tho uiidorsicfnod Trustees of School Section, No. , in tho Township of 
 hereby, -ivo notice to the Freeholders and Householders of said School Section, that 
 a 1 ub ic Ab-etni-- will be held at , on the second Wednesday in .lanuary 18 
 
 at the hour ot Ten o'clock in the forenoon, for the purpose of olectinrr a fit and uro 
 person as a School Trustee for the said Section. ** 
 
 Dated this day of , 18 . 
 
 A. B., ^ Trustees of 
 
 C. D., y School Section 
 
 E. F, ) No. . 
 
 Remauks.— The above notice should bo signed by a majority of tho existing or 
 Buryivuig Trusleos and posted in, at least, three j>ublic j^laces in tho School Section 
 at legist SIX days before the holding of tho meeting. The manner of proecedinff at 
 the Annual Meeting is piescribed in the sixth section and the dai/ and the hourhv 
 tho second section of the Act. " ' "/ 
 
 Should the Trustees nc'slect to give the prescribed notice of the Annual Section 
 Meeting, they for eit, c^ieh, the sum of one pound five shillings, recoverable for the 
 purposes of the School Section, and then any two householders of the School Sec; ion 
 are authonzod wUhiu twenty days thereafter, to call such meeting. See ninth section 
 
 Form of Notice of Election. 
 
 School Section, No. 
 
 Township of , ig 
 
 SiR,-In conformity with the Common School Act, 13th and 14th Victoria, chap 
 48 section 5, ^ye have the honor to inform you that, at a meeting of the Freeholders 
 and Householders of School Section, No. , in the Township of , held accord- 
 ;ng to law, on the day of , [Here insert ike name or names and address of 
 
 slctfor''" '''* ^'"''''"' ■^ ''^°'*'" ®'^''''' [Trustee or Trustees] of said 
 
 We have the honor to be, sir, 
 
 ' Your obedient servants, 
 
 D. E., Chairmfln, 
 
 To the Loc al Superintendent of Schools. ^' ^'' ^""""'^^'''y- 
 
 i« yX "Se ^1:;!^^ l^S'e.^' "' '°"' ""'' ■ ' '''"* "'°""' «'*'^-^Tr.«««.. „.tice. Such meting 
 
insfnncos, tho 
 
 lo so liuH Ixfcn 
 'iirly lawful nn 
 iiaijco ot" tlioir 
 
 OOLS. 
 
 Section, tliat 
 iiimiy, 18 
 tit aiul proper 
 
 iocs of 
 
 Section 
 
 • 
 le existing or 
 liool Section, 
 iroceoding at 
 
 the hour by 
 
 nual Section 
 irable for tlie 
 jliool Section 
 ninth section 
 
 18 
 ictoria, chap. 
 Freeholders 
 held accord- 
 d address of 
 tees] of said 
 
 !)liairrafln, 
 
 Seci-etaiy. 
 
 . SucJi tiicctiiig 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 NoTioK OF Special School Election Meetino. 
 
 143 
 
 Notice is horehy given to tljo Freeliolders atiil II»iiHt'hol'l(!rs of School Section, 
 No. in tim Tuwiihlii]) of , that a I'ubHc Meeting willbc liekl at , 
 
 on tho day of , nt the hour of of tho clock, in tho , for 
 
 tho |iuipose of electinijt H proper i)erMon as School Trustee, in the place of 
 [deccamd, rcmovt'd, inctijnicitated from sickness, resignation, ur who has refused to 
 terve, as the case may be.\ 
 
 Dated this day of , 18 . 
 
 A. B., ) Surviving Trustees, or Trustee, 
 C. D., [ (as the case wai/ he.) 
 
 Rkmark. — A. trunteo who refuses to serve, when elected, forfeits tho sum of ono 
 pound five Hhillings ; but, having accepted oflice, if lie nhall at any time refuse or 
 neglect lo perform the duties of that otfice, ho nIuiU forfeit the kumi of tivo jujunds 
 recoverable for tho purposes of the school section ; but a trustee cannot bo re-i^i.i-ted 
 without his own consent. (See eighth section of the Act.) Tho mode of jjroceeding 
 at a meeting called as above is the same as at an ordinary election at tho annual school 
 section meeting. 
 
 Notice of Special School Meeting. 
 
 Notice is hereby given to tho Freeholders and Householders of School Section, 
 No. in tho Township of , that a Public Meeting will ho hoM nt , 
 
 on the day of at the hour of of the clock for tho purpose [//ere 
 
 ttate the object or objects of the meeting^ 
 Dated this day of , 18 . 
 
 A. B.. 1 
 
 Trustees. 
 
 Remarks. — It belongs to the office of Trustees to estimate and determine th 
 amount of the teacher's salary and all expenses connected with the school ; but it 
 appertains to the majority of the freeholders and householders of each school section, 
 at a public meeting called for the purpose, to decide as to tho manner in which such, 
 expenses shall be provided for ; whether, 1st by voluntary subscription, 2iid, by rate- 
 bill of not more than ono shilling and threepence per month, per pu[)il attending tho 
 school, or 3rd, by rate on all the freeholders and householders of the school section 
 according to property. And should not a sufficient sum be provided by either of tiiese 
 means to meet the expenses incurred for school purposes, the trustees are authorized 
 by the latter part of the 7th clause of the 12th section, to i)rovide the bal;inco by a 
 rate on property as tli-y may think proper. But for all the money leccived and ex- 
 pended by them, tho Trustees must account annually to their constituents as pre- 
 scribed in the eighteenth clause of tho tweli'th section. Besides calling annual 
 school section meetings, trustees are authorized to call special meetings to consider the 
 site and erection of a school-house, the mode of raising a Ujacher's ealary, or for any 
 
 IK 
 
144 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 school purpose whatever. The oLjeet or objeots of each school meetin^r should inva. 
 riably be st.'itfJ in the notices calliiio- it ; aii^l the three iiotiew cnl'-'wr any school 
 meeting should m all cases be put up six days before holdinir such meerin-r. 
 
 Alteiiatign of Boundaries 
 Notification to Trustees of the alteration in the boundaries of their School Section' 
 
 Township Clerk's Office, 
 18 
 Sir,— In conformity with the fourth clause of the eighteenth' section' of tlie 
 
 mnn S,i|>rtril A /.f 1 Otl. ....,1 i ji.1 tt- i ._ t . " 
 
 Commou Scl.oc.1 Act, .3th and ! 4th Vic, chap. 48, I bavelo acquaint you that the 
 Municipal Counci of this Township l,as altered the School Section of which you are 
 Irustee, m the followii.g manner : [flere insert the chamjes tohich have been made, 
 and the description o/ the new School Section.] These changes will go into effect 
 from and after the twenty-fifth day of next December, according to the clause of tho 
 Act above referred to. 
 
 Secti(^°" ^^^^ ^^"^^^ communicate this notice to the other Trustees of your School 
 
 I am, sir, 
 
 Your obedient servant, 
 m jj -p, A. B., Township Clerk. 
 
 Trustee of School Section No. , Township of 
 
 Remark.— In giving notice of the formation of union school sections, see the 
 remarks at the end ot the following form : 
 
 ^""s^hot Sediom'' ^'^ ^^" ■^'''"^ Superintendent of Schools of alteration in 
 
 Township Clerk's Office, 
 
 1 8 
 
 Sir In conformity with the fourth clause of the eighteenth' Section 'of the 
 
 Common School Act i;3th and 14th Vict., cha,.. 48, I have to acquaint you that the 
 
 Maa.cipal Counci ot this Townsliip has altered y.hool Section, No. , in the U- 
 
 lowing, manner : [Here insert the changes which have been made, and the dcscrip- 
 
 tZnff fifth T , "\ n ''^"'".'^ '^^'''' ''^^*"8'^^ S"" '''''' ^ff^'^t from an.l after the 
 twenty-fifth day o next December, according to the fourth clause of the 18th section 
 -Ot tne Act referred to. 
 
 I am, sir, 
 
 Your obedient servant, 
 
 • To «he Local Superintendent of Schools. ^'' ^^ '^^""'"''"'^' ^''"'^• 
 
 Remarks.— When the Union School Section is formed or alte.e.l, as authorized 
 by the htth proviso of the fourth clause of the eighteenth sectin,.. the cleW of he 
 Township in which the school-house of such lu.ioM^ection is situilJd, should co, n , " 
 nicate the requisite notices to tU parties concerned. See sixth pro v so of the four h 
 clause of the eighteenth section, compared with the fourth section of the Act 
 
 X 
 
sliouM inva. 
 ', any school 
 
 uig. 
 
 'tool Section' 
 
 > Office, 
 
 tion of tlie 
 you that the 
 lich you am 
 been made, 
 ^0 into effect 
 jlause of the 
 
 your School 
 
 Clerk. 
 
 )ns, see the 
 
 teration in 
 
 Office, 
 S 
 
 !tion of the 
 'ou that the 
 , in the fol- 
 'he descHjj- 
 d after the 
 8 th section 
 
 Clerk. 
 
 autliorized 
 l(^rk of the 
 kl coniiiiu- 
 
 the fourth 
 
 ,ct. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 145 
 
 Form of Warrant 
 for ihe Collection of School Fees. 
 We, the undersigned, Tiustees of School Secti .n No. , in the Townsliip of 
 in the County of , l.y viitue of the aulhoritv vested in us by llio eighth clause of 
 the twehlh section of the Act. 13lh imd 14lh Vict., chap. 48, hereby authorize and 
 re(iuuo [here insert the name and residence of the person appointed to collect the 
 rate-hilL] ai'ter ten days from the date hereof, to collect fruMi the several individunls 
 in the annexed rate-bill, for the period therein nientioneil, the sum of money opposite 
 their respective names, and to pay. within [thirtif da>/sfroni tlie date hereof] the amount 
 so collected, after retaining your own lees, to the Secretary-Treasurer, whose discharge 
 shall be your acquittance for the sum so paid. And in default of payment on demand 
 by any ))er.son so rated, you are In^reby authorized and required to le\y the amount 
 by distress and sale of the goods and chattels of the person or persons inakino- default 
 
 A.B.( 1 
 
 C. D. ■{ Corporate Seal, )■ Trustees. 
 E. F. ( ) 
 
 Given under our hands and seal, this 
 day of , 18 . 
 
 To the Collector of School Section No. , Township of 
 
 Remark. — The trustees being a corporation, the .'aw requires that all warrants 
 and documents issued by them in that capacity, should have the corporate seal of the 
 school section attached, otherwise they may be resisted, and the trustees made person- 
 ally responsible for such neglect. 1'he powers of the collector are defined in the 39th 
 to the 47th sections of the Assessment Act of 1853. See also 21st and 22nd sec- 
 tions of the supplementary school act. 
 
 Form of Rate-Bill, 
 authorized by second and eighth clauses of the twelfth section of the Act— to be 
 
 annexed to the foregoing Warrant. 
 Rate Bill of persons liable for School Fees, in School Section, No. , in the town- 
 ship of , for the [month or quarter, d^c] commencing the day of and 
 ending the day of , 18 . ' 
 
 Names of 
 
 Pabents 
 
 or 
 
 GuAuniANs. 
 
 Niiml)er of 
 
 •hildren attend- 
 
 iiifr ISeliooI. 
 
 IJAniount of rate I 
 '|liill per [ineiHlii 
 
 'ir (jtiarler, itc.]' 
 
 t'lir tuition. 
 
 Amount of ratf-'l 
 
 tiicl. lent, ikc. 
 
 amount 
 
 Z:.,^':rrV.^'''|at-perc!;,;,J;^'-C'»->l^or 
 
 |Uiiiier,j etc. 
 
 s. 
 
 s. 
 
 s. d. 
 
 Given under our hands and seal, this 
 day of ,18. 
 
 A. B., ) 
 E. F., 
 
 Trustees. 
 [Corporate Scal^ 
 
V 
 
 / 
 
 146 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Form op Receipt 
 to he given hj the Collector, on receiving the amount named in the Rate-Bill. 
 
 Ivroivcd from \Jierf insert the pernon^s namel the sum of [Jiere lorite Ike sum in 
 ioi>}(ls\ Iniiii:^- llio aiiuniiit of his [or her^ Rate-Bill, for the [^Monlh or Quarter, c&c] 
 
 eiHliii^' oil I lie 
 
 day of 
 UatuJ this day of 
 
 18 
 18 
 
 A. B., Collector. 
 
 Hem AUKS. — 1. The Collector should take a receipt from the secretary- treasurer, 
 for all moneys paid hiin. 7"he secretary treasurer should also take a recei[)t from the 
 teacher for all moneys paid him. Tl e taking and giving receipts for money paid 
 and iecui\ed will pievent errors and misunderstandings. 
 
 2. 'i'he trustees can raise the school fees by voluntary subscriptions, if they 
 please. They can also appoint the school teacher to act as collector, if he chooses to 
 accept of the ai)pointmeiit, and to give the required security. The trustees can also, 
 if they judge It ex[)edii'nt, impose any rate-bill which they may think necessary for 
 renting', and repairing and furnishing a school house, or for the teacher's salary, upon 
 the iiiliahitaiits of their school section, or they can apply to the municipality of their 
 township to impose and collect such rate for those purposes. Should the township 
 council refuse to comply with the request of the trustee representatives of a section to 
 impose and collect such rate, the trustees can, witliout further delay, proceed at oiico 
 to impose and c^jllect the rate themselves. 
 
 y. As the scliool accounts of each year must be kept separate by the Chief 
 Supei inteiideut of Schools, so must the rate-bills. The rate-bills and the warrants can 
 be made out for a month, or for one or more quarters of a year, at the same time, as 
 the trustees may think expedient. 
 
 4. Those parents and guardians who pay the rate-bills to the secretary-treasurer, 
 or collector, within ten days from the date of such rate-bill, and without being called 
 upon for it, will be exempt from paying the collector's fees. 
 
 5. The Collector, by virtue of the warrant from the trustees, can enforce payment 
 of the rate-bill by distress and the sale of goods, from any jierson who resides, or has 
 goods and (hatlels within the limits of the school section. For the mode of proceed- 
 ing by the tiuslees, in case of persons rated, who may not at the time of collecting the 
 rate bill, reside, or have goods and chattels within the limits of the sehool section, see 
 eleventh division of the twelfth section of the act of 1850, and the 22nd section of 
 the Siipi)!enientary Act of 18."33. 
 
 6. The trustees should m.ake the apportionment for fuel in mone}', as one item 
 in the rate-bill, and then exercise their own discretion as to whether the item for fuel 
 sliouM be jiaid iu money or wood — fixing the price per cord to be allowed for the 
 wood, describing the kind of wood, and the manner in which it should be prepared 
 for the scliool. In case any person should fail to ])ay the amount of Ids wood-bill, in 
 the maimer ;md at the time prescribed by the trustees, the payment should, of course, 
 be enfoived in the same nuiimer as that of ihe school teacher's salary, and the amount 
 thus collected, paid for the purchase of wood. 
 
 1. Bat, as no ra:e-l)ill can exceed Is. 3d. per month, the price of fuel and the 
 school fees ccc, must be included in that amount. 
 
Ttate-Blll 
 
 the sum in 
 uarter, t&c] 
 
 iollector. 
 
 iry- treasurer, 
 [)t fruiii the 
 money paid 
 
 :)ns, if tliey 
 e chooses to 
 ees can also, 
 ecessary for 
 salary, upon 
 Jity of their 
 he township 
 .1 section to 
 eeed at ouco 
 
 y the Chief 
 warrants can 
 uue time, as 
 
 ly-treasurer, 
 being called 
 
 rco payment 
 si(K'S, or has 
 I of proceed- 
 :)llecting tlie 
 1 section, see 
 id section of 
 
 as one item 
 item for fuel 
 wed for the 
 be prepared 
 *vood-l)ill, in 
 d, of course, 
 the amount 
 
 fuel and tho 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Form of Deed 
 for the site of the Common School House and Teacher's Residence. 
 
 147 
 
 Ihis indenture, made the day of , in the year of our Lord one 
 
 thousand eight hundred and , in pursuance of the act to faciHtate the convey- 
 
 ance of real property, between , of the Township, \Tow\ 
 
 or City\ of and province of Canada, of the Jirst part, and the TruDtees of 
 
 School Section Number in the Township of , in the County of 
 
 and Province aforesaid, of the second part. Witnessetb, that in consideration of 
 G .• c .' ^V^^f"! ™oney of Canada, now paid by the trustees of the School 
 Section aforesaid, to the said party of the first part, the said party of the first part 
 hereby grants unto the trustees of the school section aforesai(( their successors and 
 assigns tor ever, all that parcel of land, &c. 
 
 In trust for the use of a Common School, in and for School Section Number 
 , in the lownship of , and in the County and Province aforesaid 
 
 ^f+i Qi 1 o .• ^ Ttie said , covenants with the Trustees 
 
 Trtlff^ft ®J°t/«^ aforesaid, that he hath the right to convey the said lands to the 
 liustees of the School Section aforesaid. And that the Trustees of the School Section 
 aforesaid shall have quiet possession of the said lands, free from incumbrarces. 
 Ana tde said covenants with the Trustees of the School Section 
 
 re uTsite ^''^''"*^ """"^ ^'''*^^' ^"'^^'^^ ^^ t^« «aid lands as may be . 
 
 In witness whereof, the said parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and 
 seals in the day and year before mentioned. 
 
 [Seal] 
 
 Corporate Seal. Trustees. 
 
 Signed, sealed, and delivered in presence of 
 
 0. K. ) 
 
 K. K. \ Witnesses. 
 
 Rkmarks.— 1. If the grantor be a married man, his wife's name must be inserted 
 m the deed, and this phrase added after the word " requisite :" And, 
 
 , wife of the said , hereby bars her dower in the said lands. 
 
 2. When, however, the land has descended to the wife in her own right, she 
 must, besides joining with her luisband in the conveyance, appear before two justices 
 of the peace, to declare that she has parted with her estate in the land intended to be 
 conveyed , without any coercion or fear thereof by or on the part of her husband ; and 
 the certificates of such justices must appear on the back of the conveyance the day of 
 its execution. The form of the certificate is as follows : " Wo the undersio-ned Justices 
 of the peace for , do hereby certify that on day of "^ I's 
 
 at , the within deed was duly executed in the presence of by ' 
 
 wife of , one of the grantors therein named ; and that the said 
 
 at the said time and place, being examined by us, apart from her husband, did appear 
 to give her consent to depart with her estate in the lands mentioned in the said deed 
 freely and voluntarily, and without coercion or fear of coercion on the part of her 
 husband, or of any other person or persons whatsoever. 
 
 A. 
 
 B. 
 
 C. 
 
 D. 
 
 E. 
 
 F. 
 
 G. 
 
 H. 
 
 
 -, J. p." 
 -, J. p." 
 
148 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 S. If the deed be for the site of a school-house in a city, town or incorporated 
 village, the words, board of school trustees for such city, town, or village, should be 
 inserted instead of the words " Trustees of school section number," &c., in the foregoing 
 form. See the twenty-fourth and twenty-sixth sections of the Act. 
 
 Form of Agreement 
 Between Trustees and Teacher. 
 We, the undersigned. Trustees of School Section No. , in the Township of 
 by virtue of the authority vested in us by the fifth clause of the twelfth section 
 of the School Act, 13th and 14th Vict, chap. 48, have chosen — [Here insert the 
 Teacher'' s name'] — who holds a class certificate of qualification, to be a teacher in said 
 School Section ; and we do hereby contract with and employ such teacher, at the rate of 
 [here insert the sum in words in currency^ per annum, from and after the date hereof; 
 and we further bind and oblige ourselves, and our successors in oflBce, faithfully to 
 employ the powera with which we are legally invested by the said section of said 
 Act, to collect and pay the said Teacher, during the continuance of this agreement, the 
 sum for which we hereby become bound — the said sum to be paid to the said Teacher, 
 quarterly, [c&c, as the case may ftc] And the said Teacher hereby contracts and 
 binds himself [or herself] lo teach and conduct the School, in said School Section, 
 according to the regulations provided for by the said School Act This agreement 
 to continue [here insert the period of agreement] from the date hereof. 
 Given under our hands and seals, this day of ,18 . 
 
 O.K. A. B. f ^ 
 
 C. D. \ Corporate Seal. > Trustees. 
 E. F. / ) 
 
 G. H. [Seal.] Teacher. 
 
 Remarks. — This agreement must be signed by at least two of the trustees, and 
 the teacher, and must also have the corporate seal of the section attached to it, other- 
 wise the trustees may be made personally responsible for the fulfilment of their 
 agreement, should they be sued by the teacher. It should also be entered in the 
 trustees' book, and a copy of it given to the teacher. The trustees being a corpora- 
 tion, their agreement with their teacher is binding on their successors in ofiice ; and 
 should they refuse or wilfully neglect to exercise the corporate powers vested in them, 
 they can be made personally liable for the amount due a teacher — see sixteenth 
 clause of the twelfth section. But should such agreement be made between the firat 
 October and the second Wednesday in January, either party may withdraw after the 
 annual school meeting, unless the agreement shall have been signed by two of the trus- 
 tees whose terra of ofiice extends beyond such second Wednesday in January, as provided 
 for in the 1 1th section of the Supplementary School Act of 1853. And on the other 
 hand, the teacher is equally bound to faithfulness in the performance of his duties, 
 according to the school law and regulations. See sixteenth section of the School 
 Act of 1850, and the general regulations on the T/uties of Teachers. No dispute 
 between trustees and a teacher can be broughi into any court of law or equity 
 but must be settled by arbitration, as provided in the 1 7th section of the Act of 
 1850, and loth section of the Supplementary Act of 1853. 
 
 General Form of Certificate of Qcalification 
 
 for Common School Teachers in Upper Canada, to be granted by County Boards 
 
 of Public Instruction, in accordance with the Programme of Examination. 
 
 This is to certify that of the faith, having applied to the Board of 
 
 Public Instruction for the [ County, School Circuit, or United Counties] of 
 
APPENDIX. 
 
 149 
 
 incorporated 
 ge, should be 
 ;he foregoing 
 
 Township of 
 velfth section 
 •e insert the 
 2acher in said 
 at the rate of 
 3 date hereof; 
 , faithfully to 
 iction of said 
 greement, the 
 said Teacher, 
 contracts and 
 [lool Section, 
 is agreement 
 
 stees. 
 
 trustees, and 
 d to it, other- 
 lent of their 
 tered in the 
 ig a corpora- 
 i office ; and 
 sted in them, 
 see sixteenth 
 veen the firet 
 raw after the 
 o of the trus- 
 f, as provided 
 
 on the other 
 of his duties, 
 
 the School 
 
 No dispute 
 iw or equity 
 
 the Act of 
 
 unti/ Boards 
 nination. 
 
 the Board of 
 is\ of 
 
 for a certificate of Qualification to teach a Common School, and having produced 
 "satisfactory proof of good moral character," the Board has carefully examined Shim 
 or Acr] in the several branches of study enumerated in the " Qualifications of \third, 
 second^ or first, as the case may 6e] class Teachers," contained in the" Programme of 
 the Examination and Classification of Teachers of Common schools, prescribed by 
 the Council of Public Instruction for Upper Canada," adopted the 3rd day of Octo- 
 ber, 1850 : and having found the said well qualified to teach the several 
 branches therein named, the Board, as authorised by the 29th section of the Act, 13th 
 and 14th Victoria, chapter' 48, hereby licenses him [or her'] to teach any Common 
 School in the [If a first class certificate, h:re insert the name of the 
 county, school circuit, united counties, or city ; if a sscond class certificate, the name 
 of the township ; and if a third class certificate, th". name of the school section in 
 which the candidate is authorised to teach — all to be deterr:dned, at the discretion of 
 the Board^ 
 
 This Certificate of qualification to remain in force [for one year from the date 
 hereof, or until annulled according to law — to be determined by circumstance, and 
 the class of the certificate granted^ 
 
 Dated this day of one thousand eight hundred and 
 
 , Chairman. 
 (This certificate must have the signature Local Superintendent, 
 
 of a Local Superintendent of Schools.) 
 
 REGULATIONS FOR THE EXAMINATION 
 
 and Classification of Teachers of Common Schools, by the County Boards, 
 prescribed l\, the Council of Public Instruction for Upper Canada. 
 
 N. B. Candidates are not eligible to be admitted to examination, until they 
 
 shall have furnished the examiners with satisfactory evidence of their strictly temper- 
 ate habits and good moral character. 
 
 Minimum Qualifigations of Third Class Teachers. 
 
 Candidates for certificates as third class teachers, are required : 
 
 1. To be able to read intelligibly and correctly any passage from any common 
 
 reading book. 
 
 2. To be able to spell correctly the words of an ordmary sentence dictated by 
 
 the Examiners. 
 
 3. To be able to write a plain hand. 
 
 4. To be able to work readily, questions in the simple and compound rules of 
 arithmetic, and in reduction and proportion, and to be familiar with the principles on 
 which these rules depend. 
 
 5. To know the elements of English grammar, and to be able to parse any easy 
 
 sentence in prose. , , ,, , „. 
 
 6. To be acquainted with the elements of geography, and the general outlmes 
 
 of the globe. . . , , , -j- • 
 
 7. To have some knowledge of school organization and the classifacation of 
 
 8. In regard to teachers of French and German, a knowledge of the French or 
 German grammar may be substituted for a knowledge of the English grammar; and 
 the certificates to the teachera expressly limited accordingly. 
 
160 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 s' * 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 -. ,0 4. 
 
 ill 
 
 llr'- 
 
 Minimum Qualifications of Sscond Class Teachers. 
 
 a»\JTfot^^?!7 'f^^'^^^\^ second class teachers, in addition to what is re- 
 quired of candidates for third class certificates, are required • 
 
 with JhJnrinn-S!.? ''''!?• '''^^' T'' '"'«"5?"^« ^^^ expression, and to be familiar 
 witn tue principles of reading and pronunciation. 
 
 writin^* ^° "^"^^ ''' ^""'"^ ^'^^ ^''"'^' ''"''^ ^'^ ^® acquainted with the rules of teaching 
 raetic^* ^° ^°°''' ^'•actions, involution, evolution, and commercial and mental arith- 
 
 [Feraale candidates for this class of certificates will only be examined in 
 practiceand mental arithmetic] ^ " ^A^wmnea in 
 
 4. To be acquainted with the elements of book-keeniuf^ 
 
 6. To know the common rules of orthography, and to1)e able to parse any sen 
 tencem prose or poetry, which maybe submitted ; to write gramrnS7wiSi 
 correct spelling and punctuation, the substance of any' passages S ma7£i^^^ 
 or any topics which may be suggested. ' ° ^ ' 
 
 f,Wl t}" ^t ^^"^"'-'^^^ith the elements of mathematical, physical, and civil or poli- 
 tical geography, as contained in any school geography. ^ 
 
 Minimum Qualifications of First Class Teachers. 
 Candidates for certificates as first class teachprs I'n o<iri,-t,-^„ +^ i, i • 
 of candito for third and second class certiiiSta™?e„uW '° "''"' ■" ■■'^■""'' 
 
 and L A^nZflt ™ve,*r'" "" '^^ ™'""""°" "^ ™"=*- -" »M»- 
 
 .e.3 1 2^ Xad"Sct;2': ™'^' "^ "'«»'"■"■ "" '" "« »^" '» -'ve prob- 
 
 3. To know the fii-stfour books of Euclid. 
 
 4. To be familiar with the elements and outlines of general history. 
 
 5. To have some acquaintance with the elements of vegetable and animal nhvsl 
 
 iniproUreScrstf'^^^^^^^^^^^ ^^^ mnagement of schools and the. 
 
 O/- Pn.^i^.t. ^ Regulations for the Examination 
 Of ^-'^^^^^-/-^^^^^^ adopted lyiU 
 
 council of Public Instruction for Up2yer Canada. 
 
 book^in'Sht IS a uSt^'^f tJ2 '"' '^^'^' T r '^°^^^ 
 
 examinpd fm- Tinnnvc o^/i i i Z- "-'"^^^'^^y oi ioronto requires candidates to be 
 ment M 16 Victoria, c^. ia6.Y*: tSlT;X~:;;?n4f ™"''- 
 
 Examination. ■ "."mittee, ao least g„, „eek previous (» tlie day of 
 
vhat is re- 
 be familiar 
 )f teaching 
 ntal arith- 
 aniined in 
 
 56 any sen- 
 eally, with 
 y be read, 
 
 *^il or poli- 
 
 s required 
 and solids, 
 olve prob- 
 
 nal physi- 
 readere. 
 Is and the 
 
 led in the 
 
 1? bi/ the 
 
 rained as 
 ortions of 
 tes to be 
 ated with 
 Amend- 
 I 
 
 f County 
 3 Normal 
 y, April, 
 names to 
 day of 
 
 APPENDIX. l(^% , 
 
 DIOESTf.AJfl>.-«XT»AGTS OP DECISIONS OF THE 8I«»SM©R COURTS gjj^^*^-^" 
 7'2-^U^i.|. . / t tA^l^j-ON SCHOOL QUESTIONS. 
 
 •if>. 
 
 Bv THE Court or Queen's Betjch. 
 
 H, — Local Superintetidcnl and 7'rHMecs Signing a Contract with a Teacher. 
 A Local Superintendent signing together with Trustees, a contract with a 
 Teacher, will be considered as having signed the same only as approving of the 
 appointment, and not as contracting with the Teacher,— 3 U. C. Qr©. K. 241.* ' 
 
 Is. — Parlies to sue for a IVc.ijyasn —Trnnteea or Teacher. 
 Under the forty-fourth section of the School Act of 1843, 7 Vic. c. 2Q\ the 
 Trustees of the school, and not the Teacher, should sue for a trespass to the school! 
 house; unless it can be shown that the Trustees have given the Teacher a particular- 
 interest in the building, beyond the mere liberty of occupying it during the day for 
 the purpose of teaching.— 3 U. C. Qr^. R. 484. - ^Ln^JL^ r. /C^^ftv^*-«*-«^, <^^ . 
 
 ITR — Trustees agreeing to furnish fuel, must be apj)lied to for same. 
 A Teacher charged Trustees upon a special agreement stated to have been made 
 by them, to furnish said Teacher Avith fuel when required, Held, that they could not 
 be charged with a breach of covenant, as a request with time and place had not been 
 stated in Teacher's declaration.-^^ 1'. C.ftjdS. R. 335. ja^od^t-^^ 'V. ^Tu^^jjC^^J-f^g^ ^ 
 
 lV.—2'eacher's agrec^nent with Trustees not under Corporate Seal. — Their refusal to sign aw 
 Order on the Local Superintendent— Board and Lodging for Teaclwr. 
 
 1. In an action bi-ought by a Teacher against Trustees appointed under the School 
 Act of x846, 9 Vic. c. 20,t setting out a special agreement to retain said Teacher in 
 their employment for a year at a certain salary ; and also in a special action brought by 
 the Teacher, founded on a vei-bal agreement for wrongfully and without cause turning 
 the Teacher away, and preventing him thereby earning liis salary, drc, Held in both 
 eases that the declaration was bad, in not stating that the agreement was made by 
 the Trustees with their corporate seal. 
 
 2. If the School Trustees refuse to sign the order upon the Local Superintendent 
 for ttie payment of the School Fund as provided for by the Act, they may be 
 proceeded against by Mandamus ; or perhaps they may be sued in a special action for 
 not making the order; but they cannot be sued for the money, as that is not in their 
 hands. 
 
 3. Trustees have no power under the School Act to make an agreement for pi'o- 
 viding the Teacher with board and lodging.— r7 U. C. )%*■. R. IZOl %.^^ 'r. <WC, 
 
 ri 
 
 1 
 
 ^^—Responsibility of Treasurer to honor Trustees' Orders, {of^i to CUies, Ihvma and 
 
 VUkiges.) 
 
 That portion of the rate which by the enactment of law goes into the hands of 
 the Treasurer, is subject to the order of the Trustees. He may not have recen-ed 
 the money, or may refuse to obey their order, but m neither case can they be liable 
 to an action for not paying the money. They are public officers, who have only to 
 discharge their proper duty. If they refused to make an order, a Mandamus would 
 lie against them, or perhaps a special action for not making the order, but not an 
 
 * U, C.'Q, B. R.— Upper Canada Queen's Bench Reports. The first four cases are 
 taken from Mr. R. A. Harrison's admirable Digest of the Queen's Bench Reports, 
 t The same under the present school laws. 
 
162 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 action for the money, for that is not in their hands. If the Treasurer fails in his duty 
 ho is liable to indictment, and might be found liable also to a remedy by actipn. — 
 7 U.C.^KR. 138. 
 
 V^I, — Boaria of School Trustees and Municipal Councils in Cities, Totms and Villages. 
 
 1. The School Trustees in cities, towns and villages, have unlimited discretiqn 
 under the twenty-fourth section of the School Act of 1850, as to the number of 
 schools to be kept up, and are not subjected to the restrictions in this respect 
 imposed upon school section trustees in Townships. 
 
 2. When an estimate of the sum required for school purposes was sent to the 
 Municipal Council, by the Board of School Trustees , and the Council recognized the 
 presentation of such estimate by paying a portion of the amount, and submitted to 
 court their reasons for refusing to pay the balance. Held that by such recognition of 
 the Trustees' estimate, they were precluded from pleading that it had not been hyd 
 before them as the law required. — 9 U. C.^SB. R. 302. 
 
 Y^l,— Meaning of " Taxable Inhabitanis," in Cities, Tomis, and Villages. 
 
 Persons who are rated for statute labor only, and who are not householders, are 
 
 not taxable inhabitants'within the meaning of the twenty-second section of the School 
 
 Act of 1850, and cannot therefore vote at the election of School Trustees. — 9 U. C. Q. 
 
 B. R. 682. 
 
 VIII. — Separate Schools. 
 
 The court refused to interfere by Mandamus on the application of the Trustees 
 of a Roman Cbtholic Separate School, to compel the Board of School Trustees of a 
 town to pay oV«r to them a certain sum claimed iis their share of the " Common 
 School Fund": 1st. Because it could not be said to be clear and without question, 
 what sum the applicants were entitled to, or in what fund they had a right to share 
 under the provisions of the act. 2nd. Because the apphcants before coming to the 
 court should at least have been able to show that they had submitted their complaint 
 to the Local' or Chief Superintendent, and that he had refused to entertain it; and 
 qu(nre, whether the decision of the Chief Superintendent upon such a complaint 
 would not be final. 3rd. Because the application should not have been made on 
 behalf of the Trustees, but on behalf of the Teacher of the Separate School, as being 
 the person entitled to the money.— 10 U. C. Q. B. R. 4G9. 
 
 • fy. — Decisions o}i School Questions by the Chief Superintendent. 
 
 The duties imposed upon the Chief Superintendent and the several Local 
 
 Superintendents by the School Acts, show that the Legislature intended to provide a 
 
 domestic forum for the settlement of school questions; and the reference of several other 
 
 matters involvino- legal considerations to arbitration, answere the objection sometimes 
 
 urt^ed that the Legislature did not mean legal questions to be determined by an officer 
 
 wiTo, perhaps, might not be versed in legal technicalities. It appears therefore, 
 
 looking at the whole scope of the acts, that it was supposed the affairs of the schools 
 
 could bo managed by means of arbitrators, and references to the Local Superintendent, 
 
 and finally to the Chief Superintendent, without troubling the Courts. — 10 U. C. %. 
 
 %. R. 475. 
 
 X. — Authority of a Majority of School Trustees — School Site. 
 
 Two of the Trustees of a school section are not competent to act in all cases without 
 consulting the third, and giving him an opportunity of uniting in or opposing the 
 acts of his colleagues, nor can the whole body of Trustees, without any reference to 
 the freeholders and hoiiseholdens of the section, determine upon a site for the school 
 house, and impose a rate to meet the expense of its purchase. — 12 U. C. ^^ R. 377, 
 
163 
 
 ila in hia dutj 
 by action. — 
 
 i Viilaget. 
 
 ted discretiqn 
 le number of 
 I this respect 
 
 as sent to the 
 ecognized the 
 . submitted to 
 recognition of 
 not been hyd 
 
 ages. 
 
 seholders, are 
 of the School 
 I.— 9 U. C. Q. 
 
 r the Trustees 
 I Trustees of a 
 16 " Common 
 lout question, 
 right to share 
 ioming to the 
 leir complaint 
 ertain it ; and 
 a complaint 
 )een made on 
 hool, as being 
 
 several Local 
 I to provide a 
 f several other 
 on sometimes 
 1 by an officer 
 lars therefore, 
 af the schools 
 aperintendent, 
 -10 U. C. ^ 
 
 I cases without 
 
 opposing the 
 
 y reference to 
 
 fur tiiO school 
 
 APPENDIX.. 
 
 ^—Alteration cadJJmm of School Sediotur-filfetion oflHrimt— Collection by Warrant. IJvh^ 
 
 \ 1. An alteration in the boundaries of a school section under the fourth clause of the 
 eighteenth section of the School Act of 1850, does not constitute it a new section, nor 
 make it necessary to call a school meeting to elect new Trustees. Such an alteration 
 only involves a change of parties, from being members of one school section, and 
 becoming members of another school section, and takes effect the 25th December 
 next after. Nor is it necessary to show that the people desire an alleratida of the boun- 
 
 ^TThe union bftWo or more school sectionsinto one, may take place at any period 
 of thtj yfear, and would then require a now election of Trustees. 
 
 3. Trustees are bound to collect by Warrant from the residents of the school 
 section; and to sue for and recover by their name of office from^persons residing 
 
 XH,^iJaie for the Erection of a Sckool-ffouse. 
 
 Under the fourth clause of the twelfth section of the School Act of 1850, Trustees 
 have full power to levy a rate for the erection of a school house for their section,r— 12 
 U.C.Q.B.R. 581. ^^ 
 
 Xill.—Rate of Interest to be raised by Municipal Councils, 
 Municipal Corporations cannot, by by-law, provide for moneyat a rate ofinterest 
 exceeding six per cental 3 U. C. Q;B. R. 2 1 8. ^i^t^T'^^^T^^^^ - 
 XlV.—Tow7iship levying School -Money for County purposes. ^ 
 
 1. A Township by-law was quashed in so much of it as related to the raising of a 
 8um of money, to defray the demands of the County Council on the township, and 
 as an equivalent to the Legislative School grant; it not appearing on the face of the 
 by-law that it was directed to the purpose of meeting a deficiency. 
 
 2. It follows therefore that a Township Council Las not power to pass a rate in aid 
 of any county rate, as the thirty-first section of the Act Iff Vic. c. 182, authorises the 
 County Councils to pass by-laws to raise money for County purposes, and the Town- 
 ship Council for township purposes; and the twenty-seventh section of the Act 13 
 and 14 Vic. c. 48, expressly makes it the duty of the County Council (and not the 
 Township Council) to cause to bo levied each year upon the several townships of the 
 County, such sums of money as shall at least be equal, clear of all charges of collection, 
 to the amount of school money apportioned tq the several townships out of the go 
 emment grantjr— 13 U. C.^-:B. R. 129. ^'U^CL^ <h^ ^/^^^.^.^..u ./^-^-^ ^*t^ 
 
 'Sa^.r^Bisunitin^ union sections of adjoining Townships, and uniting two or more into one. I.' 
 
 The Municipal Council of a Township passed a by-law, disunitinga union section • "^pj^ . 
 with another Township, and uniting such part section and two distSfet sections/into~!!l fewHI 
 one, after a petition from certain inhabitants of the sections concerned ; Held—. 
 
 1. That the Council was not bound to give notice to the inhabitants of that part 
 of the union section belonging to the other Township — it being out of their jurisdiction -Jr n^. 
 but in regard to the parties within their authority.^^o bo satisfied that due notice has}\^,M^ . 
 been given. They are made the judgejof such " clue notice." ^ f .\ 
 
 2. The authority of a Township Council " to alter any school section already j- ^^Jk^\ 
 established," is one to which no restriction, save notice , is attached ; but^ttat « to united ^^ 
 two or more school sections into one, at the request of the majority of the freeholders '*" 
 or householders in each of such sections" is accompanied with a reatriction at onc« 
 
 .>!» 
 
 ^ 
 
 llf 
 
 h '■ 
 
 1 ! 
 i 
 
 ir 
 
164 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 
 expressed ', and which restriction does not, by grammatical construction, extend to the 
 power of merely altering boundaries. In the Supplementary Act, the " restrictions 
 ^/iM^ in regard to alterations" i* spoken of as distinct from any other expression. 
 
 3. The intention of the fourth clause of tlie eighteenth section of the School 
 Act of 1850, i^that in a measure for merely altering the boundaries of sections, the 
 Township Council may take the initiative; and can act without any previous request 
 of a public meeting; but if they enter it of their own accord, they must see that all 
 parties to bo aftected by the alteration have been duly .lotified of the intended step; 
 and if they have been applied to on the subject, they are not bound to entertain it 
 until they see that duo notice has, been given. 
 
 4. The intention of the seventeenth section of tho Supplementary Act, is that 
 the Township Council may pass a by-law for bringing back exclusively to their own 
 jurisdiction, any part of tbe Township united to another; and that they may make 
 what airangement they think most convenient for giving the inhabitants the benefit 
 of tho Common School laws ; but they cannot do so unless it clearly appears that all 
 parties have had due notice — Ness V. Municipahty of Saltjleet. MiiU. It66.* 
 
 By the Couut of Common Pleas. 
 XS^i,r-Properti/ liable to Taxation for School Purpotei, 
 
 Where the municipal council of a Township, intending to act under the Statute 
 13 and 14 Vic. c. 48, s. 18, ch. 3, for common school purposes, levied a rate upon the 
 resident inhabitants of a school section only, it was held, that under the school act, 
 as well as the Municipal and Assessment acts, the by-law was invalid, because the rate 
 should be levied on all taxable property, whether real or personal, of the' inhabitants 
 resident as well as non-resident. — 2 U. C. 'I^. P.^. 3l7.j- . 
 
 ;?t$^i-I. — By-Laws levying School Rate. 
 
 A by-law of a Township Council autliorizing the levy of certain rates in a school 
 section having been quashec], the council then without a second school section meeting 
 having been called, passed another by-law for the same purpose, it was held : — 
 
 1. That tho discretion to raise the sum within any number of yeare, not more 
 than ten, rests as much with the council as with the sch.ool meeting or trustees. 
 
 2. That the rate was not declared on the property assessed in a previous year; 
 but only the amount to be raised was determined by reference to the assessed value 
 of property in that year. 
 
 3. That the rate not been complained of as excessive, its being calculated to 
 realize more than the precise sum required, did not render the by-law invalid. 
 
 4. That, a second meeting of the inhabitants after tho former by-law had been 
 quashed, was not necessary. 
 
 5. That tho duty imposed on the clerk in making out the assessment list of 
 the section in accordance with the Township by-law, was in accordance with the 
 Statutes. 
 
 6. That a proviso of the by-law sanctioning receipts, pro tanto, given to those 
 who had paid under the invalid by-law, did not render the second by-law void — because 
 such parties, although entitled to restitution, would have to pay de novo. — 3 LLC 
 C. P.R. 23. 
 
 I^This case was not published at the date of printing this sheet, 
 t If. 0. 0. P. R. — Upper Canada Common Pleas Reports. 
 
APPENDIX, 
 
 u$ 
 
 extend to the 
 ) " restrictions 
 m. 
 
 af the School 
 f hections, the 
 evious request 
 i8t see that all 
 intended step; 
 ;o entertain it 
 
 y Act, is that 
 Y to their own 
 ey may make 
 ta the benefit 
 ppears that all 
 I 1955.* 
 
 er the Statute 
 rate upon the 
 the school act, 
 icause the rate 
 he inhabitants 
 
 tes in a school 
 iction meeting 
 held:— 
 
 jare, not more 
 trustees. 
 •revious year; 
 assessed value 
 
 calculated to 
 ivalid. 
 ■law had been 
 
 sraent list of 
 mce with the 
 
 ^•iven to those 
 k'oid — because 
 )Vo. — 3 U,C 
 
 1 A ^i'il'-Sehool.IiaU on Mn.RtnderU Land- Corporation in Court 
 
 the teacher's salary and the eVnnn!!r.f ?. u ^''« /.'"."P^'-ty '" such section to pay 
 Trustees, directirarae to bTE^^^^ 'T^m'' ^"""^'^ by a resolution of the 
 
 the 8U.n requiredfand tL menarl l^f "^"n '' P/°P''*-^ °^ '^""^ '^^''>^ *<> ••«i«« 
 a non-residlt, havin' rea/Se wiSnn f/^ ^.'•' *"r T!"™."*' '' «»«5«ie"tto render 
 Trusteesaccording to^he a^ed va If-t-'"'''?'' ''"^'' ^""^ '''« «"'" '•"ted by the 
 an executor reprefentin^ fjrTrlS I'.f ^'' *"'"' Pr^l^'''>'' «'"^ *!>«* being so Lable 
 the testator mi^ve^n subjected '' " "" ""'" '' ''' ""« "'^^"^^ ^° ^^^^ 
 
 members are required toToZ thit, .^^^^ -V ■',''); ^^ '""• ^' ^*" ^^^ "'dividual 
 R. 228. P^ ^ ""^ '^^ individually supcenaed.— 4 IS. C C. P. 
 
 18sVa^\„t SLf su*t ow t°° .''r? ? ~'P°""°" ""^«' "■» School Act of 
 
 TI,» • ■^— ^"'■''' »/ ^'""^ J'™*«» »W MuniciptU Council,. 
 
 ..IXonrol2;\?[h:BZl n.u^'J™'''".'° «'« ''""-P^l Council „, 
 
 it i^.™l°:i «tSSru;L",trp7eilf ^C^^^^^ vn,a«os-.,tB„„gi 
 the Board.— 4 ^dc. C. P. R. 4i8. ^PI'"^^"^'* to the Town Council, or a rate by 
 
 Jrfo;,^.rf i.V Mc Council of Public Instruction, the 2nd of August, 1853. 
 1.— Establishment of Libraries. 
 
 ctablishmentand management of ^^111^^1™*^"* '"S"'"""" f" ""> 
 «.m.l; the affixing „f !„„„„„„ „°|7S iU. hefd tS ,£1,^?'°,° °f '" "'•»«».- 
 
 Q 
 
 X^,> 
 
160 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 I. There raay be school iection librarieB, or tonrnship libraries, as each township 
 municipality shall prefer.* In case of the establishment of a township library, the 
 township council may either cause the books to be depositetl in one place, or recog- 
 nise each school section within its jurisdiction as a branch of the township library 
 corporation, and cause the library to be divided into parts or sections, and allow each 
 of these paits or sectioua of the library to be circulated in succession in each school 
 
 II. Each township library shall be under the manaffement of the township co^ 
 poration ; and each branch or school section library shall be under the management 
 of the school section corporation. The township council shall appoint or remove 
 the librarian for the township ; and each trustee corporation shall appoint or remove 
 the librarian for the school section, as already provided by the seventeenth clause of 
 the twelfth section of the school act of 1860. 
 
 III. Each township council and each school section corporation receiving library 
 books, must provide a proper case for the books, with a lock and key ; and must 
 cause the case and books to be kept in some safe place, and repair when injured ; and 
 must also provide suflBcient wrapping paper to cover the books, and writing paper to 
 enable the librarian to keep minutes of the delivery and return of books, and write 
 the needful notes or letters. The members of the township and school section cor- 
 porations are responsible for the security and preservation of the books in their 
 charge. 
 
 IV. When any book* are taken in charge by the librarian, he is to make out a full 
 and complete catalogue of them ; and at the foot of each catalogue, the librarian is 
 to sign a receipt to the following effect : 
 
 ♦'I, A.B., do hereby acknowledge that the books specified in the preceding cata- 
 logue have been delivered to me by the Municipal Council of the Township of -, 
 
 or (as the case may be,) by the Trustees of School Section No. , in the Township 
 
 of ^ to be carefully kept by me as their librarian, for the use of the inhabitants 
 
 within their jurisdiction, according to the regulations prescribed by authority of the 
 statute for the management of public school libraries, to be accounted for by me 
 according to said regulations, to said council (or trustees, as the case raay be,) and to 
 be delivered to ray successor in office. Dated, &c. 
 
 Such catalogue, with the librarian's receipt, having been examined by such council 
 or trustees, or some person or persons appointed by them, and found to be correct, 
 shall be delivered to such council or trustees, and shall be kept araong their official 
 
 papers. . . ,. , ,, 
 
 V. The librarian is accountable to the trustees or council appointmg him, for the 
 cost of every book that is missing, or for the whole series of which it formed a part- 
 The librarian is also accountable, in like manner, for any injury ^hich a book may 
 appear to have sustained, by being soiled, defaced, torn, or otherwise injured; and can 
 be relieved fiora such accountability only by the trustees or council, on its being 
 satisfactorily '^hown to them, that some resident within their jurisdiction is chargeable 
 for the cost of the book so missing, or for the amount of injury so done to any work. 
 
 VI. The librarian must see that in each book belonging to the library, the number 
 of the book, and the name of the library to which it belongs shall be written, either 
 on a printed label pasted inside the cover of the book, or on the first blank leaf of 
 it ; and he is on no account to deliver out any book which is not thus numbered and 
 identified. He is also to cause all the books to be covered with strong wrapping 
 
 • This, of course, includes ward, or other authorized branches of & township librarj. 
 
ATVEmnX. 
 
 U7 
 
 cb township 
 library, the 
 :e, or recog- 
 ilrip library 
 1 allow each 
 each school 
 
 )wnBbip co^ 
 management 
 t or remove 
 it or remove 
 th clause of 
 
 ving library 
 ; and roust 
 injured ; and 
 ing paper to 
 i, and write 
 1 section cor- 
 K}ks in their 
 
 ike out a full 
 e librarian is 
 
 eceding cata- 
 
 bip of , 
 
 he Township 
 e inhabitant 
 hority of the 
 I for by me 
 Y be,) and to 
 
 r such council 
 to be correct, 
 their official 
 
 him, for the 
 rraed a part* 
 a book may 
 red ; and can 
 , on its being 
 is chargeable 
 to any work. 
 ', the number 
 vritten, either 
 blank leaf of 
 lumbered and 
 )iig wrapping 
 
 ) Ubrar J. 
 
 paper, on the back of which is to be written the title of the book, and th- numher in 
 large figures. As .lew books are added, the numbers are to be continued, and" they 
 are m no case to be altered, so that if the book be lost, its number and title must s3 
 be contmued on the catalogue, with a note that it is missing. 
 
 wH^f/' It^ ^?.T'T '""^V'^^^P ".bl^nlt book, which may consist of a few sheeU of 
 wntmg-pnper stitched together-ruled across the width of the paper so m to leave 
 fivecofumns of the proper size, for the following e«tries-to be written lengthw Lof 
 
 onhir^V ^" '^' ^"'' '""•"" *'•« title and number of the book; in tie sild 
 coumn, tho name and residence of the person to whom delivered; in the third 
 CO umn. date of delivery; in the fourth column, the date of its return; in the fifth 
 
 STnTe'"fd,oV^gPS ''' "°'''°" °^ ''' '^'' «- «°°^' '"J"-^' ^-"' - ^«^-d. 
 
 TITLE AND NO. 
 
 OP 
 
 THE BOOK. 
 
 TO WHOM 
 DELIVERED. 
 
 WHEN 
 DBLIVSREO. 
 
 WHEN 
 RITURNBD. 
 
 OOMDlTIOir 
 
 OF 
 THI BOOK. 
 
 As It will be impossible for the Librarian to keep any trace of the books without 
 such minutes, his own interest, as well as his duty to the public, should induce him 
 to be exact in making his entries at the time any book is delivered : and when it is 
 returned, to be equally exact in noticing its condition, and making the proper minute. 
 
 VIII. The Librarian is to act at aU times and in all things according to the orders 
 of the corporation appointing him ; and whenever he is removed or superseded be 
 18 to deliver to his successor, or to the order of his trustees or council, all books cata- 
 logues, and papers appertaining or relating to the library ; and if they are found to 
 be satisfactory, his trustees or council, or successor in oflSce shall give him a receipt to 
 thatefi-ect. But if any of the books shall have been lost, or in anywise injured, the 
 librarian shall account and pay for such loss or injury, unless released by his trustees 
 
 or council. ""uoMjai 
 
 IX. The trustees and council are to attend faithfully to the interests of their library 
 they are at ad times, when they think proper, and as often as possible, to examine the 
 books carefully, and compare the books with the catalogue, and note such as are miss- 
 ing or injured ; and to see that all forfeitures are promptly collected, and that injuries 
 done the books are prompUy repaired, and that the library is properly managed and 
 taken care of. * r r .? -e 
 
 2. Regulations for the Cars and Use of the Librart Books. 
 
 X. The following are the regulations for the care and use of the books in the 
 library : 
 
 1. The Librarian has charge of the books, and is responsible for their preserva- 
 tion and delivery to his successor, or to the order of his trustees or :ouncil aoDoint- 
 ing him. M^'uk 
 
 2. A copy of the catalogue of the books is to be made out and kept by the libra- 
 rian, and open to the inspection of all persons entitled to get books from the library 
 „, .,.. ^.c»^naDic wuics, ur at such uoies as may D6 aetermineU by the trustees or 
 council, ^ 
 
 !. 
 
158 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 3. Books are to be delivered only to residents of a school section in which a library 
 or branch library is established ; or to the residents of a township, where branch 
 school section libraries do not exist. 
 
 4. Not more than one book can be delivered to a person at a time ; and any one 
 having a book out of the library must return it before he can receive another. 
 
 5. No person upon whom a forfeiture has been adjudged under these regulations, 
 can receive a book while such forfeiture remains unpaid. 
 
 6. Each individual residing in a school section, of sufficient age to read the books 
 belonging to the library, shall be entitled to all the benefits and privileges conferred 
 by these regulations relative to public school libraries ; but no person, under age, can 
 be permitted to take a book out of the library, unless he resides with some inhabitant 
 who is responsible for him ; nor can he receive a book, if notice has been given by 
 his parent or guardian, or person with whom he resides, that he will not be responsi- 
 ble for books delivered to such minor. But any minor can draw a book from the 
 library, on depositing the cost of such book with the librarian. 
 
 7. Where there is a sufficient number of volumes in a library to accommodate all 
 the residents of a school section who wish to borrow, the librarian may permit each 
 member of a family to take books as often as desired, as long as the regulations are 
 fully and punctually observed. But where there are not books enough to supply all 
 the borrowers, the librarian must accommodate as many as possible, by furnishing 
 each family in proportion to the number of its readers or borrowers, or by delivering 
 not more than one book at a time for each family. 
 
 8. Every book must be returned to the library within as many weeks after it shall 
 have been taken out, as it contains hundreds of pages — allowing one week for the 
 reading of a hundred pages ; but the same person may again take the same book, 
 if application has not been made for it, while it was so out of the library, by any per- 
 son entitled, who has not previously borrowed the same book — in which case such 
 applicant shall have the preference in the use of it. And where there shall have 
 been several such applicants, the preference shall be according to priority in the time 
 of their applications, to be determined by the librarian. 
 
 9. If a book be not returned at the proper time, the librarian is to report the fact 
 to the trustees, and he must exhibit to them every book which has been returned 
 injured by soiling, defacing, tearing, or in any other way, before such book shall be 
 again loaned out, together with the name of the person in whose possession it was 
 when BO injured. 
 
 10. For each day's detention of a book beyond the time allowed by these regula- 
 tions, the forfeiture of one penny shall be incurred by the borrower,* and shall be 
 payable forthwith to the librarian. 
 
 11. For the destruction or loss of a book, a forfeiture shall be incurred by the 
 borrower, equal to the cost of the book, or of the set, if the book be one of a series. 
 And, on the payment of such forfeiture, the party paying it shall be entitled to the 
 residue of the series. 
 
 12. For any injury which a book may sustain by a borrowei-, and before its return, 
 a forfeiture shall be incurred by such borrower, of not less than three pence half-penny 
 for every spot of grease or dirt upon the cover, or upon any leaf of the volume; for 
 writing in or defacing any book, or for cutting or tearing the cover, or the binding, 
 
 0» ontT Inof n^f loQQ tVion civ.nonr>£> nnr mnro thftr th** fr\at nf i)ya hr\n]r 
 
 ^ A forfeiture of six ceDts per day is imposed iu each similar case, ia the State of New York 
 
:h a library 
 ere branch 
 
 nd any one 
 ler. 
 
 regulations, 
 
 I the books 
 !s conferred 
 ler age, can 
 ) inhabitant 
 n given by 
 OQ responsi- 
 k from the 
 
 imodate all 
 termit each 
 ulations are 
 ) supply all 
 furnishing 
 f delivering 
 
 fter it shall 
 i^eek for the 
 same book, 
 by any per- 
 h case such 
 shall have 
 in the time 
 
 )ort the fact 
 en returned 
 >ok shall be 
 Bsion it was 
 
 lese regula- 
 md shall be 
 
 pred by the 
 of a series, 
 tied to the 
 
 e its return, 
 ! half-penny 
 olume; for 
 he binding, 
 
 f New York 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 169 
 
 anvthini h« t "h ^ .r!""*' T '° ^'^'^''^ ""' mntMed that it cannot be read, or if 
 anything be written in the volume, or any other injury done to it, which renders 
 unfi for general circulation, the trustees shall consider it a de U-ict.^n of Ee book 
 of a bo'ol" "" ''^'" ^' "'""'' '"'''''^^'y' «^ «b°^'« P-vided in ca^^f thX 
 14. When a book shall have been detained seven days beyond the time allowft.l hv 
 l^thinT'''T' the librarian shall give notice to thUorLer to rmhrsam^ 
 within three da3'8 If not returned within that time, the book may be cons dereH 
 lost, and the forfeiture imposed in such case as incurred accordingly! "''"''^"'"^ ^ 
 
 lo. When, in the opinion of the librarian, any forfeiture has been incurred hv 
 
 Slfr" Tf' '^«^Vf "l«t'«n«' h« «hall refuse I deliver an^boT to h party 
 liable to such fine, until the trustees shall have decided upon such liability ^ ^ 
 
 17. The librarian is to inform the trustees of every such notice ffiven bv h^m and 
 they shall assemble at the time and place appointed by him branyno^riven 
 by them,_or any one of them, and shall hear the case. The^ are to keeP a book of 
 
 nf ]t ll'^""^^ ^^-^^ ^fl ^{ *^' *•■"'*'"' **^ P''<'^«^»te promptly for the collection 
 of the forfeitures adjudged by them, and all forfeitures shall be applied to def avin^ 
 the expenses and increasing the books of the library.f ^^ ctetiaymg 
 
 3. Miscellaneous Regulations. 
 
 XL The foregomg regulations apply to branch school section Hbraries, as well as 
 to school section hbraries; also to township councils the same as to tru Ss of s^hod 
 sections and to township libraries, the same as to school section libraries and TZ 
 residents m a township in which there are no school section librarierthe same as to 
 
 tv'Z'ntl "'k''^ '' ' J"^^-^^-'" ^^o^^rtc^e, butsuchfase shall be dedderon 
 by the other members, or a ma ority of them, of the township council or school cor" 
 poration authorized to act in the matter. In all cases the acte of a mlrity of a co 
 poration are to be considered as the acts of the corporation. ^ ^ 
 
 XQI. In order to prevent the introduction of improper books into librariM it i« 
 required that no book shall be admitted into any public school 1 W S^^^^^ 
 under these regulations, which is not included in the catalogue of pub cS 
 library books, prepared according to law. S «. "^ i^uoiic scuooi 
 
 + J;*;;!/""'eit'ires are the same as iu similar cases in the State of New York 
 t Forfeitures incurred un.ler these regulations must be sued for in the Di^isinn Cn.n 
 according to the Interpretation Act, 12 Vict. Chap 10 A^ivision Court 
 
160 
 
 APPENDIX, 
 
 XIV. The Council or trustees have authority, if they shall think proper, (accord- 
 i ng to the common practice of circulating libraries) to require the borrower to deposit 
 
 with the librarian a sum equal to the cost of the book taken by him, as a security 
 for its safe return and the payment of any injury which may be done to it. 
 
 XV. These regulations shall apply to cities, towns, and incorporated villages the 
 same as to school sections. By the 3rd clause of the 24th section of the School Act of 
 1850, the board of school trustees in each city, town, and incorporated village has the 
 same authority to establish and maintain " a school library or school libraries," as the 
 trustees of a school section have by the l7th clause of the 12th section of the same act 
 to establish and maintain " a school library." 
 
 XVI. The foregoing regulations being made under the express authority and 
 requirement of the 38th section of the School Act of 1850, are binding upon all parties 
 concerned in the establishment, support, management, and privileges of public school 
 libraries; and all parties act with a full knowledge of these regulations. 
 
 XVII. The local superintendents of schools should inspect and inquire into the 
 state and operations of the libraries or branch libraries within their respective jurisdic- 
 tions, and give the results of their observations and inquiries in their annual reports; 
 and each township and school section corporation must report annually, at the time of 
 making the annual school reports, the condition of their libraries, with the number of 
 volumes in each, and the success and influence of the system. 
 
 XVIII. These regulations will be subject to re-consideration and revision from 
 time to time, as experience and the circumstances of the country may suggest. 
 
 n i XTin I — I ~i (*^" i " f~ i '~ " "■^■— — ■» — — ^^^ — — »^» — -■— ~'*f--- 
 
 LEGISLATIVE PROVISION IN AID OF WORN OUT COMMON SCHOOL 
 TEACHERS IN UPPER CANADA. 
 
 No. 1. — Heoclationb adoftid by thb Council of Pubuo Instruotioit 
 ^or Upper Canada, pursuant to the provisions of the Act. 
 
 1. Old teachers who have become superannuated on or before the 1st day of 
 January, 1854, and who produce the proofs required by law of character and services 
 as such, may share in this fund according to the number of years they have respec- 
 tively taught a Common School in Upper Canada, either by depositing with the 
 Chief Superintendent of Schools the preliminary subscriptions to the fund required by 
 law, or having the amount of such subscriptions deducted from the first year's pension 
 payable to such superannuated teacher. 
 
 2. Every teacher engaged in teaching since 1854, in order to be entitled, when 
 he shall have become superannuated, to share in this fund, must contribute to it at the 
 rate of one pound per annum; and no teacher now engaged in teaching shall be 
 entitled to share in this fund who shall not thus contribute to it annually. But the 
 amount of the annual subscriptions for the years during which such teacher may have 
 taught before the 1st day of January, 1854, and for which he may hereafter claim as 
 a superannuated teacher, may be deducted from the first year's pension to which such 
 teacher may be entitled. 
 
 3. Should any teacher have a wife and children, subscribed to this fund and die 
 without deriving any benefit from it, the amount of his subscriptions and whatever 
 interest may accumulate thereon, shall be paid to his widow or children, as soon as 
 satisfactory proofs of his decease and the relationship of the claimant or claimants to 
 him ahall have been adduced. 
 
 / ^. 
 
per, (accord- 
 rer to deposit 
 
 as a security 
 it. 
 
 villages the 
 School Act of 
 illage has the 
 ■aries," as the 
 the same act, 
 
 iithority and 
 pon all parties 
 public school 
 
 uire into the 
 ctive jurisdic- 
 inual reports; 
 it the time of 
 le number of 
 
 revision from 
 
 r SCHOOL 
 
 3TRU0TIOH 
 Ct. 
 
 le Ist day of 
 r and services 
 have respec- 
 ting with the 
 id required by 
 year's pension 
 
 jntitled, when 
 te to it at the 
 ling shall be 
 Uy. But the 
 her may have 
 lafler claim as 
 Lo which such 
 
 \ fund and die 
 and whatever 
 n, as soon as 
 ' claimants to 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 161 
 
 > 
 
 4. No teacher shall be eligible to receive a pension from this fund, who shall not 
 have become disabled for further service, while teaching a common school, or who 
 shall not have been worn out in the work of a common school teacher,— it being 
 distinctly understood that persons applying to be admitted as pensioners on this fund 
 are in indigent circumstances. Should it be discovered that the Council have been 
 deceived in any case, any pension granted will be immediately discontinued. 
 
 5. All applications, according to the prescribed form, accompanied by the 
 requisite certificates and proofs, must be made before the Ist of April, in order to 
 entitle the applicants to share in this fund tor such year. 
 
 6. In case the fund shall, at any time, not be suflScient to pay the several claim- 
 ants the highest sum permitted by law, the fund shall be equitably divided among 
 the several claimants according to their respective periods of service. 
 
 7. The amounts of all subscriptions to this fund, and of any unexpended balances 
 of legislative grants made to it, shall be invested from time to time, under the direction 
 of this council, and the interest accruing thereon, shall be expended in aid of super- 
 annuated teachers of common schools in Upper Canada, according to these regulations. 
 AH annual subscriptions to this fund must be made before the end of the year for 
 which they are intended : and all 
 
 8. Communications and subscriptions in connection with this fund, must be made 
 to the Chief Superintendent of Schools for Upper Canada. 
 
 Approved by His Excellency the Administrator of the Government in Council, as 
 notified to the Chief Superintendent of Schools, 20th May, 1854. 
 
 N. B. — No certificate in favour ^f an applicant should be signed by any Teacher 
 already admitted as a pensioner on the fund. 
 
 in the year one 
 
 Church. 
 
 No. 2. Sppbrannuatkd Tkaohbrs' Appmoation. 
 Township of 
 
 185 . 
 Post Office. Date. 
 
 The undersigned, an applicant for aid from the Superannuated Teacher's Fund 
 hereby most respectfully represents to the Chief Superintendent of Schools— ' 
 
 1. That he is years of age. 
 
 2. That he was bom (state the country of birth) in 
 
 3. That he commenced the profession of teaching in 
 thousand eight hundred and 
 
 4. That he is connected as a member or hearer with the vuu.vu. 
 
 5. That he commenced teaching a Common School in Upper Canada in school 
 section number in the Township of County of in the year one 
 thousand eight hundred and 
 
 6. That he has held certificates of qualification from and that 
 h last certificate is from the Board of Public Instruction, for is dated 
 
 , and is for the class. 
 
 7. That since he commenced teaching in Upper Canada, he has been engaged 
 as a teacher m the following places : 
 
 8. That he has taught a Common School in Upper Canada for the full period 
 of years. '^ 
 
 9. That he ha? worn self out in the 
 utterly unable to teach a school any longer. 
 
 - -Tv/sa vs. u;avutug, auu u, ill cuQsequence, 
 
 i 
 
162 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 10. That he ceased teaching the Common School in Section No. in the 
 Township of County of on the day of is 
 and that he has not since been employed as a Common School Teacher. ' 
 
 11. That he is now without means of support, and therefore respectfully applies 
 for a pension from the Superannuated Common School Teachers' Fund. 
 
 tiigu name in lull on this line. Name. 
 
 Remarks.— The foregoing application must be filled up in every particular, and 
 be accompanied with the following proofs : ^ r , 
 
 1. Of the good moral character and sober, steady habits of the applicant. 
 
 2. Of the length of time such applicant has been engaged in teachinff, in Upper 
 Canada, and for which he requires a pension. 
 
 3. Medical testimony according to the prescribed form, that the applicant is 
 unable to puraue that profession any longer. 
 
 No. 3. Medical Cbrtificate. 
 
 ^^ ^* °f „ , applicant for aid out of the Superannuated Com- 
 
 mon School Teachers' fund of U. C. 
 This is to Certify, that, having examined into the case of of 
 
 c 1. . m ^ i^*" °^ *JP?'^*° *^*' ^® ^^ ^^"^ self out in the work of a 
 Common School Teacher, and that he is affected with 
 
 which renders b , in my opinion, unable to continue any longer in the efficient dis- 
 charge of h calling as a C -mmon School Teacher in Upper Canada. 
 
 In witness whereof, T, a duly licensed Physician in Upper 
 
 Canada, hereto subscribe my name, this day of 185 
 
 N. B.— Modifications or omissions in filling up the foregoing form, will invalidate 
 the certificate. 
 
 No. 4. Form op Receipt for Superannuated Teachers. 
 Voucher No. Register No. 
 
 Received from the Reverend Eoerton Ryerson, D. D., Chief Superintendent of 
 Schools for Upper Canada, on behalf of the Provincial Government of Canada the 
 sum of pounds, shillings, and pence, being the amount of a pension 
 
 granted me, for the ending the day of one thousand eight hundred and 
 
 out of the superannuated teachers' fund, for years' service as a Common 
 School Teacher in Upper Canada, deducting therefrom ... - 
 
 at the rate of one pound per annum to said fund, for 
 
 Witness my hand at in presence of this 
 
 sand eight hundred and 
 
 Witnessed by 
 
 Pension £ 
 
 Subscription £ 
 
 Balance payable ..£ 
 
 N.B.-Thi8 receipt should be witnessed by a Local Superintendent, Minister. 
 Justice ot the Feace, Town-reeve, or other official person. 
 
 my subscription, being 
 day of one thou- 
 
 )\ 
 
in the 
 18 , 
 
 fully applies 
 
 ^ Name, 
 rticular, and 
 
 cant. 
 
 g, in Upper 
 
 applicant is 
 
 uated Com- 
 
 of 
 le work of a 
 
 efficient dis- 
 
 n in Upper 
 185 
 
 1 invalidate 
 
 ntendent of 
 Canada, the 
 fa pension 
 undred and 
 a Common 
 ptioD, being 
 
 one thou- 
 
 --, Minister. 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 EDUCATIONAL OFFICERS IN UPPER CANADA. 
 
 163 
 
 Educational Department for Grammar and Common Schools. 
 
 Rev. Egerton Ryeraon, D. D., Chief Superintendent of Schools ; John George 
 Hodgins, Deputy Superintendent of Scliools ; Thomas Hodgins Clerk ; A. 
 J. Williamson, Clerk of Correspondence ; Alexander Marling, Clerk of Accounts ; 
 Samuel P. May, Clerk of Libraries ; Thomas C. Scoble and Robert Lister, Assistant 
 Clerks. Offices— JSTormal School Buildings, Toronto. 
 
 Council of Public Instruction for Upper Canada. 
 
 Hon. Samuel Bealy Harrison, Q. C, Chairman ; Rev. Egerton Ryerson, D.D., 
 Cbiet Superintendent of Schools ; Rifirht Rev. A. M. F. de Charbonnel, D. D., 
 Roman Catholic Bishop of Toronto T Rev. H. J. Grasett, B. D.; Joseph Curran 
 Morrison, Q. C, M. P. P. ; James Scott Howard ; Rev. John Jennings, and the Rev. 
 Adam Lillie, D. D. Members for the purposes ot the Grammar School Act, Rev. 
 John McCaul, LL.D., President of University College, and the Presidents of the 
 Colleges affiliated with the University of Toronto. John Geoige Hodgins, Recording 
 
 UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO. 
 
 Visitor, Sir E. W. Head, Bart., M. A., Governor- General of British North 
 America. Chancellor, Hon. William Hume Blake. Vice- Chancellor, Rev. John 
 McCaul, LL.D. Members of the Senate, Hon. Wm. Hume Blake, A.B., Chancellor; 
 Rev. John McCaul, LL.D.; Hon. William Henry Draper, C. B. ; Hon. Adam Fer- 
 gusson; Joseph Curran Morrison, M.P.P.; John Langton, M. A. ; David Christie, 
 Esq., M.P.P.; Wm. A. Logan, Esq., F.R.S.; Fred. W. Cumberland, Esq.; James J. 
 Hayes, Esq., M.D.; Rev. John Taylor, M.D.; Rev. Adam Lillie, D.D.; Hon. C. Wid- 
 mer, M. D.; Hon. Robt. Baldwin, C. B.; Rev. E. Ryerson, D.D.; The Principal of 
 Queen's College for the time being; Rev. S. S. Nelles, M. A.; Very Rev A 
 McDonnell ; Rev. M. Willis, D.D.; F. W. Barron, M. A., Rev. S. A. Gaudet ; M. 
 BaiTatt, M. D. ; P. Freeland, Esq., Registrar. 
 
 University College, 
 
 President, Rev. John McCaul, LL.D. Vice-President, . Professors: 
 
 Classics. Logic, Rhetoric and Belles Lettres, Rev. J, McCaul, LL.D. ; Metaphysics 
 and Ethics, Rev. James Beaven, D.D. ; Chemistry and Experimental Philosophy, 
 H. H. Croft, D.C.L.; Agriculture, George Buckland ; Natural Philosophy, J. B. 
 Cherriman, M.A.; Hi.story and English Literature, Daniel Wilson, LL.D.; Natural 
 History, Rev. Wm. Hincks, F.L.S.; Mineralogy and Geology, E. J. Chapman; Mo- 
 dern Languages, J. Forneri, LL.D.; Meteorology and Director oi Magnetic Observa- 
 tory, C.T.Kingston, M.A.; Lecturer on Oriental Literature, J. M.' Hirschfelder ; 
 Librarian, Rev. A. Lorimer. 
 
 R 
 
 m 
 
164 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 Upper Canada Collkok. 
 
 Principal, F. W. Barron, M.A.; First Classical Master, Rev. H. Scadding 
 
 D.D.; Mathematical Murder, ; Second Classical Master, Rev. W. Stennett 
 
 M.A.; Third Classical Master, W. Wedd, M.A.; French Master, J. P. Dela 11 aye- 
 First English Master, M. Barrett, M. A.; Second English Master, C. Thompaou; 
 Commercial Master, J. Dodd ; Geometrical Dratoing Master, J. G. Howard ; 
 Ornamental Drawing Master, J. Bull; Instrumental Music Master, A. Maul. 
 
 Bursar's Department of the Universitt and Colleges at Toronto. 
 
 Bursar, David Buchan; Cashier or Chief Clerk, Alan Cameron; Book 
 Keeper, M.Dvummond', Assistant C/er A:, James Nation ; Messenger, WiUiamUov- 
 row. O^ce, St. George s Square. 
 
ANALYTICAL INDEX. 
 
 PAQK. 
 
 45 
 60 
 57 
 
 46 
 114 
 
 Absentees, Assessment of 13 1 
 
 Accounts, Common School 12, 22 25 
 
 Affiliatkd C0L1.KOE8, Studies required. . 114 
 
 Agreements with Teachers 44 
 
 Apparatus, (School) to be procured. . .8 20 
 
 " for Grammar Scliools 58 63 
 
 " (School) Assesment for. . . . 1,1 
 
 Appeals to Chief Suporiutendent 28 
 
 " to Superior Courts 49 
 
 Apportionmen r of School Moneys 136 
 
 " ' *■ to Separate Schools 18 
 
 ' to Union of School Societies 
 
 " (Annual) to Grammar Schools 
 " of Government Grant 31, 47, 
 
 Arbitratohs between School Trustees 
 
 and Teachers 14 
 
 Arts, (Faculty of) Degress conferred in. 
 
 Assessments for Common Schools 
 
 9, 15, 21, 23, 24, 41, 43, 44, 46, 133, 137 
 
 " Grammar Schools 60 
 
 " Retrospective 1 38 
 
 Assessment Roll, Separate School Trus- 
 tees to have access to 42 
 
 AsRESsons, (Duty oO AG 
 
 Board of Puolic Ius<^vuction 25, 26 28 
 
 Books. (Text) for Common Schools 
 
 8, 20, 22, 26. 28. 33. 34, 10!) 
 
 " to be examined 11 
 
 " ( Foreign ) when permitted .... 13 
 " (Text) for Grammar School* .61 110 
 
 BouNDARrKs. School ) 30 
 
 Bursar of Toronto Dniveisity 91, 82 164 
 
 Bv-LAW, Levying School Rate 154 
 
 Cketikioatbs of Honor in Toronto Uni- 
 versity 8, 4S 82 
 
 " (Teachers) . . .2\ 23, 36, <15, 47 53 
 
 CnAMBERLAiN, (City) duty of 21 
 
 Chancellor, of University of Toronto. . . 80 
 Cities and Towns, Common School Trus- 
 
 „ tees in 19 20 i 
 
 Collector to School Trustees ...8,48 141 
 
 Colleges Affiliated 83 
 
 CoBpoRATiON, appearance in Court 155 
 
 Council of Public lustruction 
 
 ^ 32.33,32,61 163 
 
 Cou.N'TY Clerk, duty as regards School. . 
 
 ••• • ••'. '•J7.41 47 
 
 " Junr.E, duty of 36 
 
 Da/s, (Teaching) what are 134 
 
 Decisions of Chief Superintendent. . . 130 152 
 
 '•■ of Law Courts 151 
 
 Deeds promised for School Sites 140 
 
 Deorees in LTnivergity of Toronto 82 84 
 
 DEPosiTARr for Maps and Apparatus. , . = -S8 
 
 Discipline, (School) ' .' 140 
 
 pUTUBBiNQ Public Schools 47 
 
 r*»i. 
 
 DiviNiTT. not to be taught in Toronto Uni- 
 
 Lducalional Office, C. U 165 
 
 versity .....,.'. 87 
 
 Election of School Trustees. . . .4, 19, 22 39 
 
 I' Meeting Forms 149 
 
 Disputed School 45 68 
 
 Engineering. (Civil) subjects 01 examin- 
 ation ', 227 
 
 Examinations, (School).. "......!.' 14 
 
 Examination for Degrees in Univeisity.' . 82 
 
 " of Teachers 149 
 
 Exemption from School Rates 10, 41 54 
 
 Female Schools 9 
 
 " Votes for School Trustees 132 
 
 1< ORMs (Common School) 143 
 
 Kreeholdehs, who are 131 
 
 FuKL, decision as to supplying '.'.*. 151 
 
 Fund, (Common School) 27, 31,35,47, .56 58 
 
 " (Separate School) 53 
 
 Government of Common Schools 31 
 
 GovEiiNOR General to be Visitor of Toron- 
 to University g] 
 
 r, " .,',' , . "^ University College 88 
 
 Grammar (Model) School ;. 57 
 
 " Schools, InspectorR- 57 
 
 " " furd 57 59 
 
 " Annual apportionment 
 
 *" 60 
 
 " certain branches of 
 
 educatiou to be tauglit in 60 
 
 *j " Regulations 102 
 
 ^ydies 102 
 
 lerms 104 
 
 " " Text Books HO 
 
 Sites 55,67 70 
 
 o , ," Union with Common 
 Schools g| 
 
 Holidays, (School) '. ..'.'.,'..'.." 97 
 
 Hours, (Schooi) ..'..'..".'. 97 
 
 Householders, who arn ' .' J31 
 
 Indian Annuities payable out of Sciiooi 
 
 Fund 
 
 86 
 
 Inspfctors of Grammar Schools. ...'..'!! 57 
 
 " (Special) of Common Schools". 32 
 
 Interest, legal rate of 153 
 
 Journal of JEduoation ".!!!' 49 
 
 Judge (County) duty of 36 
 
 Justice OK Peace \ 47 
 
 King's College Chakter .'!..!!.' 70 
 
 Law, not to bo taught in Univeisity . ..'. 
 
 College [ 07 
 
 " S^liools for study of ..'. 83 
 
 (Faculty of) degrees conferred 
 
 in, J2g 
 
 Expenses of School Trustees, 
 
 how paid 139 
 
166 
 
 ANALYTICAL INDEX. 
 
 Lkothres on Education to be given 28 
 
 LBCTUHB3HIPS (Private) Endowments ... 88 
 Leoai. AovrcB, may be sought by Scliool 
 
 Ti ustces 1 39 
 
 LiaisLAiivE ScuooL GnANT, how to be 
 
 nppliod 48 57 
 
 " " " wlK'n to cease 56 
 
 when share of 
 
 forfeited 132 
 
 LiBRAUiBs (School) ..11,26,33.31,35.53 155 
 
 (Township) 15,32,139 140 
 
 LiBRAuy (Canadian) 49 
 
 Loans for Common Schools 1 1 
 
 Lot, ?noaning of term 138 
 
 Maps and Ai rASATUS for Grammar 
 
 Scliuols 58 63 
 
 " of School Sections 50 
 
 Mastbrs OK Gkammar Schools, Examina- 
 tion of 57 
 
 Medioink, not to bo taught in University 
 
 College 87 
 
 " (Faculty of) Degrees conferred 
 
 ill 125 
 
 MBorcAL Schools 83 
 
 Mektino, (School) what constitutes 133 
 
 " " extent of powers 1^9 
 
 " " forms 142 
 
 Meetixgs, School r. 7, 10, 11, 21,22, 5-2, 
 
 130,132, 1?4, 135 136 
 
 " " penalty for not notify- 
 ing 
 
 " " " for disturbing 
 
 " " Special 43,45, 132.. 
 
 Mbtkorologkial Journals to be kept by 
 
 Grammar School Teachers 65 
 
 Model (Provincial) School studies I(i8 
 
 Model i^cuooLs I5 49 
 
 Municipalities, duty of in regard to Com- 
 mon Schools i.f,5 
 
 10, 15, 16, ir, 19, 21 ,22, 23, 25, 41, 48 137 
 " " in regard to Grammar 
 
 Schools 60,62, 6n 
 
 MrSEtJM, Canadian 49 
 
 NoN Residents, Assessment of 131, 135 1.55 
 " School rale defaulters. . .10 4-^ 
 
 Nor -al School ^^2. 34, 35, 49, 105 100 
 
 Office (Term of) of Trustees 5 
 
 Officers (School) Appointment of. ...8 20 
 
 Parents, rights of guarded ., 13 
 
 Pbnaltv for making false report 12 
 
 " " " " Declaration... 40 
 
 " " neglect of Duty 42. 44 
 
 " " disturbingPufelic Schools 47 
 
 PFNsroN Fund for Teachers 49 
 
 Prate", Forms of 100 
 
 President of Toronto University 77 
 
 PaopERTY, (Common School),. I8, 14,16, 151 
 " Assessable for School rates. . . . 
 
 133, 138, 1.54 
 
 Pnpits, duties of ] 04 
 
 " Trustees not responsible for. . . 240 
 
 Rats f Common School) bills 
 
 ..' '9, 44, 141, 153, 154 
 
 
 Rate, (Common School) only leviable 
 
 once a year 45 
 
 additional .'.130 138 
 
 arrears leviable I33 
 
 to be levied by Assess- 
 ment Roll 23Y 
 
 " for Erection of Common School 153 
 
 " (Grammar School) bills 63 
 
 Rbcobdino Clkbk, C. of P. I. duties of. . 34 
 Rbeve's (Township) duties of in regard 
 
 to Schoi.ls 14 
 
 Rkgistkrs (School) to be kept 14, 43 
 
 Religious Lnstruction in ComniMnSchools 
 
 .13, 
 
 100 
 103 
 
 2! 
 
 55 
 
 7 
 
 37 
 
 137 
 
 t " " in Grammar Schools 
 
 Reports of School Sections Ac 11, 12, 
 
 '* of Separate School Trustees...' 
 
 " of Local Superintendents 29 
 
 " of ChiefSuperintonden; . ...33, 38 
 
 Roman Catholic School Act 51 
 
 REruR.N8 of Separate School Supporters 
 
 ..41, 43 
 
 Schools (Common) how supported.. . . 
 
 fi, 21, 23.41.48, 130, 133, 134, 135, 136, 141 
 Schools (Common) who may attend. . . . 
 
 ^ ••••••• 10, 53, x35, 137 
 
 Schools (Common) regulations in 97 
 
 " " ill Towns, number 
 
 not limited 152 
 
 School Houses, sites for '.' 
 
 7. 43, 46. 65, 68, 140, 152, 153, 155 
 
 School Houses, to be provided, ic, 8, 20, 46 
 
 School Phemises, improvement of 140 
 
 '• Sections, formed or altered 
 
 •, • J6, 17, 130, 153 
 
 " howasseased 46 
 
 MoNEys, levying of 153 
 
 " inviolable 137 
 
 Officers, payment of. 132 
 
 Expk.nses, by whom decided. . . 
 
 ,■••••; 131, 133.134. 137 
 
 " (Common) Books 109 
 
 " (Grammar) Books ', ijf) 
 
 Scholarships in Toronto University. . !! Ja 
 
 Seal (Corporate) of School Trustees 
 
 „ 11,132, 141, 151. J55 
 
 Secretary to School Trustees 8, 36 
 
 Security to be taken for School Moneys. .' 
 
 „ •'••'••: 24, 36 
 
 Senate of University 80,81 82 
 
 Separate Schools may be formed .' 
 
 17, 18. 3^ 51 
 
 "' " supporters of, exempt 
 
 from Common School rates 41 ,^4 
 
 Separte Schools to share in Legislative' 
 
 _ Grant.. 41.54, 152 
 
 Separate Schools, semi-annual Returns 
 
 _ f'o™-- 41. 55 
 
 Separate Schools, unions may be formed 52 
 
 Sheriff may arrest certain parties 37 
 
 Statistics, Common School n, la 
 
 SruDiES at Grammar Schools I02' 110 
 
 " in Provincial Model School. . . .7 108 
 
 (I 
 It 
 <( 
 
 (1 
 
ANALYTICAL INDEX. 
 
 167 
 
 PAOI. 
 
 leviable 
 
 46 
 
 ...,130 138 
 
 133 
 
 Assess' 
 
 137 
 
 1 School 153 
 
 63 
 
 iet> of. . 34 
 regard 
 
 14 
 
 ....14. 43 
 Schools 
 
 ....13, 100 
 
 ols 103 
 
 .11,12, 2.' 
 
 tees... 53 
 
 «b 29 
 
 ....33, 38 
 
 51 
 
 iportcrs 
 
 ....41. 42 
 
 d 
 
 )5, 136, 141 
 
 m\.... 
 
 i3, x35, 137 
 
 97 
 
 lumber 
 152 
 
 i2, 153, 155 
 .,8,20, 46 
 
 ' 140 
 
 d 
 
 7, 130, 153 
 
 -16 
 
 1.13 
 
 137 
 
 132 
 
 lied . . . 
 
 3. 134. 137 
 
 109 
 
 110 
 
 ty — Js 
 
 GS. 
 
 1, 15V, 155 
 
 ... .8, 36 
 leys.. 
 
 ...24, 36 
 
 30,81, 82 
 
 18,38, 51 
 xepipt 
 ...41, .'i4 
 slative 
 41.54, 152 
 cturns 
 ...41. 55 
 brmed 52 
 
 37 
 
 ...11, 19 
 ..102, 110 
 1 108 
 
 Stddibs required by Toronto Unirersitv.''n4 
 
 SuPKRioa Uouars of Law, deciMons.. .50 151 
 SuPKRtNrjC.VUKNT (ChieO of Schools dll- 
 a t'^'sof aO. 31,32. 33, 31, 50. 
 
 KRivTRNDKXT, (Chief) duty of. as re- 
 gcrds Oramtniir Schools.. 59. GO 61 
 bDrERiNTE.f DKNT, (Chief) doci.sions of 130^ 15 
 (Local) duties of, 
 
 58 
 
 vice. 
 
 TauarKES (School) Rcgponsibility of '*"' 
 
 „ 11. 43, 130. 135. 137. 139 MO 
 
 " may obtain legal ad- 
 
 J 30 
 
 n Corporation 134 
 
 '' Fuitf'd Boards of. . . 18 
 Boards of in cities and 
 17. 24 26, a7. 28, 29.4 1, 4:5; 136 I TTUSTKi;;(S;pa;atJ slhU;! j " ''1^ ?o' ?? '^^ 
 (Local) appouumont of 24. ^ •' ^G.Lmar sSV.' ^' fi?' ?J 
 
 fi5 
 
 53 
 63 
 
 ,. , . 158 
 
 ., er, , , ^'ssolution of 47 153 
 
 " ' « ""'.,7;r 1" •^'""'r '*"N. O'Clommon with Omm mar Schonl.. d1 
 
 erorTrustee »"'_ ^^ '^_'^ Teach- ^^^ UmvEasiTV of Toronto, a 0..rporSir. 79 
 
 remuneration of | (Jnio.v of School Secti^us"?!^' ' " \V\ti 
 
 ••••••, 37, 132 
 
 (Local) term of office.. 45 
 *' not to be Teach 
 
 « 
 « 
 <i 
 It 
 
 u 
 U 
 It 
 
 41 
 
 <l 
 II 
 
 « 
 
 l< 
 
 SuPBRi.NTB.VDENT (Local)to have a voice 
 in establishment of Schools 9 
 
 SoPERiNTE.voENT (Local) to have copies 
 of proceedings at School Meetings. . 
 
 i AXABLE l.NHABrrA.xTa, meaning of 152 
 
 Tjcaohers, to bo engaged by School 
 
 ^'■"«t«<^3;.-- 9, 20 151 
 
 qualihcation of 13 26 149 
 
 '^"''f?"f 13, 14*. 98 103 
 
 examination of 25 57 JJ9 
 
 authority of ' _ |4(j 
 
 contracts witli " " 44 1 5 1 1 
 
 salaries. 6, 9. 10, 14, 21, 24, Ys^, 151 ^ 
 not to bi- Scliool Trustees. . 6 
 
 8uperannuaced.49, 58, 160, Ifil 16' 
 
 Institute 33 3^ 
 
 (Normal School) ..*.*.".. 34 
 
 (Grammar School) by whom 
 appointed g- 
 
 " qualification of 63 
 " how paid 60 
 
 Tow.vsHip Olbrk'-s. duties of. 4, 10, 41 48 50 
 
 " Municipalities, duty of '. . . 
 
 „ • • • 10, 15, 16." "17". 154 
 
 lEKAsuRER to School Trustees 8 36 l3ij 
 
 '.; (Town)duty..f....oi,36. 136 151 
 (County)dutyof..24, 36, 13) 151 
 
 Tn„P»,-. (Township) duty of25, 36, 136 151 
 IBESPASSES on School property.. 151 
 
 TiiusTKEs, (School) when to be elected 
 
 ;. •••1\22 39,53 153 
 
 number to be elected. 
 
 i^y. 
 
 visitor. 
 
 Cliarter of 70 
 
 Functions of. .80 82 
 
 Studies required 
 
 ri 114 
 
 Uoveruor to be 
 
 , Ol 
 
 ;; " President,.". "77 87 
 ^^ I foperly, how vested 9 1 
 
 „ ^' how convoyed 92 95 
 
 rr , r^ ' •'^'""agemeut of. . 93 
 
 iJxiVERSiTV of Toronto, offices of. . 163 
 
 .'; College.... ;;; ^^^^ 
 
 .. £»"""1 77- 86 
 
 ,, J:i-'>fessorin...87 163 
 „ Branches taught 87 
 
 used .^..??.'!"fT.!'77 
 
 ),' \\ Annual re (lort of 
 
 . .. " Governor to be 
 
 visitor. 
 
 87 
 88 
 
 'i I Uppee Canada College. . "70" 
 
 1 erms. 
 
 ... 88 
 89, 106 
 
 112 
 
 Studies in ^ 
 
 Teachers of. : 90 164 
 Powers of Toron- 
 to University over 
 no religious tests 
 
 Vacancy in office of Local Superintendent 
 Vacatiox, (School) ' v-uufu_t 
 
 Villages, (Incorporated) School Trustees 
 
 89 
 90 
 46 
 104 
 
 in 
 
 V siTAT.oN «if Schools ... 10, 14, 27, 30, 43 
 Visitor of University. Governor to be. . 
 Visitor's Book to be keot, in Spl.n„l« 
 dutv of. 
 
 ;:2 
 4J 
 81 
 43 
 99 
 
 8 19 2o''>3li .0 ?°^^'^^-^,s-^--"'o-N8forschoois::: u\ 
 
 ;: " refusal to sen'e'.!! 1 ^''^' ""'ttf f '^"f"^ ''• '^ ^l 
 
 , '' " t::z^^^ ,5 -^^s?^SJ^!SSeinc;;tai;, « 
 
 TttcsTEFs (School) powers and dutie.s of f. ^ " ' " :< 45 
 
 8. 12, 17,20, 21,22. 43, 43, .53,69 97 ^„r,n,; f a , l^'^J appoint Local 
 133. 134, 135, 138, 139, 140, 151 ,152 155 | ''"P^""'e«dent lu certain cases 46 
 
I 
 
 I'RICE lOs. PER COPY, 
 
 An entixely New and thoroughly 
 Revised Edition of 
 
 THE MUNICIPAL MANUAL 
 
 roB 
 UPPER CANADA, 
 
 pONTAININOthe seveinl AcU of tlio 
 v^ gislnture affecting tho Muuicipnlif. - 
 embracing the 
 
 MUNICIPAL CORPORATIONS ACT, 
 And the fcveral Aineudniciits thoieto duly 
 incoinoiated therein — 
 The ferritorial JJivhionn Act ; Parliamentary 
 Rc/presaUation, nml lirr/iatnitmi of Vvterit 
 Ads ; Consoliihtrd Mnnidpal Loan Fund 
 Act and Amendment*. Ada relatlveto Mnni- 
 dpal lidurnn, Roadx, Railroads, Tavern 
 Licences, Excim Duticn, Surveys and Boun- 
 daries ; Assessment Consolidation Act ; Jury 
 Laws, do, tC'c, 
 Together witli au Analytical Judex of the 
 whole. 
 
 '' The value of the Manual is now too well 
 known by Municii^al Officers and others 
 interested in the working' of our Municipal 
 system, to require pointing out — the numerous 
 enquiries for the work during the past year, 
 and the desire of the publishers to supply, so 
 far as lay in their power, the wants of their 
 many friends throughout Upper Canada, have 
 induced them to undertake the publication of 
 this edition, in which will be found the laws 
 in reteronce to the several duties and obliga- 
 tions of Municipal officers and others, carefully 
 arranged— while on the mechanical as well as 
 the ediiorial portions of the book, no pains 
 nor expense hHve heen spared." 
 
 THOMPSON & CO.. Publishers, 
 52, King Street East. 
 Toronto, Dec. 31, 1854. 
 
 Printed and Published every Tuesday 
 and Friday Morning, by 
 
 THOMPSON & CO., 
 
 KING STREE I', TORONTO. 
 
 PRTOE.— One Pound per annum ; or, Fif- 
 teen Shillings, paid at the Office in advance. 
 
 ®fte ^t\Siu of tljr fimctU, 
 
 Printed and Published EVERY SATURDAY 
 MORNING, by 
 
 THOMPSON & CO.. 
 
 KING STREET, TORONTO. 
 
 PRICE. — Two Dollars per annum ; or, Sev- 
 en Shillings and Sixpence, paid in advance 
 
 TO THE MAGISTRACY! 
 
 The Subscnbcrs havo now remiv tlie several 
 
 RVAlUUty.D by those in the COM.MISSOlV 
 01<^ THE PEACE, iu tho discharge of 
 their important office. 
 
 These- foims liavo boon prepared in accord- 
 ance with tho Statutes, (iGth Vic.) are well 
 printed, and on good paper. 
 
 TIIEY CONSIST OF 
 
 mformntions, SunininnH to 'Witness. 
 
 " ',' I'l WarraniB, Warrant of Committal 
 
 Summons to Defendant, Oo. under Reinar d. 
 Wanant to arrest Defendant, Uecognizances. 
 Price lOs. per hmidred. 
 
 THOMPSON & Co., 
 
 Publishers. 
 52, King Street East. 
 Toronto, .Tin. 1, 1351. 
 
 5j;^r J'/iese forms can be easily and cheaply 
 sent to any part of Canada ihrovgh the Roti 
 Office. 
 
 Keele's Provincial Justice. 
 
 THE subscribers hnvo on hand a few copies 
 of the above work [indispensable to every 
 Magistrate] for which they would recommend 
 an early application, as the work is nearly 
 out of print. 
 
 Price 20s. per Copy. 
 
 THOMPSON & CO., 
 
 5ij, Iving Street East 
 Toronto, Jan. 1, 18.55. 
 
 Just Published 
 
 THE MUNICIPAL OFFICERS' 
 
 EEADY RECKONEB, 
 
 TNTENDED to facilitate the the filling up of 
 Collectors Rolls, fixing of Rales, (fee. Ac. ; 
 shewing, by easy rcfeience, the mnount to be 
 collected from each party assessed, on any 
 sum, from the Sixty -fourth part of a Penny to 
 Five Shillings. 
 
 Also. — Tho rate required per Poimd to 
 produce any given amount from £1 to 100,000. 
 
 To which IS added a Table adapted to the 
 calculation of the Lunatic A.sylum Tax. 
 
 Price Five Shillincs per copv. 
 
 THOMPSON & Co., 
 
 Publishers, Toronto. 
 
 DIVISION COURTST 
 
 THE Undersigned are prepared to supply 
 Clerks of Division Courts with Cash Books 
 I and Procedure Books, in accordance with the 
 I rules appointed by Judges. Also — Summons, 
 Executions, Wariants, ^-c , &c. 
 
 THOMPSON & Co., 
 
 52, iung Sbeefc East . 
 January, 1856. 
 
ElACT! 
 
 V tlie spveial 
 
 ;0MMis80iy 
 
 disrhargo of 
 
 t><l in ncconl. 
 ic.) aio well 
 
 to Witness. 
 if Com mil till 
 (lor l?c'miiii(l, 
 ecofijniznnceH. 
 
 & Co., 
 
 Puhlisliers. 
 f Street East. 
 
 y mid cheaply 
 \jvgh the Pod 
 
 Justice. 
 
 I a few copies 
 ?abl« to every 
 d recimimend 
 ark is nearly 
 
 !T & CO., 
 
 ; Street East 
 
 le d 
 
 FICERS' 
 
 EB, 
 
 e filling up of 
 Ues, &c. «tc. ; 
 ;niiount to be 
 ssed, on any 
 of a Penny to 
 
 3V Pound to 
 £1 to 100,000. 
 dapted to the 
 mi Tax. 
 
 Y. 
 
 & Co., 
 
 •s, Toronto. 
 
 ed to supply 
 h Cash Books 
 mce with the 
 — Summons, 
 
 & Co.,^ 
 
 g Street Eawt . 
 
 THE ••COLONIST" 
 BOOK & JOB OFPIOB 
 
 KING STREET EAST, 
 
 6d. 
 
 71d. 
 4d. 
 lOd. 
 4d. 
 Id. 
 
 3Clie Balls Otoloiuot, 
 
 Printed and Publlahed every Morning 
 (Sundays excepted,; by 
 
 THOMPSON & CO.. 
 
 I KtNO 8 rREEr, TORONTO. 
 
 PRICE-One Pound Ten Shillings per 
 annum ; or, f 1 fis., paid at tfe ^ 
 Omce in advance. 
 
 RATES OF ADVERTISING : 
 f,'* I'inca and under, first insertion. 2s 
 
 ■^ livery Bubscqucut insertion Oa. 
 
 to this department of their establishment and inilfrnn^nJ"^""""?'? '» secure the earliest 
 
 arc now ..repaied to exocto all kinds of lTi!.i' , *" '^{^^'''^ to be i.ftat the Offiee 
 
 ni ' p n «»Kiucl8 01 H 4 o'clock on tiie day previous to publicuuon! 
 
 rlain & ufnainen a Job PfintikI?€""^-^'R^^^^^^^ ^^'''-»» -"««„ m.' 
 
 'l'lim^SHi.:tions will be inserted till forbid, and 
 
 in a style that cannot fail to ple.ise those who " " "" 
 
 may favor them with their orders. 
 
 Tiiey have now in full operation two of 
 
 HOE'S CELEBRATED STEAM PRESSES >,?3r A11 idVeni^ements to the amount of 
 
 and one of Rugcles' improved Card Pr„.= 'l7. /^^' ,°"1'"'"' ''^'ll receive a copy of the 
 
 which enates tlunn'^o Ixiute evrrT'^'iff'fotSrf f^-^^^ "^''-p- Buifss CardJ 
 
 description (,f work ^ "in" ^T' *» '^^ /."^erted twice in each week 
 
 UIITII Tlir nnr. •«■*.<** - I"''" 1)6 charged $6 per annum. 
 
 WITH THE GREATEST FACILITY, Po!f?afd' '^^^^'^^ ^° ''"" ^'^^'^ --^ ^ 
 
 IN A VKIIY SlIPEKIOR STTLE, AND I— '- — -___^ 
 
 AT UNUSUALLY LOW RATES. I THOMPSOSr&~CO~" 
 
 KE w^ ";;r be AUTirr''^;' ■«°^""^' stationers, and P,i°"rs. 
 T, T;'r • n i^°°^ '*'™ JOB PBMTUrG 
 
 '<>J''^<>^«ir:fT.7peSAZt:^^^^^^ -.ne.s.nd de,„„o„ The, L„. .,..' 
 who will be happy to wait uoon thnsL ? . 'L, "'' '" ''' ''"PP'^ "* 
 
 may favor the eKlishLlStle'ro'rd^^^^^ * ^^NCY 
 
 charged accordingly. 
 
 IW Orders for discontinuing advertise, 
 nietus must bo in writing. Tin. » an "nia- 
 
 I'E.VSABLK ItEGUtATlON. ' 
 
 and execute them with the greatest punctuality 
 
 PARTIES IN THE COUNTRY 
 
 may rely on having their orders attended to 
 as soon as received. 
 January 1856. 
 
 ~THOMPSON~&"Oo: 
 
 Have always ou hand the usual 
 
 SCHOOL 
 
 For the GRAMMAR an. 
 of the Province, and shall 
 orders for the same. 
 
 52, Slag Street Sast, Toronto. 
 January 1, 1856. 
 
 STATIONERY, 
 
 Consisting of 
 
 BLANK BOOKS OF AIL KINDS 
 
 Ledgers, Journals. Cash Books, Day Books 
 
 Letter Looks, Minute Books, Ac. Ac. &c. 
 [Account Books ruled and bound to order 1 
 VVuiTiNo P/PEtts of the best British Manufac"- 
 ture, m Imperial, Medium, Demy, Post, 
 Foolscap, (fee, 
 
 - Stephi 
 
 For which they .solicit; the oideia o." their 
 friends. 
 Toronto, January, 1856. 
 
Canada and her Resouroes, 
 
 B 
 
 EINOthe Eway which received tbeSe- 
 coud Pri«e, by Aika.'sukii Mohm, A. M. 
 
 Piiici 1m. 3d., 8vo., bewid. 
 For lolu by 
 
 THOMPSON A CO,, 
 
 52 Kiug Strcot East. 
 Toronto, January 185G. 
 
 Jujt Pft|^Iiihed Price Is. 10 id. 
 
 THE 
 
 DIVISION COURTS ACTS 
 
 • OF 1850—1853 <fe 1855, 
 
 AT LENQTH. 
 
 ALSO, uniform with the above, 
 
 4 N ANALYTICAL INDEX to the Upper 
 ( anada Division Courts Acts, and to the 
 B8 and I^oruB m use, 
 
 BV JUDGE GOWAN. 
 8vo, sewod— Is. lOJd. 
 
 THOMPSON & CO. 
 
 52 King Street East, Toronto. 
 
 THE GENERAL RULES AND FORMS, 
 
 At framed and approved, pumtant to the Provi- 
 
 atom of tfie lOl/i Secion of mh Victoria 
 
 Chapter ni. 
 
 8 vo. sewed— la. lOid. 
 
 THOMPSON & CO. 
 
 52, Kiug Street East, Toronto. 
 
 on hand the vano.m Forms r,.quire^ bv Muni! 
 cipal Officers. i„ the discharge ,.f their func 
 ...ns, and trust by care, attention, and promp. 
 Iitude, to secure th.. continuation oVE; 
 patronage. Subjoined is a liat of these Forms' 
 
 Town Asseisment RolU per quire's.'o 
 
 lownship do V , " 
 
 Nun- Resident do '.'.'.'. « 
 
 Town Assessiirs* Notice for par- 
 tics to fill up ,. .. .1 
 
 Township do ..!.'.",'! •< 
 
 Town Assessors' Notice *ot As' 
 
 sesssmeut 
 
 Township do do.*.* * 
 
 Registration Rolls [16 Vic, can*. 
 
 153] ' ^ 
 
 Collectors' Rolls for Non- Residents 
 Lists for selection of Jurors [four 
 divisions, 13 A 14 Vic , cap. 
 55, and Maud 15 Vic, cap, 
 
 56 _' ii y g 
 
 C..llector8' Receipts perhun'd a 6 
 
 Licences [Tavern, Ale and Beer 
 
 I. 
 
 5 
 5 
 
 2d 
 
 8 6 
 
 2 8 
 
 9 6 
 
 5 
 
 6 
 
 Shops, Recess, Auciioneer, 
 .,] sorted. 
 
 &c 
 
 50 
 5 
 5 
 
 Notice of appointment to oflSco * " 
 
 Oath nf Office <• 
 
 Oath of Qunlifioation *' «. .(jn 
 
 Township Officers' Bonds .'per quiro 5 
 
 o„^^^i"'^V'^^''j;:.'3?'''P'' Election Notices, 
 and other Posting Bills, printed to order with 
 neatness and dispatch. 
 
 THOMPSON & CO., 
 
 Publishers, 
 
 To, ♦ T .„ 62, King Sueet East. 
 
 Toronto, January 1856. 
 
 Printed by Thompson & Co.. ti King Su-eoi Eaat, Torouto. 
 
3£as. 
 
 to remind their frienda 
 es that Ihny dow harv 
 •mBn-qiiirtd bj Muni- 
 schargeof their func- 
 atteiition, nnd prornp. 
 continuiiiion of iheir 
 I a liat of lliose Fornm -. 
 
 H. D, 
 
 ' per quire 5-0 
 
 " 5 
 
 '. " 50 
 
 for par* 
 
 " 2d 
 
 " 9 6 
 
 I of As- 
 
 " 2 6 
 
 1^0 '• 3 6 
 
 ic.fCap. 
 
 •• " 6 
 
 -ReHidents " ft o 
 )rs [four 
 ic ,cap. 
 ic.cap. 
 
 " 7 6 
 
 per faua'd 2 6 
 
 nd Beer 
 tioneer, 
 ....... " 5 
 
 » office " 5 
 
 " 5 
 
 •• 5 
 
 » per quire 5 
 
 )8 Election Notices, 
 printed to order with 
 
 •SON & CO., 
 
 Publishers, 
 2, King Sueet East